the Congregacion shal Aarôn dresse them bothe euē and morning before the Lord alwaies this shal be a law for euer through your generacions 4 He shal dresse the lampes vppon the* pure Candelsticke before the Lord perpetually 5 ¶ Also thou shalt take fine floure and bake tweleue* cackes thereof two tenth deales shal be in one cake 6 And thou shalt set thē in two rowes six in a rowe vpō the pure table before the Lord. 7 Thou shalt also put pure in cense vpon the rowes that in stede of the breade it may be for a remembrāce and an offring made by fire to the Lord. 8 Euerie Sabbath he shall put them in rowes before the Lord euermore receauing thē of the children of Israél for an euerlasting couenant 9 * And the bread shal be Aarōs and his sonnes and thei shal eat it in the holy place for it is most holy vnto him of the offrings of the Lord made by fire by a perpetual ordinance 10 ¶ And there went out among the children of Israél the sonne of an Israelitish woman whose father was an Egyptian this sonne of the Israelitish womā amā of Israél stroue together in the hoste 11 So the Israelitish womās sonne blasphemed the Name of the Lord and cursed they broght him vnto Mosés his mothers name also was Shelomith the daughter of Dibri of the tribe of Dan. 12 And they* put him in warde till he tolde them the minde of the Lord. 13 Then the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 14 Bring the blasphemer with out the hoste and let all that heard him * put their hāds vpon his head and let al the Congregaciō stone him 15 And thou shalt speake vnto the children of Israél saying Whosoeuer curseth his God shal beare his sinne 16 And he that blasphemeth the name of the Lord shal be put to death all the Congregacion shallstone him to death as well the strāger as he that is borne in the land whē he blasphemeth the Name of the Lord let him be slaine 17 ¶ * He also that killeth anie man he shal be put to death 18 And he that killeth a beast he shal restore it beast for beast 19 Also if a man cause anie blemish in hys neighbour as he hathe done so shall it be done to him 20 * Breache for breache eie for eie to the for to the such a blemish as he hath made in anie suche shal be repaied to him 21 And he that killeth a beast shal restore it but he that killeth a man shal be slaine 22 Ye shal haue* one la we it shal be aswel for the stranger as for one borne in the countrey for I am the Lord your God 23 ¶ Then Mosés tolde the childrē of Israél and they broght the blasphemer out of the hoste and stond him with stones so the children of Israél did as the Lord had commanded Mosés CHAP. XXV 2 The Sabbath of the seuenth yere 8 The Iubile in the fiftieth yere 14 Not to oppresse their brethren 23 The sale and redeming of lands houses and persones 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés in moūt Sin ai saying 2 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them When ye shall come into the land which I giue you the* land shall kepe Sabbath vnto the Lord. 3 Six yeres thou shalt sowe thy field and six yeres thou shalt cut thy vineyarde and gather the frute thereof 4 But the seuenth yere shal be a Sabbath of rest vnto the land it shal be the Lords Sab bath thou shalt nether sowe thy field nor cutthy vineyarde 5 That which groweth of it owne accorde of thy haruest thou shalt not reape nether gather the grapes that thou haste lefte vnlaboured for it shal be a yere of reste vnto the land 6 And the rest of the land shal be meate for you euen for thee and for thy seruant for thy maid for thy hyred seruāt for the stranger that soiourneth with thee 7 And for thy cattel and for the beastes that are in thy land shall all the increase therof be meat 8 ¶ Also thou shalt nomber seuen Sabbaths of yeres vnto thee euen seuen times seuē yere the space of the seuen Sabbaths of yeres wil be vnto the nine fourty yere 9 Then thou shalt cause to blowe the trumpet of the Iubile in the tenth day of the seuenth moneth euen in the day of the recō ciliacion shal ye make the trumpet blowe throughout all your land 10 And ye shall halowe that yere euen the fiftieth yere and proclaime libertie in the land to all the inhabitants there of it shal be the Iubile vnto you and ye shal returne euerie man vnto his possession and euerie man shal returne vnto his familie 11 This fiftieth yere shal be a yere of Iubile vnto you ye shall not sowe nether reape that which groweth of it self nether gather the grapes therof that are left vnlaboured 12 For it is the Iubile it shall be holy vnto you ye shal eat of the increase thereof out of the field 13 In the yere of this Iubile ye shall returne euerie man vnto his possession 14 And when thou sellest ought to thy neigh bour or byest at thy neighbours hande ye shal not oppresse one another 15 But according to the nōber of yeres after the Iubile thou shalt bye of thy neighbour also according to the nōber of the yeres of the reuenues he shal sel vnto thee 16 According to the multitude of yeres thou shalt encrease the price therof and accordynge to the fewnes of yeres thou shalt abate the price of it for the nomber of frutes doeth he sel vnto thee 17 Oppresse not ye therefore anie man hys neighbour but thou shalt feare thy God for I am the Lord your God 18 ¶ Wherefore ye shal obey mine ordināces and kepe my Lawes and do them and ye shalwel in the land in saftie 19 And the land shal giue her frute ye shall eat your fil and dwel therein 〈◊〉 20 And if ye shal say What shal we eat the seuēth yere for we shal not sowe nor gather-in our increase 21 I wil send my blessings vppon you in the sixt yere and it shal bring forthe frute for thre yeres 22 And ye shalsowe the eight yere and eate of the old frute vntil the ninth yere vntil the frute therof come ye shal eat the olde 23 ¶ Also the lād shal not be sold to be cut of frō the familie for the land is mine ye be but strangers and soiourners with me 24 Therfore in al the land of your possession ye shal grante a redempciō for the land 25 ¶ If thy brother be impouerished and sel his possession thē his redemer shall come euen his nere kinsman and bye out
the hoste remoued 46 The nomber of the thre families of Koháth Gershon and Merari ANd the Lorde spake vnto Mosés and to Aarón saying 2 Take the summe of the sonnes of Koháth from among the sonnes of Leui after their families and houses of their fathers 3 From thirtie yere olde and aboue euen vntil fiftie yere olde all that entre into the assemblie to do the worke in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 4 This shal be the office of the sonnes of Koháth in the Tabernacle of the Congregaciō about the Holiest of all 5 ¶ When the hoste remoueth then Aarôn and his sonnes shall come and take downe the coueryng vaile and shall couer the Arke of the Testimonie there with 6 And they shall put thereon a couerynge of badgers skins ād shall spread vpon it a cloth altogether of blewe silke and put to the barres thereof 7 And vpon the * table of shewe bread they shall spread a cloth of blewe silke and put thereon the dishes and the incens cups ād goblets and couerings to couer it with ād the bread shal be the eon continually 8 And they shal spread vpon them a couering of skarlet and couer the same with a coueryng of badgers skins aud put to the barres thereof 9 Then they shall take a cloth of blewe silke and couer the * candelsticke of lyght wyth his lampes and his snoffers * and hys snoffedishes and all the oyle vessels thereof which they occupie about it 10 So they shall put it and all the instruments thereof in coueryng of badgers skins and put it vpon the barres 11 Also vpon the golden altar they shal spread a cloth of blewe silke and couer it with a coueryng of badgers skins and put to the barres thereof 12 And they shal take al the instruments of the ministerie wherewith they minister in the Sā ctuarie and put them in a cloth of blewe silke and couer them wyth a coueryng of badgers skins and put them on the barres 13 Also they shal take away the ashes from the altar and spread a purple cloth vpon it 14 And shal put vpō it all the instruments therof which they occupie about it the censers the fleshhokes and the besomes and the basens euen all the instrumentes of the altar and they shall spread vpon it a coueryng of badgers skins and put to the barres of it 15 And when Aarôn and his sonnes haue made an end of coueryng the Sanctuarie and all the instruments of the Sanctuarie at the remouing of the hoste afterwarde the sonnes of Koháth shall come to beare it but they shalnot touche anie holy thynge lest they dye Thys is the charge of the sonnes of Koháth in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 16 ¶ And to the office of Eleazār the sonne of Aarón the Priest perteineth the oyle for the light and the * swete incens and the dailie meat offring and the * anointing oyle with the ouersight of all the Tabernacle and of all that therein is bothe in the Sanctuarie and in all the instruments thereof 17 ¶ And the Lorde spake vnto Mosés and to Aarón saying 18 Ye shal not cut of the tribe of the families of the Kohathites from among the Leuites 19 But thus do vnto them that they may liue and not dye when they come nere to the moste holy thyngs let Aarón and his sonnes come and appoint them euerie one to hys office and to his charge 20 But let them not go in to se when the Sanctuarie is folden vp lest they dye 21 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 22 Take also the summe of the sonnes of Gershón euerie one by the houses of their Fathers throughout their families 23 From thirtie yere olde and aboue vntil fiftie yere olde shalt thou nombre them al that entre into the assemblie for to do seruice in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 24 This shal be the seruice of the families of the Gershonites to serue and to beare 25 They shall beare the curtaines of the Tabernacle and the Tabernacle of the Congre gacion hys coueryng and the coueryng of badgers skins that is on hie vpon it and the vayle of the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 26 The curtaines also of the court the vaile of the entryng in of the gate of the court whiche is nere the Tabernacle and nere the altar round about with their cordes and all the instruments for their seruice and all that is made for them so shall they serue 27 At the commandement of Aarón and hys sonnes shall all the seruice of the sonnes of the Gershonites be done in all their charges and in all their seruice and ye shal appointe them to kepe all their charges 28 This is the seruice of the families of the son nes of the Gershonites in the Tabernacle of the Congregaciō and their watch shal be vnder the hande of Ithamár the sonne of Aarón the Priest 29 ¶ Thou shalt nomber the sonnes of Merari by their families ād by the houses of their fathers 30 From thirtie yere olde and aboue euen vnto fiftie yere olde shalt thou nōber them all that entre into the assemblie to do the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 31 And this is their office and charge accordynge to all their seruice in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion the * boardes of the Tabernacle with the barres thereof and hys pillers and his sockets 32 And the pillers round about the court with their sockets and their pins and their cordes with all their instrumentes euen for all their seruice and by name ye shall rekē the instruments of their office and charge 33 This is the seruice of the families of the son ne of Merari accordynge to all their seruice in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion vnder the hande of Ithamár the sonne of Aarón the Priest 34 ¶ Then Mosés and Aaron and the princes of the Congregacion nombred the sonnes of the Kohathites by their families and by the houses of their fathers 35 From thirtie yere olde and aboue euen vnto fiftie yere olde all that entre into the assemblie for the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 36 So the nombers of them throughout their families were two thousand seuen hūdreth and fiftie 37 These are the nombers of the families of the Kohathites all that serue in the Taberna cle of the Congregacion which Mosés and Aaron did nomber according to the commā ment of the Lord by the hand of Mosés 38 Also the nombers of the sonnes of Gershón throughout their families houses of their fathers 39 From thirtie yere olde and vpwarde euen vnto fiftie yere olde all that entre into the assemblie for the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 40 So the nombers of them by their families and by the houses of their fathers were two
thousand six hundreth and thirtie 41 These are the nōbers of the families of the sonnes of Gershon of all that did seruice in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion whom Mosés and Aaron did nomber according to the commandement of the Lord. 42 ¶ The nombers also of the families of the sonnes of Merari by their families and by the houses of their fathers 43 From thirtie yere olde and vpward euen vn to fiftie yere olde all that entre into the assemblie for the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 44 So the nombers of them by their families were thre thousand and two hundreth 45 These are the summes of the families of the sonnes of Merari whome Mosés and Aaron nombred according to the commandement of the Lord by the hand of Mosés 46 So all the nombers of the Leuites whiche Mosés and Aaron and the princes of Israél nombred by their families and by the houses of their fathers 47 From thirtie yere olde and vpwarde euen to fiftie yere old euerie one that came to do his duetie office seruice and charge in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 48 So the nombers of them were eight thousand fiue hundreth and foure score 29 According to the cōmādemēt of the Lord by the hād of Mosés did Aarō nōber thē euerie according to his seruice and according to his charge Thus were they of that tribe nōbred as the Lord cōmāded Mosés CHAP. V. 2 The Leprous and the polluted shal be cast forthe 6 The purging of sinne 15 The 〈◊〉 of the suspect wife 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Commande the chyldren of Israél that they * put out of the hoste euerie leper and euerie one that hathe * an issue and whosoeuer is defiled by * the dead 3 Bothe male and female shall ye put out out of the host shall ye put them that they defile not their tentes among whome I dwel 4 And the childrē of Israél did so and put thē out of the hoste euen as the Lord had commanded Mosés so did the children of Israél 5 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 6 Speake vnto the children of Israél * When a man or womā shal commit ame sinne that men commit and trāsgresse against the Lord when that persone shall trespas 7 Then they shall confesse their sinne whiche they haue done and shal restore the domma ge thereof * with his principall and put the fift part of it more thereto ād shal giue it vnto him against whome he hathe trespassed 8 But if the man haue no kinsman to whome he shulde restore the dommage the dommage shal be restored to the Lord for the Priests vse besides the ram of the atonemēt whereby he shall make atonement for him 9 And euerie offring of all the holy thyngs of the children of Israél whiche they bring vnto the Priest shal be * his 10 And euerie mans halowed thyngs shal be his that is whatsoeuer anie mā giueth the Priest it shal be his 11 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 12 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them If anie mans wife turne to euil and commit a trespas against him 13 So that another man lie with her fleshly and it be hid from the eyes of her housband and kept close and yet she be defiled and there be no witnes agaynst her nether she taken with the maner 14 If he be moued with a ielous minde so that he is ielous ouer his wife which is defiled or if he haue a ielous minde so that he is ielous ouer his wife whiche is not defiled 15 Then shall the man bryng hys wyfe to the Priest and bryng her offryng with her the tenth parte of an Epháh of barly meale but he shall not powre oyle vpon it nor put incens thereon for it is an offryng of ielousie an offring for a remembrance callynge the sinne to minde 16 And the Priest shall bryng her and set her before the Lord. 17 Then the Priest shal take the holy water in an earthē vessel of the dust that is in the floure of the Tabernacle euen the Priest shal take it and put it into the water 18 After the Priest shall set the women before the Lorde and vncouer the womans head and put the offryng of the memorial in her hand it is the ielousie offring and the Priest shall haue bitter and cursed water in his hand 19 And the Priest shall charge her by an othe and say vnto the woman If no man haue lien with thee nether thou hast turned to vnclēnes from thine housband be fre from this bitter and cursed water 20 But if thou hast turned frō thine housbād and so art defiled some man hath lien with thee beside thine housband 21 Thē the Priest shal charge the womā with an othe of cursing and the Priest shall say vn to the woman The Lord make thee to be accursed and detestable for the othe among thy people and the Lord cause thy thigh to rott and thy belly to swell 22 And that this cursed water maie go into thy bowels to cause thy belly to swell and thy thigh to rott Then the woman shal answer Amen Amen 23 After the Priest shall write these curses in a boke and shall blot them out with the bit ter water 24 And shall cause the woman to drinke the bitter cursed water and the cursed water turned into bitternes shall entre into her 25 Then the Priest shall take the ielousie offring out of the womans hand shall shake the offring before the Lord and offer it vpō the altar 26 And the Priest shall take an handful of the offring for a memoriall thereof and burne it vpon the altar and afterward make the woman drinke the water 27 When he hath made her drinke the water if she be defiled and haue trespassed against her housbād then shal the cursed water tur ned into bitternes entre into her her belly shal swel her thigh shal rott the woman shal be accursed among her people 28 But if the woman be not defiled but be cleane she shal be fre shal cōceiue beare 29 This is the lawe of ielousie when a wif tur neth from her housband and is defiled 30 Or whē a mā is moued with a ielous minde being ielous ouer his wife thē shal he bring the woman before the Lorde and the Priest shal do to her according to all this lawe 31 And the man shal be fre frō sinne but this woman shal beare her iniquitie CHAP. VI. 2 The lawe of the consecration of the Nazarites 24 The maner to blesse the people 1 ANd the Lorde speake vnto Mosés saying 2 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them When a man or a woman doeth separate thē selues to vowe a vowe of a
not lyke Kórah and his companie as the Lord said to hym by the hand of Mosés 41 ¶ But on the morowe all the multitude of the children of Israél murmured against Mosés and agaynst Aarōn saying Ye haue killed the people of the Lord. 42 And when the Congregacion was gathered agaynst Mosés and agaynste Aarón then they turned theyr faces toward the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and beholde the cloude couered it and the glorie of the Lord appeared 43 Then Mosés and Aarón were come before the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 44 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Moses saying 45 Get you vp frome among this Congregacion for I will consume them quickely then they fel vpon their faces 46 And Mosés said vnto Aarón Take the cen ser and put fire therein of the Altar and put therein incens and go quickely vnto the Congregacion and make an atonement for them for there is wrath gone out frome the Lord the plague is begonne 47 Then Aarón toke as Mosés commaunded him and ran into the middes of the Congregacion and beholde the plague was begonne among the people and he put in incens and made an atonemēt for the people 48 And when he stode betwene the dead and thē that were aliue the plague was stayed 49 So they dyed of this plague fourtene thousand and seuen hundreth beside them that dyed in the conspiracie of Korah 50 And Aarōn went againe vnto Mosés before the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and the plague was stayed CHAP. XVII 2 The twelue rods of the twelue princes of the tribes of Israél 9 Aarons rod buddeth and beareth blossoms 10 For a testimonie against the rebellious people 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Speake vnto the children of Israél and take of euerie one of them a rod after the house of their fathers of all their princes according to the familie of their fathers euē twelue rods and thou shalte write euerie mans name vpon his rod. 3 And write Aarons name vpon the rod of Leui for euerie rod shal be for the head of the house of their fathers 4 And thou shalt put them in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion before the Arke of the Testimonie * where I wyll declare my selfe to you 5 And the mans rod whome I chose shal blos som and I wil make cease from me the grudgyngs of the children of Israél which grudge against you 6 ¶ Then Mosés spake vnto the children of Israél and all their princes gaue him a rod one rod for euerie prince according to the houses of their fathers euen twelue rods ād the rod of Aaron was among their rods 7 And Mosés laid the rods before the Lorde in the Tabernacle of the Testimonie 8 And when Mosés on the morowe went into the Tabernacle of the Testimonie beholde the rod of Aaron for the house of Leui was budded and broght for the buddes and broght forth blossoms and bare ripe almondes 9 Then Mosés broght out all the rods frome before the Lord vnto all the children of Israél and they loked vpon them and toke euerie man his rod. 10 ¶ After the Lord sayd vnto Mosés * Bryng Aarons rod againe before the Testimonie to be kepte for a token to the rebellious chyldren ād thou shalt cause their murmurings to cease from me that they dye not 11 So Mosés did as the Lorde had commanded him so did he 12 ¶ And the children of Israél spake vnto Mo sés saying Beholde we are dead we perish we are all lost 13 Whosoeuer commeth nere or approcheth to the Tabernacle of the Lord shal dye shall we be consumed and dye CHAP. XVIII 1. 7 The office of Aaron and his sonnes 2 with the Leuites 8 The Priests parte of the offrings 20 God in their portion 26 The Leuites haue the tithes and offer the tenthes thereof to the Lord. 1 ANd the Lord said vnto Aarōn Thou and thy sonnes and thy fathers house wyth thee shal beare the iniquitie of the Sanctua rie bothe thou and thy sonnes with thee shal beare the iniquitie of your Priests office 2 And brynge also wyth thee thy brethren of the tribe of Leui of the familie of the father whiche shal be ioyned wyth 〈◊〉 and minister vnto thee but thou and thy sonnes with thee shal minister before the Tabernacle of the Testimonie 3 And they shall kepe thy charge euen the charge of all the Tabernacle but they shall not come nere the instruments of the Sanctuarie nor to the altar lest they dye bothe they and you 4 And they shal be ioyned with thee and kepe the charge of the Tabernacle of the Cōgre gacion for all the seruice of the Tabernacle and no stranger shal come nere vnto you 5 Therefore shall ye kepe the charge of the Sanctuarie and the charge of the altar so there shall fall no more wrath vpon the chil dren of Israél 6 For lo I haue * taken your brethren the Leuites from among the childrē of Israel whiche as a gift of yours are giuen the Lorde to do the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 7 But thou ād thy sonnes with thee shal kepe your Priests office for all things of the altar and within the vaile therefore shal ye serue for I haue made your Priests office an office of seruice therefore the stranger that commeth nere shal be slaine 8 ¶ Agayne the Lorde spake vnto Aarôn Beholde I haue giuen thee the keping of mine offrings of all the halowed thyngs of the children of Israél vnto thee I haue gyuen them for the anoyntynges sake and to thy sonnes for a perpetual ordinance 9 This shal be thine of the most holie things reserued from the fire all their offryng of all their meat offryng and of all their sin offring and of all their trespas offring whiche they bryng vnto me that shal be moste holy vnto thee and to thy sonnes 10 In the most holy place shalt thou eat it eue rie male shal eat of it it is holy vnto thee 11 This also shal be thine the heaue offringe of their gift with all the shake offrings of the children of Israél I haue giuen them vnto thee and to thy sonnes and to thy daughters with thee to be a duetie for euer all the cleane in thine house shall eat of it 12 All the fat of the oyle and all the fat of the wine and of the wheat whiche they shal offer vnto the Lord for their first frutes I haue giuen them vnto thee 13 And the firste rype of all that is in theyr land whiche they shall bring vnto the Lord shal be thyne all the cleane in thyne house shal eat of it 14 * Euerie thing separate from the commune vse in Israél shal be thine 15 All that first openeth the * matrice of anie fleshe whiche they shal offer vnto the Lord
which wēt out of the land of Egypt according to their bandes vnder the hand of Mosés and Aaron 2 And Moses wrote their goīg out by their iourneyes according to the commandement of the Lord so these are the iourneies of their going out 3 Now they * departed from Ramesés the first moneth euen the fiftenth day of the first moneth on the morowe after the Pas seouer and the children of Israél went out with an hie hand in the sight of all the Egyptians 4 For the Egyptiās buried all their first bor ne which the Lord had smitten among them vpon their gods also the Lord did execution 5 And the children of Israel remoued from Ramesés and pitched in Succoth 6 And they departed from * Succoth and pitched in Etham which is in the edge of the wildernes 7 And they remoned from Ethà m and turned againe vnto Pi-hahiroth which is before Baal-zephon and pitched before migdol 8 And they departed from before hahiroth and * wēt through the middes of the Sea into the wildernes and went thre dayes iourney in the wildernes of Etham and pitched in Marah 9 And they remoued from Marah and came vnto * Elim and in Elim were twelue foun tains of wator and seuent y palme trees and they pitched there 10 And they remoued from Elim and cāped by the red Sea 11 And they remoued from the red Sea and laye in the * wildernes of Sin 12 And they toke their iourney out of the wildernes of Sin and set vp their tentes in Dophkah 13 And they departed from Dophkah lay in Alush 14 And they remoued from Alúsh and lay in * Rephidim where was no water for the people to drinke 15 And they departed from Rephidim pitched in the * wildernes of Sinai 16 And they remoued from the desert of Sinai and pitched * in Kibroth Hattaauah 17 And they departed from Kibroth Hattaauah and lay at Hazeroth 18 And they departed from Hazeroth and pitchet at Rithmah 19 And they departed from Rithmah pit ched at Rimmon Parez 20 * And they departed from Rimmon Parez and pitchet in Libnah 21 And they remoued from Libnah and pitched in Rissah 22 And they iournied from Rissah and pitched in Kehelathah 23 And they wont from Kehelathah and pit ched in mount Shapher 24 And they remoued froūt mount Shapher aud lay in Haradah 25 And they remoued from Haradah pitched in Makheloth This mappe properly apperteineth to the 33 Chap. of Nombres This mappe declareth the way which the Israélites went for the space of fourtie yeres from Egypt through the wildernes of Arabia vntil they 〈◊〉 into the land of Canaan as it is mencioned in Exod. Nomb. Deut. It cōteineth also the 42 places where they pitched their tentes which are named Nomber 33 with the obseruacion of the degrees concerning the length and the breadth and the places of their abode set out by nombers 27 And they departed from Tahath pitched in Tarah 28 And they remoued from Tarà h pitched in Mithkah 29 And they went from Mithkah pitched in Hashmonah 30 And they departed from Hashmonah and lay in Moseróth 31 And they departed from Moserôth and pitched in Bene-iaakan 32 And they remoued from Bene-iaakan lay in Hor-hagidgad 33 And they went from Hor-hagidgad and pitched in Iotbathah 34 And they remoued from Iotbathah and lay in Ebronah 35 And they departed from Ebronah and lay in Ezion-gaber 36 And they remoued from Ezion-gaber and pitched in the * wildernes of Zin which is Kadésh 37 And they remoued from Kadésh and pitched in mount Hor in the edge of the lād of Edóm 38 * And Aarón the Priest went vp in to mount Hor at the commandement of the Lord and died there in the fourtieth yere after the children of Israél were come out of the land of Egypt in the first day of the fifth moneth 39 And Aarôn was an hundreth and thre twētie yere olde whē he died in moūt Hor 40 And * King Arad the Canaanite which dwelt in the South of the land of Canaan heard of the comming of the children of Israél 41 And they departed from mounte * Hor and pitched in Zalmonah 42 And they departed from Zalmonah and pitched in Punón 43 And they departed from Punón and pitched in Obóth 44 And they departed from Obóth and pitched in Iie-abarim ī the borders of Moab 45 And they departed from * Iim and pitched in Dibón-gad 46 And theiremoued from Dibón-gad and lay in Almón-diblathaim 47 And they remoued from Almón-diblathaim and pitched in the mounteines of Abarim before Nebô 48 And they departed from the mounteines of Abarim and pitched in the playne of Moà b by Iorden toward Ierichô 49 And they pitched by Iordén from Bethieshimôth vnto * Abel-shittim in the plai ne of moab 50 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés in the plaine of Moab by Iordén toward Ierichô saying 51 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them * When ye are come ouer Iordén to entre in to the land of Canaan 52 Ye shal then driue out all the inhabitants of the land before you destroy all their pictures breake a sunder all their images of metal plucke downe all their hie places 53 And ye shal possesse the land and dwel the rein for I haue giuen you the land to possesse it 54 And ye shal inherit the land by lot accordīg to your families * to the more ye shal giue more inheritance to the fewer the lesse inheritance where the lot shal fall to anie man that shal be his according to the tribes of your fathers shal ye inherit 55 But if ye wil not driue out the inhabitants of the land before you then those which ye let remaine of them shal be * prickes in your eies and thornes in your sides shal vexe you in the land wherein ye dwel 56 Moreouer it shal come to passe that I shal do vnto you as I thoght to do vnto them CHAP. XXXIIII The coactes and borders of the land of Canáan 〈◊〉 Certeine men are assigned to deuide the land 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Commande the children of Israél and say vnto them When ye come into the lād of Canaan this is the land that shal fal vn to your inheritance that is the land of Canaan with the coastes thereof 3 * And your Southquarter shal be from the wildernes of Zin to the borders of Edôm so that your Southquarter shal be from the salt Sea coast Eastward 4 And the border shal cōpasse you from the Southe to Maaleh-akrabbim and reache to Zin and go out from the Southe to Ka desh-barnea thence it shal stretch to Hazar-addar and go along to Azmôn 5 And the border shal compasse from Azmō vnto the riuer of Egypt and shal
other side they slewe them so that they let none of them * remayne nor escape 23 And the Kynge of Ai they toke aliue and broght him to Ioshúa 24 And when Israél had made an end of slaying all the inhabitāts of Ai in the field that is in the wildernes where they chased them and when they were all fallen on the edge of the sword vntil they were consumed all the Israelites returned vnto Ai smote it with the edge of the sworde 25 And all that fell that day bothe of men women were twelue thousande euen all the men of Ai. 26 For Ioshúa drewe not his hand backe againe which he had stretched out with the speare vntil he had vtterlye destroyed all the inhabitants of Ai. 27 * Onely the cattell and the spoyle of this citie Israél toke for a pray vnto them selues according vnto the word of the Lord which he commanded Ioshûa 28 And Ioshúa burnt Ai made it an heape for euer and a wildernes vnto this day 29 And the Kynge of Ai he hanged on a tre vnto the euening And assone as the sunne was downe Ioshúa commanded that thei shuld take his carkeis downe from the tre and cast it at the entring of the gate of the citie and * lay thereon a greate heape of stones that remaineth vnto this day 30 ¶ Then Ioshúa buylt an altar vnto the Lord God of Israél in mount Ebál 31 As Mosés the seruant of the Lorde had commanded the children of Israél as it is written in the * boke of the Law of Mosés an altar of whole stone ouer which no mā had lift an yron and they offred thereon burnt 〈◊〉 vnto the Lord sacrificed peace offrings 32 Also he wrote there vpon the stones a rehearsall of the Lawe of Mosés which he wrote in the presence of the chyldren of Israél 33 And all Israél and their Elders and officers and their iudges stode on this side of the Arke on that side before the Priests of the Leuites which bare the Arke of the couenant of the Lord aswel the stranger as he that is borne in the countrey halfe of thē were ouer against mount Gerizim and halfe of thē ouer against mount Ebál * as Mosés the seruant of the Lorde had commanded before that they shuld blesse the people of Israél 34 Then afterwarde he red all the wordes of the Lawe the blessings and cursings according to all that is written in the boke of the Lawe 35 There was not a worde of all that Mosés had commanded whiche Ioshúa red not before all the Congregacion of Israél * aswell before the women and the chyldren as the stranger that was cōuersant among them CHAP. IX 1 Diuers Kings assemble them selues against Ioshúa 3 The craft of the Gibeonites 15 Ioshúa maketh a league with them 23 For their craft they are cōdemned to perpetual sclauerie 1 ANd when all the Kings that were beyond Iordén in the mountaines and in the valleis and by all the coastes of the great Sea ouer against Lebanón as the Hittites and the Amorites the Canaanites the Perizzites the Hiuites and the Iebusites heard thereof 2 They gathered them selues together to fight against Ioshúa against Israél with one accord 3 ¶ * But the in habitants of Gibeōn hearde what Ioshúa had done vnto Ierichō and to Ai. 4 And therefore they wroght 〈◊〉 for they went and fained them selues embassadours and toke olde sackes vpon theyr asses and olde bottels for wine both rent and bounde vp 5 And olde shooes and clouted vppon their fete also the raiment vpon them was olde and all their prouision of bread was dried and mouled 6 So they came vnto Ioshúa into the hoste to Gilgál and said vnto him and vnto the men of Israél We be come frome a farre countrey nowe therefore make a league with vs. 7 Then the men of Israél said vnto the Hiuites It may be that thou dwellest among vs how thē can I make a league with thee 8 And they said vnto Ioshúa We are thy seruants Then Ioshúa said vnto them Who are ye and whence come ye 9 And they answered him From a verye far countrey thy seruants are come for the Name of the Lord thy God for we haue heard his fame and all that he hathe done in Egypt 10 And all that he hathe done to the two Kings of the Amorites that were beyonde Iordén to Sihōn King of Heshbōn and to Og King of Bashán whiche were at Ashtaróth 11 Wherefore our Elders and all the inhabitants of our countrey spake to vs saying Take vitailes with you for the iour ney and go to mete them and say vnto thē We are your seruants now therfore make ye a league with vs. 12 This our bread we toke it hot with vs for vitailes out of our houses the daye we departed to come vnto you but now behold it is dried and it is mouled 13 Also these bottels of wine which we filled were new and 〈◊〉 they be rent and these our garments and our shooes are olde by reason of the exceding great iourney 14 ¶ And the men accepted their tale cōcerning their vitailes and counseled not with the mouth of the Lord. 15 So Ioshúa made peace with thē and made a league with them that he wolde suffer them to liue also the Princes of the Cōgregacion sware vnto them 16 ¶ But at the end of thre daies after they had made a league with them they hearde that they were their neighbours and that they dwelt among them 17 And the children of Israél toke theyr iourney and came vnto their Cities the third day and their cities were Gibeōn Chephirah and Beerōth Kiriathiearim 18 And the children of Israél slewe them not because the Princes of the Congregacion had sworne vnto them by the Lord GOD of Israél wherefore all the Congregacion murmured against the Princes 19 Then all the princes said vnto all the Cōgregacion We haue sworne vnto them by the Lord God of Israél now therefore we may not touche them 20 But this we wil do to them and let them liue lest the wrath be vppon vs because of the othe which we sware vnto them 21 And the Princes said vnto them agayne Let them liue but thei shal he we wood and drawe water vnto all the Congregacion as the Princes appoint them 22 Ioshūa then called them and talked with them and said Wherefore haue ye beguiled vs saying We are verie farre from you when ye dwelamong vs 23 Now therefore ye are cursed and there shal none of you be freed from being bondmen and hewers of wood and drawers of water for the house of my God 24 And they aunswered Ioshúa and said Because it was tolde thy seruants that the Lord thy God had * commanded hys seruant Mosés to giue you all the lande
house to the Name of the Lord my God 8 But the worde of the Lord came to me saying * Thou hast shed muche blood hast made great battels thou shalt not buylde an house vnto my Name for thou hast shed muche blood vpon the earth in my sight 9 Reholde a sonne is borne to thee which shal be a man of rest for I wil giue him rest from all his enemies round about therefore his name is Salomón and I wil send peace quietnes vpon Israél in his dayes 10 * He shal buylde an house for my Name and he shal be my sonne and I wil be his father I wil establish the throne of his kingdome vpon Israél for euer 11 Now therefore my sonne the Lord shal be with thee and thou shalt prosper and thou shalt buylde an house to the Lord thy God as he hathe spoken of thee 12 Onely the Lord giue thee wisdome vnderstāding and giue thee charge ouer Israél euen to kepe the Law of the Lord thy God 13 Then thou shalt prosper if thou take hede to obserue the statutes and the iudgements which the Lord cōmanded Mosés for Israél be strong and of good courage feare not ne ther be afraied 14 For beholde according to my pouertie ha ue I prepared for the house of the Lord an hundreth thousand talents of golde and a thousand thousand talents of siluer and of brasse and of yron passing weight for there was abundance I haue also prepared timbre and stone and thou maiest prouide more thereto 15 Moreouer thou hast workemen with thee ynough hewers of stone workemen for timbre and all men expert in euerie worke 16 Of golde of siluer and of brasse and of yron there is no nomber Vp therefore and be doing the Lord wil be with thee 17 Dauid also commanded all the princes of Israél to helpe Salomón his sonne saying 18 Is not the Lord your God with you and ha the giuen you rest on euerie side for he hathe giuen the inhabitants of the land into mine hand and the lands is subdued before the Lord and before his people 19 Now set your hearts and your soules to seke the Lord your God arise buylde the Sanctuarie of the Lord God to bring the 〈◊〉 of the couenant of the Lord and the holy vessels of GOD into the house buylt for the Name of the Lord. CHAP. XXIII 1 Dauid being olde ordeineth Salomon King 3 He causeth the Leuites to be nombred 4 And assigneth them to their offices 13 Aaron and his sonnes are for the hie Priests 14 The sonnes of Moses 1 SO when Dauid was olde and ful of daies * he made Salomón his sonne King ouer Israél 2 And he gathered together all the princes of Israél with the Priests and the Leuites 3 And the Leuites were nombred frō the age of thirtie yere and aboue and their nomber according to their summe was eight and thir tie thousand men 4 Or these foure and twentie thousand were set to aduance the worke of the house of the Lord and six thousand were ouerseers iudges 5 And foure thousand were porters foure thousand praised the Lord with instrumēts which he made to praise the Lord. 6 * So Dauid deuided offices vnto them to wit to the sonnes of Leui to * Gershón Ko háth and Merari 7 Of the Gershonites were Laadān and Shimei 8 The sonnes of Laadán the chief was Iehiél and Zethám and Ioél thre 9 The sonnes of Shimei Shelomith Haziél and Haram thre these were the chief fathers of Laadán 10 Also the sonnes of Shimei were Iáhath Ziná Ieúsh and Beriáh these foure were the sonnes of Shimei 11 And Iáhath was the chief and Zizáh the seconde but Ieúsh and Beriáh had not many 〈◊〉 therefore they were in the families of their father counted but as one 12 ¶ The sonnes of Koháth were Amrám Izhár Hebrón and Vzziél foure 13 * The sonnes of Amrám Aarōn and Mosés and Aarōn was separated to sanctifie the moste holy place he and his sonnes foreuer to burne incēse before the Lord to minister to him and to 〈◊〉 in his Name for euer 14 ¶ Mosés also the man of God and his children werenamed with the tribe of Leui 15 The sonnes of Moses were Gershóm and Eliézer 16 Of the sonnes of * Gershóm was Shebuél the chief 17 And the sonne of Eliézer was Rehabiāh the chief for Eliézer had none other sonnes but the sonnes of Rehabiáh were very many 18 The sonne of Izhár was Shelomith the chief 19 The sonnes of Hebrōn were Ieriáh the first Amariáh the seconde Iahaziél the third and Iekamiám the fourt 20 The sonnes of Vzziél were Micháh the first and Isshiáh the seconde 21 ¶ The sonnes of Merari were Mahli and Mushi The sonnes of Mahli Eleazár and Kish 22 And Eleazár dyed and had no sonnes but daughters and their brethren the sonnesof Kish toke them 23 The sonnes of Mushî were Mahli Edér and 〈◊〉 thre 24 These were the sonnes of Leui according to the house of their fathers euen the chief fathers according to their offices according to the nomber of names and their summe that did the worke for the seruice of the house of the Lord from the age of twenty yeres and aboue 25 For Dauid said The Lord God of Israél hath giuen rest vnto his people that they may dwelin Ierusalém for euer 26 And also the Leuites shal nomore beare the Tabernacle and all the vessels for the seruice thereof 27 Therefore according to the last wordes of Dauid the Leuites were nombred frō twētie yere and aboue 28 And their office was vnder the hād of the sonnes of Aaron for the seruice of the house of the Lord in the courtes and chambers in the purifying of all holy things and in the worke of the seruice of the house of God 29 Bothe for the shewe bread and for the fine sloure for the meat offring and for the vnleauened cakes and for the fryed things and for that which was rosted and for all measures and cise 30 And for to stand euerie morning to giue thankes and to praise the Lord and like wise at euen 31 And to offer all burnt offrings vnto the Lord in the Sabbaths in the moneths and at the appointed times according to the nomber according to their custome continnally before the Lord 32 And that they shulde kepe the charge of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and the charge of the holie place and the charge of the sonnes of Aaron their brethren in the ser uice of the house of the Lord. CHAP. XXIIII Dauid assigneth offices vnto the sonnes of Aarón 1 THese are also the * diuisions of the sonnes of Aarón The sonnes of Aarón were Nadáb and Abihú Eleazár and Ithamár 2 But Nadáb and Abihú dyed before their father
had no children therefore Eleazar and Ithamár executed the Priests office 3 And Dauid distributed them euen Zadok of the sonnes of Eleazár and Ahimélech of the sonnes of Ithamár according to their offices in their ministration 4 And there were found mo of the sonnes of Eleazár by the nomber of men then of the sonnes of i th amár and they deuided them to wit amōg the sonnes of Eleazár sixtene heades according to the housholde of their fathers and among the sonnes of Ithamár according to the housholde of their fathers eight 5 Thus they distributed them by lot the one from the other and so the rulers of the Sanctuarie and the rulers of the house of God were of the sonnes of Eleazar and of the sonnes of Ithamār 6 And Shemaiáh the sonne of Nethaneél the scribe of the Leuites wrote them before the King and the princes and Zadók the Priest and Ahimelech the sonne of Abiathát and before the chief fathers of the Priests and of the Leuites one familie being reserued for Eleazár and another reserued for Ithamár 7 And the first lot fel to Iehoiarib and the second to Iedaiáh 8 The third to Harim the fourt to Seorim 9 The fift to 〈◊〉 the sixt to Miiamin 10 The seuent to Hakkóz the eight to Abiiáh 11 The ninte to Ieshúa the ten to She caniáh 12 The eleuent to Eliáshib the twelft to Iakim 13 The thirtente to Huppáh the fourtene to Ieshebeáb 14 The fiftene to Bilgáh the sixtente to Immér 15 The seuentente to Hezir the eightene to Happizzér 16 The ninetente to Pethahiáh the twentieth to Iehezek el 17 The one and twentie to Iachin the two and twentie to Gamúl 18 The thre and twentie to Deliāh the foure and twentie to Maaziáh 19 These were their ordres according to their offices when they entred into the house of the Lord according to their custome vnder the hand of Aaron their father as the Lord God of Israél had comman ded him 20 ¶ And of the sonnes of Leui that remained of the sonnes of Amrám was Shubaél of the sonnes of Shubaél Iedeiáh 21 Of Rehabiáh euen of the sonnes of Rehabiah the first Isshiiah 22 Of Izhari Shelomóth of the sonnes of She Iomóth Iahath 23 And his sonnes Ieriáh the first Amariáh the seconde Iahaziél the thirde and Iekameám the fourt 24 The sonne of Vzziél was Micháh the son ne of Micháh was Shamir 25 The brother of Micháh was Isshiiáh the sonne of Isshiiáh Zechariáh 26 The sonnes of Merari were Mahli Mushi the sonne of Iaaziiah was Benō 27 The sonnes of Merari of Iahaziah were Benó and Shóham and Zaccur and Ibri 28 Of Mahli came Eleazar whiche had no sonnes 29 Of Kish the sonne of Kish was Ierahmeél 30 And the sonnes of Mushi were Mahli and Edér and Ierimóth these were sonnes of the Leuites after the housholde of their fa thers 31 And these also cast lottes with their brethrē the sonnes of Aarón before King Dauid and Zadōk and Ahimélech and the chief fathers of the Priests and of the Leuites euen the chief of the families against their yōger brethren CHAP. XXV The singers are appointed with their places lottes 1 SO Dauid and the captaines of the armie separated for the ministerie the sonnes of Asaph and Hemā and Ieduthún who shulde sing prophecies with harpes with violes and with cymbales and their nomber was euen of the men for the office of their ministerie to wit 2 Of the sonnes of Asaph Zaccûr and Ioséph and Nethaniah and Asharélah the sonnes of Asaph were vnder the hād of Asaph which sang prophecies by the commission of the King 3 Of Ieduthûn the sonnes of Ieduthún Gedaliah and Zeri and Ieshaiah Ashabiah and Mattithiah six vnder the hands of their father Ieduthún 〈◊〉 prophecies with an harpe for to giue thankes and to praise the Lord. 4 Of Heman the sonnes of Heman Bukkiah Mattaniah Vzziél Shebuél and Ierimóth Hananiah Hanani Eliathah Giddalti Romamti-ézer Ioshbekashah Mallóthi Hothir and Mahazióth 5 All these were the sonne of Hemán the Kings Seer in the wordes of God to lift vp the 〈◊〉 and God gaue to Hemán fourtene son nes and thre daughters 6 All these were vnder the hand of their father singing in the house of the Lord with cymbales violes and harpes for the seruice of the house of God and Asáph Ieduthún and Hemán were at the Kings commande ment 7 So was their nomber with their brethrē that were instruct in the songs of the Lord euē of all that were conning two hūdreth foure score and eight 8 And thei castlottes charge against charge aswel small as great the cunning man as the scholer 9 And the first lot fell to Ioséph which was of Asáph the secōde to Gedaliáh who with his brethren and his sonnes were twelue 10 The third to Zaccúr he his sonnes and his brethren were twelue 11 The fourte to Izri he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 12 The fift to Netaniáh he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 13 The sixt to Bukkiáh he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 14 The seuent to Iesharéláh he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 15 The eight to Ieshaiáh he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 16 The nint to Mattaniáh he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 17 The tent to Shimei he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 18 The eleuent to Azaréel he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 19 The twelft to Ashabiáh he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 20 The thirtene to Shubaél he his sonnes his brethren twelue 21 The fourtent to Mattithiáh he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 22 The fiftent to Ierimóth he his sonnes his brethren twelue 23 The sixtente to Hananiáh he his sonnes his brethren twelue 24 The seuentente to Ioshbekáshah he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 25 The eightente to Hanani he his sonnes his brethren twelue 26 The ninetente to Mallóthi he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 27 The twentieth to Eliáthah he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 28 The one and twentieth to Hothir he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 29 The two and twentieth to Giddálti he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 30 The thre and twentieth to Mahazioth he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 31 The foure and twentieth to Romámtiézer he his sonnes and his brethren twelue CHAP. XXVI 1 The porters of the Tēple are ordeined euerie man to the gate which he shulde kepe 20 And ouer the treasure 1 COncerning the dinisions of the porters of the Kothites Meshelemiáh the sonne of Koré of the sonnes of Asáph 2 And 〈◊〉 sonnes of Meshelemiáh Zechariáh the eldest Iediaél the seconde Zebadiáh the third Iathniél the fourt 3 Elám the fift Iehohanán the sixt and Elichoenái the seuent 4 And of the sōnes of Obéd Edōm Shemaiáh the eldest Iehozabád the seconde Ioáh the third and
thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél Beholde I wil bring vpō Iudáh and vpon all the inhabitants of Ieru salém all the euil that I haue pronunced against them because I haue spoken vnto them but thei wolde not heare and I ha ue called vnto them but thei wolde not answer 18 And Ieremiáh said to the house of the Rechabites Thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél Because ye haue obeied the commandement of Ionadà b your father and kept all his precepts and done according vnto all that he hathe comman ded you 19 Therefore thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél Ionadab the sonne of Rechà b shal not want a man to stand be fore me for euer CHAP. XXXVI 1 Barúch writeth as Ieremiáb enditèth the boke of the curses against Iudáh and Israél 9 He is sent with the boke vnto the people and rea deth it before them all 14. He is called before the rulers and readeth it before 〈◊〉 also 23 The King casteth it in the fyre 28 There is another writen at the commandement of the Lord. 1 ANd in the fourth yere of Iehoiakim the sonne of Iosiáh King of Iudáh came this worde vnto Ieremiáh from the Lord saying 2 Take thee a roole or boke and 〈◊〉 therein all the wordes that I haue spoken to thee against Israél against Iudáh against all the nacions from the daie that I spake vnto thee euen from the daies of Iosiáh vnto this daie 3 It maie be that the house of Iudáh wil heare of all the euil which I determined to do vnto them that thei may returne euerie man from his euil waie that I maie forgiue their iniquitie and their sinnes 4 Then Ieremiáh called Barúch the sonne of Neriáh and Barúch wrote at the mouth of Ieremiáh all the wordes of the Lord which he had spoken vnto him vpō a roole or boke 5 And Ieremiáh commanded Barúch saying I am shut vp and can not go into the House of the Lord. 6 Therefore go thou and read the roole wherein thou hast writen at my mouth the wordes of the Lord in the audience of the people in the Lords House vpon the fasting day also thou shalt read them in the hearing of all Iudáh that come out of their cities 7 It may be that thei wil pray before the Lord and euerie one returne from his euil way for the angre and the wrath that the Lord hathe declared against this people 8 So Barúch the sonne of Neriáh did according vnto all that Ieremiáh the Prophet commanded him reading in the boke the wordes of the Lord in the Lords House 9 ¶ And in the fift yere of Iehoiakim the sonne of Iosiáh King of Iudáh in the ninth moneth they proclaimed a fast before the Lord to all the people in Ierusalém and to all the people that came from the cities of Iudáh vnto Ierusalém 10 Then red 〈◊〉 in the boke the wordes of Ieremiáh in the House of the Lord in the chámbre of Geremiáh the sonne of Sha phán the secretarie in the hier court at the entrie of the newe gate of the Lords House in the hearing of all the people 11 When Michaiáh the sonne of Gemariáh the sonne of Shaphán had heard out of the boke all the wordes of the Lord. 12 Then he went downe to the Kings house into the Chancellours chamber and lo all the princes sate there euen Elishama the Chancellour and Delaiáh the sonne of She maiáh and Elnathan the sonne of Achbór and Gemariah the sonne of Shaphan and Zedekiah the sonne of Hananiah and all the princes 13 Then Michaiah declared vnto them all the wordesthat he had heard when Barúch red in the boke in the audience of the people 14 Therefore all the princes sent Iehudi the sonne of Nethanià h the sonne of Shelemiah the sonne of Chushi vnto Barúch saying Take in thine hand the roole wherein thou hast red in the audiēce of the peo ple and come So Baruch the sonne of Neriah toke the roole in his hand and came vnto them 15 And thei said vnto him Sit downe now readit that we may heare So Barúch red it in their audience 16 Now when thei had heard all the wordes they where afraied bothe one and other and said vnto Barúch We wil certifie the King of all these wordes 17 And thei examined Barúch saying Tel vs now how didest thou write all these wordes at his mouth 18 Then Barúch answered them He pronoun ced all these wordes vnto me with his mouth and I wrote thē with yncke in the boke 19 Then said the princes vnto Barúch Go hide thee thou and Ieremiah and let no man knowe where ye be 20 ¶ And thei went in to the King to the court but thei laied vp the roole in the chā bre of Elishama the Chancellour and tolde the King all the wordes that he might heare 21 So the King sent Iehudi to fet the roole he toke it out of Elishama the Chācellors chambre and Iehudired in the audience of the King and in the audiēce of all the prin ces which stode beside the King 22 Now the King sate in the winter house in the ninth moneth and there was a fyre burning before him 23 And when Iehudi hadred thre or foure sides he cut it with the penknife and cast it into the fyre that was on the herth vntil all the roole was cōsumed in the fyre that was on the herth 24 Yet thei were not afraid nor rent their garments nether the King nor any of his seruants that heard all these wordes 25 Neuertheles 〈◊〉 and Delaiah and Gemariah had besoght the King that he wolde not burne the roole but he wolde not heare them 26 But the King commanded Ierahmeél the sonne of Hammélech and Seraiah the sōne of Azriél Shelemiah the sonne of Abdiél to take Barúch the scribe and Ieremiah the Prophet but the Lord hid them 27 ¶ Then the worde of the Lord came to Iere miah after that the King had burnt the roo le and the wordes which Barúch wrote at the mouth of Ieremiah saying 28 Take thee againe an other roole write in it all the former wordes that were in the first roole which Iehoiakim the King of Iu dah hathe burnt 29 And thou shalt say to Iehoiakim King of Iu dah Thus saith the Lord Thou hast burnt this roole saying Why hast thou writen therein saying that the King of Babél shal certeinly come and destroye this land and shal take thence bothe man and beast 30 Therefore thus saith the Lord of Iehoiakim King of Iudah He shal haue none to sit vpon the throne of Dauid and his dead bodie shal be cast out in the day to the heate and in the night to the frost 31 And I wil visite him and his sede and his ser uantes for their iniquitie and I wil
l By the title of aliance and here by brother he meaneththe next kinsmā that law fully might marie her Luk. 20. 17. Act. 23. 6. Deu. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Or sonnes m VVhere Gods worde is not preached and vnderstand there must nedes reigne blindenes ād errous n Forasmuche as theishalbe exem 〈◊〉 from the in 〈◊〉 of this present life Exod. 3. 6. Mar. 12. 28. Deut. 6 5. Luk. 10. 27. Leui. 19. 18. Mar. 12. 31. Rom. 13 9. Gal. 5. 14. Iam. 2. 8. Mar. 12. 35. Luk 20 41. o Ofwhat 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 p By the spirit of prophecie speaking of the king dome of Christ. q By the right hand is signified the autoritie and power which God giueth his Sonne Christ in making him his lieurenant and gouernour ouer his Church Psal 110. 1. r Not that his kingdome shal then end but the office of his humanitie shal cease and he with the Father and holie Gost shal reigne for euer as one God all in all s Christ is Dauids sonne touching his manhode ād his Lord concerning his GOD head Nehe. 8. 4. a And teache that which Moses saith b According to Moses whome they read but not that which they teache of them selues Luk. 11. 46. Actes 15 10. c They weres 〈◊〉 les of 〈◊〉 where in the cōmandemēts 〈◊〉 written to this day the Iewes vse the same and close them in a piece of lether and so binde thē to their browe and left arme to the intent they might haue continual remēbran ce of the Law d Christ for bideth nor to giue iuste honour to Magistrates ād Masters but condemneth ambicion and 〈◊〉 perioritie ouer our brothers faith which office apperteineth to Christ alone Nom. 15 38. Deut 22. 12. Mar. 12 38. e The Pharises were called Masters or Fathers and the Scribes Docters Luk. 11. 43. 20. 46. Or master Iam. 3. 1. f The highest dignitie in the 〈◊〉 is notlord shippe or dominion but ministe rie and seruice Or teacher Mal. 1. 6. Luk. 14. 〈◊〉 and 18 14. g Ye kepe backe the pure religion knowledge of God when men are readie to em brace it h Which haue now their 〈◊〉 within the dores i They soght all meanes thatthei colde inuent to make of a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 k And maketh it to be taken as an 〈◊〉 thing because of the vse and hereby Christ sheweth that mans doctrine doeth not onely obscure the worde of God but is 〈◊〉 to it Marke 12. 40. luke 20. 47. “ Or is a detter * 1. King 8. 〈◊〉 * 〈◊〉 Chro. 6. 1. Chap. 〈◊〉 34. Luk 〈◊〉 42. l Ye staye at that which 〈◊〉 and let passe that 〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 importance m Ye seke how to get estimaciō with men and passe not whether ye haue a good conscience or no. “ Or intemperancre Or painted n 〈◊〉 a remembrance of thē in the meane sea son they passed not for their doctrine o It is not now onely that our nacion hathe be gōne to be cruel against the seruants of God therefore it is no 〈◊〉 thogh the children of suche mu therers 〈◊〉 roughly the Prophetes p To conuince you of greater in gratitude q Christ meaneth that all their race shal be punished so that the iniqui tie of the fathers shal be 〈◊〉 in to the bosome of the children which resemble their fathers Gen. 4 8. Ebr. 11 44. r Read 2. Chro. 24 22. Luke 13 14. 2. Esdr. 1 30. s He wil returne no more to them as a teacher but as a iudge when as they shal be cōp lled to confesse althogh to late that he is the verie Sōne of God Chap. 〈◊〉 Marke 13 1. luke 21 5. a whose excellen cie appeareth in that that Herode for the space of 8. ye es kept 10000 men in worke the stones were 15 cubites long in height 12 in breadth 8 as losephus writeth Luke 19 44. b 〈◊〉 thoght the worlde 〈◊〉 be at an end when Ierusalem were destroyed Ephe. 5 6. c He answereth them not according to their mindes but admonisheth them of that which is necessarie for them to knowe Colos. 2 28. d Great ād cruel warres haue en sued since amongs the heathen for the contempt of the Go spel and increase more and more Chap. 10. 17. Luke 21 12. Iohn 15 20. and 16. 2. e As if you were the cause of these troubles f Manie wil kep backe their charitie because they are 〈◊〉 and euill vpon whō they shuld besto wit 2. Thes. 3. 13. 2. Tim. 2. 3. Marke 13. 14. Luke 22. 20. Dan. 9 27. g When the 〈◊〉 shal be pollu ted it shal be a signe of extreme desolation the sacrifices shall end and neuer be restored h The horrible destructiō of the Temple and the corruption of Gods pure religion Act. 1. 12. “ Or man i God preuideth for hys children in the middes of troubles Marke 〈◊〉 21. Luke 17. 23. k Whiter the false Christs and deceiuers leade the people hyding them selues in holes as if they were ashamed of their pro fession “ Or clossetes l 〈◊〉 despite of 〈◊〉 the faithful shal he gathered and ioyned with Christ as the 〈◊〉 assemble to adead 〈◊〉 m VVhen God 〈◊〉 made an end of the troubles of his Church n He 〈◊〉 an horrible trem bling of the worlde and as it were an alteration of the ordre of nature Luk. 17. 37. Mar. 13. 24. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 25. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 10. 〈◊〉 32 7. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 3. 15. Reuel 1. 7. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 12. 〈◊〉 4. 16. o For within fiftie yeres after Ierusalem was destroied the godlie were persecuted falle teachers seduced the people religion was polluted so that the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to beat an 〈◊〉 Mar. 13 32. Gene. 7. 5. 〈◊〉 17. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 3. 20. p Because of their incredulitie q This teacheth euerie man to walke warely not respecting his companion althogh he be neuer so dere vnto him Luk 17. 〈◊〉 1. thes 4. 17. Mar. 13. 35. Luk. 12. 19. 2. thes 3. 2. 〈◊〉 16. 18. Luk. 12 42. “ Or separat him Chap 〈◊〉 42 and 25. 30. a This similitud̄e teacheth vs that it is not sufficiēt to haue once giuē our selues to followe Christ but that we muste continue b To do him ho nor as the maner was c Manie seke that which they haue contemned but it is to late “ Or quenched d This was spokē in reproche because they made not prouision in time e I wil not open to you because you haue failed in the midde way f This similitude teacheth how we oght to continue in the knowledge of God do good with those graces that God hathe giuen vs Chap 24. 43. mar 13. 33. Luk. 19. 12. g Euerie talent 〈◊〉 made threscore poūde read “ Or made Chap. 18. 24. h The master receiueth him into his house to giue him parte of his goods and 〈◊〉 “ Or lingerer Chap. 13. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 8. 18. and 〈◊〉 26. mar 4. 〈◊〉 i The 〈◊〉 of God 〈◊〉 takē away
of the middes of a bushe and he loked and beholde the bushe burned with fyre and the bushe was not consumed 3 Therefore Mosés sayd I wyll turne aside nowe and se this great sight why the bushe burneth not 4 And when the Lord sawe that he turned aside to se God called vnto hym out of the middes of the bushe and said Mosés Mosés And he answered I am here 5 Then he sayd Come not hither put thy shooes of thy fete for the place whereon thou standest is holy grounde 6 Moreouer he said * I am the God of thyfather the GOD of Abrahám the God of Izhák and the GOD of Iaakob Then Mosés hid hys face for he was afrayed to loke vppon God 7 ¶ Then the Lord sayd I haue surely sene the trouble of my people whiche are in Egypt and haue heard their crye because of their taske masters for I knowe their sorowes 8 Therefore I am come downe to deliuer them out of the hande of the Egyptians and to brynge them out of that lande into a good land and a large into a land that floweth with milke and hony euen into the place of the Canaanites and the Hittites and the Amorites and the Perizzites ād the Hiuites and the Iebusites 9 And nowe lo the crye of the chyldren of Israél is come vnto me and I haue also sene the oppression wherewith the Egyptians oppresse them 10 Come now therefore and I will send thee vnto Pharaóh that thou maiest bring my peo ple the children of Israél out of Egypt 11 ¶ But Mosés said vnto God Who am I that I shulde go vnto Pharaóh and that I shulde bring the children of Israél out of Egypt 12 And he answered Certeinly I wil be with thee and this shal be a token vnto thee that I haue sent thee After that thou hast broght the people out of Egypt ye shal serue God vpon this Mountaine 13 Then Mosés said vnto God Behold whē I shall come vnto the children of Israél and shal say vnto them The God of your fathers hathe sent me vnto you if they say vnto me What is hys Name what aunswere shall giue them 24 And GOD aunswered Mosés I AM that I AM. Also he sayd Thus shalte thou saye vnto the chyldren of Israél I am hathe sent me vnto you 15 And God spake further vnto Mosés Thus shalte thou saye vnto the children of Israél The Lorde God of your fathers the God of Iaakób hathe sent me vnto you this is my Name for euer and this is my memorial vnto all ages 16 Go and gather the Elders of Israél together and thou shalt saye vnto them The LORD God of your fathers the God of Abrahám Izhák and Iaakób appeared vnto me and sayde I haue surely remembred you and that which is done to you in Egypt 17 Therefore I did saye I wyll bryng you out of the affliction of Egypte vnto the land of the Canaanites and the Hittites and the Amorites and the Perizzites and the Hiuites and the Iebusites vnto a land that floweth with milke and hony 18 Then shal they obeye thy voyce and thou ād the Elders of Israél shal go vnto the King of Egypt and saye vnto hym The LORD praye the enowe therefore let vs go thre dayes iourney in the wildernes that we may sacrifice vnto the Lord our God 19 ¶ But I knowe that the Kyng of Egypt wil not let you go but by strong hand 20 Therefore wil I stretch out mine hand and smite Egypt with all my wonders whiche I will do in the middes thereof and after that shal he let you go 21 And I will make this people to be fauored of the Egyptians so that when ye go ye shal not go emptie 22 For euerie woman shall aske of her neigh bour and of her that soiourneth in her house iewels of siluer and iewels of golde and raiment and ye shal put them on your sonnes and on your daughters and shall spoile the Egyptians CHAP. IIII. 3 Moses rod is turned into a serpēt 6 His hād is leprous 9 The water of the riuer is turned into blood 14 Aaron is giuen to helpe Mosés 21 God hardeneth Pharaóh 25 His wife circumciseth her sonne 27 Aaron meteth with Mosés and they come to the Israelites and are beleued 1 THen Mosés aunswered and said But lo they wil not beleue me nor heark en vnto my voyce for they wilsay The Lorde hathe not appeared vnto thee 2 And the Lord said vnto him What is that in thine hand And he answered A rod. 3 Then said he Cast it on the grounde So he cast it on the grounde ād it was turned into a serpent and Mosés fled from it 4 Againe the Lord said vnto Mosés Put for the thine hand and take it by the taile Then he put for the his hand and caught it and it was turned into a rod in his hand 5 Do thys that they may beleue that the Lord God of their fathers the God of Abrahám the God of Izhák and the God of Iaakób hathe appeared vnto thee 6 ¶ And the Lord said furthermore vnto him Thrust nowe thine hande into thy bosome And he thrust his hand into hys bosome and when he toke it out agayne beholde hys hand was leprous as snow 7 Moreouer he sayd Putthine hand into thy bosome agayne So he put his hand into hys bosome againe and pluckt it out of hys bosome and beholde it was turned agayne as his other flesh 8 So shal it be if they will not beleue thee nether obey the voyce of the firste signe yet shal they beleue for the voyce of the seconde signe 9 But if they will not yet beleue these two signes nether obey vnto thy voyce then shalt thou take of the water of the riuer and powre it vpon the drye lande so the water which thou shalt take out of the riuer shal be turned to blood vpon the drye land 10 ¶ But Mosés sayd vnto the Lorde Oh my Lord I am not eloquent nether at any time haue bene nor yet since thou haste spoken vnto thy seruaunt but I am slowe of speache and slow of tongue 11 Then the Lorde said vnto hym Who hathe giuen the mouth to man or who hathe made the domme or the deafe or hym that seeth or the blinde haue not I the Lord 12 Therefore go nowe and * I wyll be with thy mouth and will teache thee what thou shalt say 13 But he sayd Oh my Lorde send I pray thee by the hand of hym whome thou shuldest send 14 Then the Lorde was very angry with Mosés and said Do not I knowe Aarón thy bro ther the Leuite that he him self shal speak for lo he commeth also forthe to mete thee and when he seeth thee he wil be glad in his heart 15 Therefore thou shalt speake
vnto him and put these wordes in his mouth and I wil be with thy mouth and with his mouth and wilteache you what ye ought to do 16 And he shal be thy spokesman vnto the peo ple he shal be euē he shal be as thy mouth and thou shalt be to him as God 17 Moreouer thou shalt take this rod in thine hand where with thou shalt do miracles 18 ¶ Therefore Mosés went and returned to Iethró his father in lawe and sayd vnto him I pray thee let me go and returne to my brethren whiche are in Egypt and se whether they be yet aliue Then Iethró sayd to Mosés Go in peace 19 For the Lorde had said vnto Mosés in Midian Go returne to Egypt for they are all dead which went about to kil thee 20 Then Mosés toke his wife and his sonne and put them on an asse and returned to warde the land of Egypt and Mosés toke the rod of God in hys hand 21 And the LORD sayd vnto Mosés When thou art entred and come into Egypte agayne se that thou do al the wonders before Pharaoh whiche I haue put in thine hande but I wil harden his heart and he shall not let the people go 22 Then thou shalt say to Pharaóh Thus sayth the Lorde Israél is my sonne euen my first borne 23 Wherefore I say to thee Let my sonne go that he may serue me if thou refuse to let him go beholde I will slay thy sonne euen thy first borne 24 ¶ And as he was by the way in the ynne the Lord met him and wolde haue killed him 25 Then Zipporáh toke a sharpe knife and cut awaye the fore skinne of her sonne and cast it at his fete and sayd Thou art in dede a bloodie housband vnto me 26 So 〈◊〉 departed from hym Then she sayd O bloodye housband because of the circumcision 27 ¶ Then the Lorde sayd vnto Aaron Go mete Mosés in the wildernes And he went God of the Ebrewes hath met with vs we and met him in the Mount of God and kissed him 28 Then Mosés tolde Aarón all the wordes of the Lord who had sent him all the signes where with he charged him 29 ¶ So went Moses and Aaron and gathered all the Elders of the children of Israél 30 And Aarón tolde all the wordes which the Lord had spokenvnto Mosés and he did the miracles in the sight of the people 31 And the people beleued and when they heard that the Lord had visited the children of Israél and had loked vpon their tribulacion they bowed downe and worshipped CHAP. V. 1 Moses and Aaron do their message to Pharaoh who letteth not the people of Israel departe but oppresseth them more and more 20 They crye out vpō Moses and Aaron therefore and Moses complaineth to God 1 THen afterward Mosés and Aaron went ād said to Pharaóh Thus saith the Lord God of Israél Let my people go that they maie celebrate a feast vnto me in the wildernes 2 And Pharaóh said Who is the Lord that I shulde heare his voyce let Israél go I kno we not the Lord nether wil I let Israél go 3 And they said We worship the God of the Ebrewes we pray thee suffre vs to go thre daies iournei in the desert and to sacrifice vn to the Lord our God lest he bring vpon vs the pestilence or sworde 4 Then said the King of Egypt vnto them Mosés and Aarón why cause ye the people to cease from their workes get you to your burdens 5 Pharaóh said furthermore Beholde muche people is now in the land and ye make them leaue their burdens 6 Therefore Pharaoh gaue commandement the same day vnto the taske masters of the people and to their officers saying 7 Ye shal giue the people no more strawe to make bricke as in time past but let them go and gather them straw them selues 8 No withstanding lay vpon them the nombre of bricke which they made in time past diminish nothing thereof for they be idle therefore thei crye saying Let vs go to offre sacrifice vnto our God 9 Lay more worke vpon the men and cause them to do it and let them notregarde vaine wordes 10 ¶ Then went the taske masters of the people and their officers out and tolde the people saying Thus saith Pharaóh I wil giue you no more straw 11 Go your selues get you straw where ye can finde it yet shal nothing of your labour be diminished 12 Then were the people scatred abrode throughout all the land of Egypte for to gather stubble in stede of straw 13 And the taske masters hasted them saying Finish your dayes worke euerie dayes taske as ye did when ye had straw 14 And the officers of the children of Israéll which Pharaohs taske masters had set ouer them were beaten and demanded Wherefore haue ye not fulfilled your taske in making brick yesterday today as ī times past 15 ¶ Then the officers of the children of Israél came and cryed vnto Pharaóh saying Wherefore dealest thou thus with thy seruants 16 There is no straw giuen to thy seruants they say vnto vs Make bricke lo thy seruants are beaten and thy people is blamed 17 But he said Ye are to muche idle therefore ye say Let vs go to offre sacrifice to the Lord. 18 Go therefore now and worke for there shal no straw be giuē you yet shal ye deliuer the whole tale of bricke 19 Then the officers of the children of Israél sawe thē selues in an euil case because it was said Ye shal diminish nothing of your brick nor of euerie dayes taske 20 ¶ And they met Mosés and Aarón whiche stode in their way as they came out frome Pharaóh 21 To whome they said The Lordloke vpon you and iudge for ye haue made our sauour to * stincke before Pharaóh and before his seruants in that ye haue put a sworde in their hand to slay vs. 22 Wherefore Mosés returned to the Lord said Lord why hast thou afflicted this people wherefore hast thou thus sent me 23 For since I came to Pharaóh to speake in thy Name he hath vexed this people yet thou hast not deliuered thy people CHAP. VI. 3 God renueth his promes of the deliuerāce of the Israelites 9 Mosés speaketh to the Israelites but they beleue him not 10 Mosés And Aarō are sent againe to Pharaoh 14 The genealogie of Reubén Simeon and Leui of whome came Mosés and Aaron 1 THen the Lorde said vnto Mosés Now shalt thou se what I wil do vnto Pharaoh for by a strong hand shall he let them go and euen be constreined to driue them out of his land 2 Moreouer God spake vnto Mosés and said vnto him I am the Lord. 3 And I appeared vnto Abrahám to Izhák to laak ób by the Name of Almightie God
but by my Name Iehouáh was I not knowē vnto them 4 Furthermore as I made my couenant with them to giue them the land of Canáan the land of their pilgremage wherein they were strangers 5 So I haue also heard the groning of the chil dren of Israél whome the Egyptians kepe in bondage and haue remembred my couenant 6 Wherefore say thou vnto the children of Israél I am the Lorde and I wil bring you out from the burdens of the Egyptians and will deliuer you out of their bondage and wil redeme you in a stretched out arme in great iudgementes 7 Also I wil take you for my people and wil be your God then ye shall knowe that I the Lord your God bring you out from the bur dens of the Egyptians 8 And I wil bring you into the land whiche I sware that I wolde giue to Abrahám to Izhák and to Iaakôb and I wil giue it vnto you for a possession I am the Lord. 9 ¶ So Mosés tolde the children of Israél thus but thei heark ened not vnto Mosés for an guish of spirit and for cruel bondage 10 Then the Lorde speake vnto Mosés saying 11 Go speake to Pharaōh King of Egypt that he let the children of Israél go out of his lād 12 But Mosés spake before the Lorde saying Beholde the children of Israél hearken not vnto me how then shal Pharaóh heare me whiche am of vncircumcised lippes 13 Then the Lord spake vnto Mosés and vnto Aarōn charged thē to go to the children of Israél and to Pharaōh King of Egypt to bring the children of Israél out of the land of Egypt 14 ¶ These be the heades of their fathers hou ses the sonnes of Reubén the first borne of Israél are Hanōch and Pallú Hezrōn Carmi these are the families of Reubén 15 Also the sonnes of Simeón Iemuéll and Iamin and O had and Iachin and Zōar and Shaull the sonnes of a Canaanitish woman these are the families of Simeōn 16 ¶ These also are the names of the sonnes of 〈◊〉 in their generacions Gershōn and Koháth and Merari and the yeres of the life os Leui were an hundreth thirty and seuē yere 17 The sonnes of Gershōn were Libni and Shimi by their families 18 And the sonnes of Koháth Amrám Izhár and Hebrōn and Vzziél and Koháth liued an hundreth thirty and thre yere 19 Also the sonnes of Merari were Mahali Mushi these are the families of Leui by their kinreds 20 And Amrám toke Iochébed his fathers sister to his wife and she bare him Aarōn Mosés and Amrám liued and hundreth thirty and seuen yere 21 ¶ Also the sonnes of Izhár Kórah and Néphegh and Zichri 22 And the sonnes of Vzzièl Mishaél and Elzaphán and Sithri 23 And Aarōn toke Elishēba daughter of Amminadáb sister of Nahashōn to his wife which bare him Nadáb and Abihú Eleazár and Ithamár 24 Also the sonnes of Kōrah Assir and Elkanáh and Abiasáph these are the families of the 〈◊〉 25 And Eleazár Aarons sonne toke hym one of the daughters of Putiél to his wife which bare him * Phinehās these are the principal fathers of the Leuites through out their families 26 These are Aarōn and Mosés to whome the Lord said Bring the children of Israél out of the land of Egypt according to their armies 27 These are that Mosés Aarōn which spake to Pharaōh King of Egypt that they might bring the children of Israēl out of Egypt 28 ¶ And at that time when the Lord spake vn to Mosēs in the land of Egypt 29 When the Lord I say spake vnto Mosés saying I am the Lord speake thou vnto Pharaōh the King of Egypt all that I say vnto thee 30 Then Mosés said before the Lord Beholde I am of vncircumcised lippes and how shal Pharaōh heare me CHAP. VII 3 God hardeneth Pharaohs heart 〈◊〉 Moses and Aaron do the miracles of the serpent and the blood and Pharaohs sorcerers do the like 1 THen the Lord said to Mosēs Beholde I haue made thee Pharaohs God and Aa rōn thy brother shal be thy Prophet 2 Thou shalt speake all that I cōmanded thee and Aarôn thy brother shal speake vnto Pharaóh that he suffre the children of Israél to go out of his land 3 But I wil harden Pharaohs heart and multiplie my miracles and my wondres in the land of Egypt 4 And Pharaōh shal not hearken vnto you that I may lay mine hand vpon Egypt and bring out mine armies euen my people the children of Israél out of the land of Egypt by great iudgements 5 Then the Egyptians shalk now that I am the Lord when I stretch forth e mine hand vpon Egypt and bring out the children of Israél from among them 6 So Mosés and Aarōn did as the Lord commanded them euen so did they 7 Now Mosés was foure score yere olde Aarōn foure score and thre when thei spake vnto Pharaōh 8 ¶ And the Lord had spoken vnto Mosés Aarón saying 9 If Pharaōh speake vnto you saying Shewe a miracle for you then thou shalt say vnto Aarōn Take thyrod and cast it before Pharaōh and it shal be turned into a serpent 10 ¶ Then went Mosés and Aarón vnto Pharaōh and did euen as the Lord god commanded and Aarōn caste forthe his rod before Pharaōh and before his seruants and it was turned into a serpent 11 Then Pharaōh called also for the wise men and sorcerers and those charmers also of Egypt did in like maner with their enchantements 12 For they cast downe euerie man his rod and thei were turned into serpents but Aarons rod deuoured their rods 13 So Pharaohs heart was hardened and he hearkned not to them as the Lord had said 14 ¶ The Lord then said vnto Mosés Pharaohs heart is obstinat he refuseth to let the people go 15 Go vnto Pharaōh in the morning lo he wil come vnto the water thou shalt stand mete him by the riuers brinke and the rod which was turned into a serpent shalt thou take in thine hand 16 And thou shalt say vnto him The Lord God of the Ebrewes hath sent me vnto thee saying Let my people go that they may serue me in the wildernes and beholde hitherto thou woldest not heare 17 Thus saith the Lorde In this thou shalt knowe that I am the Lorde beholde I will smite with the rod that is in mine handvpon the water that is in the riuer and it shal be turned to blood 18 And the fish that is in the riuer shall dye the riuer shal stinke and it shal greue the Egyptians to drinke of the water of the 〈◊〉 19 ¶ The Lord then spake to Mosés Say vnto Aarón Take thy rod and stretche out thine hand ouer the waters of Egypt ouer their streames ouer their riuers ouer their pon des and ouer all
all your trees that bud in the field 6 And they shal fil thine houses and al thy seruant houses and the houses of al the Egyptians as nether thy fathers not thy fathers fath ers haue sene since the time they were vpon the earth vnto this day So he returned and went out from Pharaōh 7 Then Pharaohs seruants said vnto him How long shall he be an offence vnto vs let the men go that they may serue the Lorde their God wilt thou first knowe Egypt is destroyed 8 So Mosés and Aaarōn were broght againe vnto Pharoōh and he said to them Go serue the Lord your God but who are they that shall go 9 And Mosés answered We will go with our yong and with our olde with our sonnes with our daughters with our shepe with our cattel wil we go for we must celebrate a feast vnto the Lord. 10 And he said vnto them Let the Lord so be with you as I will let you go and your children beholde for euill is before your face 11 It shal not be so now go ye that are men and serue the Lord for that was your desire Then they were thrust out from Pharaohs presence 12 ¶ After the Lord said vnto Mosés Stretche out thine hand vpon the land of Egypt for the greshoppers that they may come vpon the land of Egypt and eat all the herbes of the land euen all that the haile hathe left 13 Then Mosés stretched forthe his rod vpon the land of Egypt and the Lord broght an East winde vpon the land all that day and all that night in the morning the East winde broght the greshoppers 14 So the greshoppers went vp vpon all the land of Egypt and remained in all quaters of Egypt so grieuous greshoppers lyke to these were neuer before nether after them shal be suche 15 For they couered al the face of the earth so that the land was darcke and they did eat al the herbes of the land all the frutes of the trees which the haile had left so that there was no grene thyng left vpon the trees nor among the herbes of the field throughout al the land of Egypt 16 Therefore Pharaôh called for Mosés and Aaron in haste and said I haue sinned against the Lorde your GOD and against you 17 And nowe forgiue me my sinne onely this once and pray vnto the Lord your GOD that he may take away from me this death onely 18 Moses then went out from Pharaōh and praied vnto the Lord. 19 And the Lord turned a mightie strōg West winde and toke away the greshoppers and violently cast thē into the red Sea so that there remained not one greshopper in all the coast of Egypt 20 But the Lord hardened Pharaohs heart he did not let the children of Israél go 21 ¶ Againe the lord said vnto Mosés Stretche out thine hand to ward heauen that there may be vpon the land of Egypt darckenes euen darcknes that may be felt 22 Then Mosés stretched forth his hād toward heauen and there was a blacke* darcknes in all the land of Egypt thre days 23 No man sawe an other nether rose vp from the place where he was for thre dayes * but all the children of Israél had light where they dwelt 24 Then Pharaóh called for Moses and said Go serue the Lorde onely your shepe and your cattel shal abide and your childrē shall go with you 25 And Mosés said Thou must giue vs also sacrifices and burnt offrings that we may do sacrifice vnto the Lord our God 26 Therefore our cattell also shall go with vs there shal not an hoofe be left for thereof must we take to serue the Lord ourgod nether do we knowe how we shall serue the Lord vntil we come thither 27 But the Lord hardened Pharaohs heart he wolde not let them go 28 And Pharaôh said vnto him Get thee from me loke thouse my face no more for when soeuer thou commest in my sight thou shalt dye 29 Then Moses said Thou hast said well from hence for the wil I se thy face no more CHAP. XI 1 God promiseth their departure 2 He willeth them to borrow their neighbours iewels 3 Moses was estemed of all saue Pharaoh 5 He signifieth the death of the first borne 1 NOw the Lord had said vnto Mosés Yet wil I bring one plague more vpon Pharaóh and vpon Egypt after that he wil let you go hence when he letteth you go he shal at once chase you hence 2 Speake thou now to the people that euerie man require of his neighbour and euerie woman of her neighbour * iewels of siluer and iewels of golde 3 And the Lord gaue the people fauour in the sight of the Egyptians also * Moses was 〈◊〉 great in the land of Egypt in the sight of Pharaohs seruants and in the sight of the people 4 Also Mosés said Thus saith the Lord * About midnight wil I go out into the middes of Egypt 5 And all the first borne in the land of Egypt shal dye from the first borne of Pharaóh that sitteth on his throne vnto the first borne of the maid seruant that is at the mille and all the first borne of beastes 6 Then there shal be a great crye throughout all the land of Egypt suche as was neuer none like nor shal be 7 But against none of the childrē of Israél shal a dog moue his tongue nether against man nor beast that ye may knowe that the Lord putteth a difference betwene the Egyptians and Israél 8 And all these thy seruantes shal come downe vnto me and fall before me saying Get thee out 〈◊〉 all the people that are at thy fete and after this wil I depart So he went out from Pharaóh very angry 9 And the Lord said vnto Mosés Pharaōh shal not heare you that my wonders may be multiplied in the land of Egypt 10 So Mosés and Aarón did all these wonders before Pharaôh but the Lord hardened Pharaohs heart and he suffred not the children of Israél to go out of his land CHAP. XII 1 The Lord instituteth the Passeouer 26 The fathers must teache their children the mysterie thereof 29 The first borne are slaine 31 The Israelites are driuen out of the land 35 The Egyptians are spoiled 37 The nom bre that departeth out of Egypt 40 How long thei were in Egypt 1 THen the Lord spake to Moses and to Adrôn in the land of Egypt saying 2 This moneth shal be vnto you the beginning of moneths it shal be to you the first moneth of the yere 3 Speake ye vnto all the Congregacion of Israél saying In the tenth of this moneth let euerie mātake vnto him a lambe according to the house of the fathers a lambe for an house 4 If the housholde be to litle for the lambe he shal take his
Edôm shal be amased trembling shal come vpon the great men of Moāb all the inhabitants of Canáan shall waxe faint hearted 16 * Feare and dread shal fall vpon them because of the greatnes of thine arme they shal be stil as a stone til thy people passe ô Lord til this people passe which thou hast purchased 17 Thou shalt bring them in and plant them in the mountaine of thine inheritance which is the place that thou hast prepared 〈◊〉 Lord for to dwel in euen the sanctuarie ô Lord which thine hands shal establish 18 The Lord shal reigne for euer and euer 19 For Pharaohs horses went with his charets and horsmē into the Sea the Lord broght the waters of the Sea vpon them but the children of Israél went on drye land in the middes of the Sea 20 ¶ And Miriám the prophetesse sister of Aarōn toke a timbrel in her hand and all the women came out after her with timbrels daunces 21 And Miriám answered the men Singye vn to the Lord for he hathe triūphed gloriously the horse and his rider hathe he ouerthrowen in the Sea 22 Then Mosés broght Israél from the red Sea aud they wēt out into the wildernes of Shur and they went thre dayes in the wildernes and founde no waters 23 And when they came to Maráh they colde not drinke of the waters of Maráh for they were bitter therefore the name of the place was called Maráh 24 Then the people murmured against Mosés saying What shal we drinke 25 And he cryed vnto the Lord and the Lord shewed him a * tre which whē he had cast into the waters the waters were swete there he made them an ordinance and a lawe and there he proued them 26 And said If thou wilt diligently hearken ô Israel vnto the voyce of the Lord thy God and wilt do that which is right in his sight and wilt giue eare vnto his commande ments and kepe all his ordinances then wil I put none of these diseases vpō thee which I broght vpon the Egyptians for I am the Lord that healeth thee 27 ¶ * And they came to Elim where were twelue founteines of water and seuentie pal me trees they cāped there by the waters CHAP. XVI 1 The Israelites come to the desert of Sin and murmure against Mosés and Aarón 13 The Lord 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and Manna 17 The seuenth day Manna colde not be founde 32 It is kept for a remembrance to the 〈◊〉 1 AFterward all the Congregacion of the children of Israél departed from Elim and came to the wildernes of Sin which is betwene Elim and Sinái the fiftenth day of the secōde moneth after thei departing out of the land of Egypt 2 And the whole Congregacion of the children of Israél murmured against Mosés and against Aaron in the wildernes 3 For the children of Israél said to them Oh that we had dyed by the hand of the Lord in the land of Egypt when we sate by the flesh pottes when we ate bread our bellies ful for ye haue broght vs out into this wildernes to kil this whole companie with famine 4 ¶ Then said the Lord vnto Mosés Beholde I wil cause bread to raine from heauen to you and the people shal go out and gather that that is sufficient for euerie day that I may proue them whether they wil walke in my Lawe or no. 5 But the sixt day they shal prepare that which thei shal bring home and it shal be twise as muche as they gather daiely 6 Then Mosés and Aarôn said vnto all the children of Israél At euen ye shal knowe that the Lord broght you out of the land of Egypt 7 And in the morning ye shal se the glorie of the Lord for he hathe heard your grudgings against the Lord and what are we that ye haue murmured against vs 8 Againe Mosés said At euen shal the Lord giue you 〈◊〉 to eat and in the morning your fil of bread for the Lord hathe heard your murmurīgs which ye murmure against him for what are we your murmurings are not against vs but against the Lord. 9 ¶ And Mosés said to Aarón Say vnto all the Congregaciō of the childrē of Israél Drawe nere before the Lord for he hathe heard your murmurings 10 Now as Aarón spake vnto the whole Congregacion of the children of Israél they loked toward the wildernes and beholde the glorie of the Lord appeared* in a cloude 11 For the Lord had spoken vnto Mosés saying 12 * I haue heard the murmurings of the children of Israél tel them therefore and say At euen ye shal eat flesh and in the morning ye shal be filled with bread ye shal knowe that I am the Lord your God 13 And so at euen the * 〈◊〉 came and coue red the campe in the morning the dewe laye rounde about the hoste 14 * And when the dewe that was fallen was ascended beholde a smale rounde thing was vpon the face of the wildernes smale as the hore frost on the earth 15 And when the childrē of 〈◊〉 saue it they said one to another It is MAN for they wist not what it was And Mosés said vnto them * This is the bread which the Lord hathe giuen you to eat 16 ¶ This is the thing which the Lord hathe commanded 〈◊〉 of it euerie man according to his eating an Omer for a man accor ding to the nombre of your persones 〈◊〉 man shal take for thē which are in his tent 17 And the children of Israél did so and gathe red some more some lesse 18 And when they did measure it with an Omer * he that had gathered muche had nothing ouer and he that had gathered litle had no lacke so euerie man gathered according to his eating 19 Moses then said vnto them Let no man reserue thereof til morning 20 Notwithstanding thei obeid not Mosés but some of thē reserued of it til morning and it was ful of wormes and stanke therefore Mosés was angry with them 21 And they gathered it euerie morning euerie man according to his eating for whē the heat of the sunne came it was melted 22 ¶ And the sixt day they gathered twise so muche bread two Omers for one man then all the rulers of the Congregacion came and tolde Mosés 23 And he answered them This is that which the Lord hathe said To moro we is the rest of the holy Sabbath vnto the Lord bake that to daie which ye wil bake and seche that which ye wil sethe and all that remaineth lay it vp to be kept til the morning for you 24 And they laied it vp til the morning as Mo sés bade and it stanke not nether was there any worme therein 25 Then Mosés said Eat that to day for to day is the
poore man in his cause 4 ¶ If thou mete thine enemies oxe or his asse going a straye thou shalt bring him to him againe 5 If thouse thine enemies asse lying vnder his burdē wilt thou cease to helpe him thou shalt helpe him vp againe with it 6 ¶ Thou shalt not ouerthrowe the right of thy poore in his sute 7 Thou shalt kepe thee farre from a false matter and shalt not slay the innocent and the righteous for I will not iustifie a wicked man 8 ¶ * Thou shalt take no gift for the gift blin deth the wise and peruerteth the wordes of the righteous 9 ¶ Thou shalt not oppresse a stranger for ye know the heart of a strāger seing ye were strangers in the land of Egypt 10 * Moreouer six yeres thou shalt sowe thy land and gather the frutes thereof 11 But the seuenth yere thou shalt let it rest and lye still that the poore of thy people may eat and what they leaue the beastes of the field shall eat In like maner thou shalt do with thy vineyarde and with thine oliue trees 12 * Six daies thou shalt do thy worke and in the seuēth day thou shalt rest that thine oxe and thine asse may rest and the sonne of thy maid and the stranger may be refreshed 13 And ye shal take hede to all things that I haue said vnto you and ye shal make no mē cion of the name of other gods nether shall it be heard out of thy mouth 14 ¶ Thre times thou shalt kepe a feast vnto me in the yere 15 Thou shalt kepe the feast of vnleauened bread thou shalt eat vnleauened bread seuē dayes as I commanded thee in the season of the moneth of Abib for in it thou camest out of Egypt and none shal appeare before me emptie 16 The feast also of the haruest of the first frutes of thy labours which thou hast sowē in the field the feast of gathering frutes in the end of the yere when thou hast gathered in thy labours out of the field 17 These thre times in the yere shall all thy men children appeare before the Lorde Iehouáh 18 Thou shalt not offre the blood of my sacri fice with leauened bread nether shall the fat of my sacrifice remaine vntil the morning 19 The first of the first frutes of thy land thou shalt bring into the house of the Lord thy God yet shalt thou not seeth a kid in his mothers milke 20 ¶ Beholde I send an Angel before thee to kepe in the way and to bring thee to the pla ce whiche I haue prepared 21 Beware of him and heare his voyce and prouoke him not for he will not spare your misdedes because my Names is in him 22 But if thou hearken vnto his voyce and do all that I speake then I will be an enemie vnto thine enemies and wil afflict them that afflict thee 23 For mine Angel* shall go before thee and bring thee vnto the Amorites the Hittites and the Perizzites and the Canaanites the Hiuites and the Iebusites and I wil destroye them 24 Thou shalt not bowe downe to their gods nether serue them nor do after the workes of them but vtterly ouerthrowe them and breake in piece their images 25 For ye shall serue the Lord your God and he shal blesse thy bread and thy water and I wil take al sickenes away from the middes of thee 26 ¶ * There shal none cast their frute nor be barren in thy land the nombre of thy dayes wil I fulfil 27 I wil send my feare before thee and will destroy all the people among whome thou shalt go and I will make all thine enemies turne their backes vnto thee 28 And I wil send hornets before thee which shal driue out the Hiuites the Canaanites the Hittites from thy face 29 I wil not cast them out from thi face in one yere lest the land growe to a wildernes and the beastes of the field multiplie against thee 30 By litle and litle I will driue them out from thy face vntil thou encrease inherite the land 31 And I wil make thy coastes from the red Sea vnto the sea of the Philistims and from the desert vnto the Riuer for I wil deliuer the inhabitants of the land into your hand and thou shalt driue them out from thy face 32 * Thou shalt make no couenant with them nor with their gods 33 Nether shall they dwell in thy land lest thei make thee sinne against me for if thou serue their gods surely it shall be thy destruction CHAP. XXIIII 3 The people promis to obey God 4 Mosés writeth the ciuile lawes 9. 13. Mosés returneth into the mountaine 14 Aarón and Hur haue the charge of the people 18 Mosés was 40 dayes and. 40 nights in the mountaine 1 NOw he had said vnto Mosés Come vp to the Lord thou and Aarón Nadáb 〈◊〉 and seuenty of the Elders of Israél ye shal worship a far of 2 And Mosés him selfe alone shall come nere to the Lord but they shal not come nere ne ther shall the people go vp with him 3 ¶ After ward Mosés came tolde the peo ple all the wordes of the Lorde and all the lawes and all the people answered with one voyce and said * All the things whiche the Lord hathe said wil we do 4 And Mosés wrote al the wordes of the Lord and rose vp early and set vp an*altar vnder the mountaine twelue pillers accordyng to the twelue tribes of Israél 5 And he sent yong men of the children of Israêl which offred burnt offrings of beues sacrificed peace offrings vnto the Lord. 6 Then Mosés toke halfe of the blood and put it in basens and halfe of the blood he sprinkled on the altar 7 After he toke the boke of the couenant and read it in the audience of the people who said All that the Lord hath said we will do and be obedient 8 Then Mosés toke the*blood and sprinkled it on the people said Beholde blood of the couenant which the Lorde hathe made with you concernyng all these things 9 ¶ Then went vp 〈◊〉 and Aaron Nadáb 〈◊〉 and seuenty of the Elders of Israél 10 And they sawe the God of Israél vnder his fete was as it were a worke of a Saphir stone as the verie heauen whē it is cleare 11 And vpon the nobles of the children of Israél he laid not his hand also they sawe God and did eat and drinke 12 ¶ And the Lord said vnto Mosés Comevp to me into the mountaine and be there and I wil giue thee tables of stone and the Lawe and the commandement which I haue writ ten for to teache
them 13 Thē Mosés rose vp and his minister Ioshúa and Mosés went vp into the mountaine of God 14 And said vnto the Elders Tarie vs here 〈◊〉 we come againe vnto you and beholde Aaron and Hur are with you whosoeuer hathe anie matters let him come to them 15 Then Mosés went vp to the mount and the cloude couered the mountaine 16 And the glorie of the Lorde abode vppon mount Sinái and the cloude couered it six daies and the seuenth day he called vnto Mo sés out of the middes of the cloude 17 And the sight of the glorie of the lord was like consuming fire on the top of the moun taine in the eies of the children of Israél 18 And Mosés entred into the middes of the cloude and went vp to the mountaine and Mosés was in the * mount fourty dayes and fourty nightes CHAP. XXV 2 The voluntarie gifts for the making of the Tabernacle 10 The forme of the Arke 17 The Mercisent 23 The Table 〈◊〉 The Cádelsticke 40 Allmust be done according to the patern 1 THen the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Speake vnto the children of Israél that they receiue an offring for me of * euerie man whose heart giueth it frely ye shal take the offring for me 3 And this is the offring which ye shall take of them golde and siluer and brasse 4 And blewe silke and purple and skarlet and fine linen and goates heere 5 And ramme skins coulored red the skins of badgers and the wood Shittim 6 Oyle for the light spices for anoyting oyle and for the perfume of swete sauour 7 Onix stones and stones to be set in the * Ephod and in the * brest plate 8 Also they shal make me a Sanctuarie that I may dwel among them 9 According to all that I she we thee euen so shal ye make the forme of the Tabernacle the facion of all the instruments thereof 10 ¶ They shal make also an * Arke of Shittim wood two cubites and an halfe long and a cubite and an halfe broad and a cubite and an halfe hie 11 And thou shal ouerlaie it with pure golde within and without shalt thou ouerlaie it shalt mak evpō it a crowne of golde rounde about 12 And thou shalt cast foure rings of golde for it put them in the foure corners thereof that is two rings shal be on the one side of it and two rings on the other side thereof 13 And thou shalt make barres of Shittim wood and couer them with golde 14 Then thou shalt put the barres in the rings by the sides of the Arke to beare the Arke with them THE ARKE OF THE TESTIMONIE A B The length two cubites and an halfe B C. The breadth a cubite and an halfe A D The height a cubite and an halfe E E The golden crow ne aboue the Arke F The foure rynges of golde in the foure corners G. The barres couered wyth golde to putte through the ryngs to cary the Arke H The inner parte of the Arke where the Testimonie was put I The Mercie 〈◊〉 whyche was the coueryng of the Arke where were the two Cherubims and whence the oracle 〈◊〉 15 The barres shal be in the rings of the Arke they shall not be taken away from it 16 So thou shalt put in the Arke the Testimo nie which I shall giue thee 17 Also thou shalt make a Merciseat of pure golde two cubites and an halfe long and a cubite and an halfe broad 18 And thou shalte make two Cherubims of golde of worke beaten out with the 〈◊〉 shalt thou make them at the two endes of the Merciseat 19 And the one Cherub shalt thou make at the one end and the other Cherub at the other ende of the matter of the Mercise at shall ye make the Cherubims on the two endes thereof 20 And the Cherubims shall stretche their wyngs on hie coueryng the Merciseat with their wings and their faces one to an other to the Merciseat ward shall the faces of the Cherubims be 21 And thou shalt put the Merciseat aboue vppon the Arke and in the Arke thou shalt put the Testimonie which I wil giue thee 22 And there I wil declare my selfe vnto thee and frome aboue the Merciseat * betwene the two Cherubims whiche are vpon the Arke of the Testimonie I wyll tell thee all things which I will giue thee in commandement vnto the children of Israel THE TABLE OF THE SHEWE BREAD A B The heyght a cubite ād an halfe B C The length two cubites C D The breadth a cubite E A crowne of gold aboue and beneth separated the one from the other by a border of an hād breadth thycke whyche declareth that the table was an hande breadth thicke F The foure rings G The barres to cary the table which were put through the rings H Dishes wherein the shewe breade was put I The twelue cakes or loaues called the shewe bread K The goblets or couerings L The incense cuppes 23 ¶ * Thou shalt also make a table of Shittim wood of two cubites lōg a cubite broad and a cubite and an half hie 24 And thou shalt couer it with pure golde ād make therto a crown of gold round about 25 Thou shalt also make vnto it a border of fou re fingers round about thou shalt make a goldē crown round about the border therof 26 After thou shalt make for it foure rings of golde ād shalt put the rings in the foure cor ners that are in the foure fete thereof 27 Ouer agaynst the border shall the rings be for places for barres to beare the Table 28 And thou shalt make the barres of Shittim wood ād shalt ouerlay them with golde that the Table may be borne with them 29 Thou shalte make also dyshes for it and incens cups for it and couerings for it and goblets wherewith it shal be couered euē of fine golde shalt thou make them 30 And thou shalte set vpon the Table shewebread before me continually THE CANDELSTICKE Because the facion of the candelstick is so plaine and euident it nedeth not to describe the particular partes thereof accordyng to the ordre of lettres Onely where as it is sayd in the 34 verse that there shal be foure bowles or cuppes in the candelsticke it muste be vnderstande of the shaft or shanke for there are but thre for euerie one of the other braunches Also the knoppes of the candelsticke are those whyche are vnder the braunches as they issue out of the shaft on ether side 31 ¶ * Also thou shalt make a Candelsticke of pure golde of worke beaten out with the hammer shal the Candelsticke be made his shaft and his brāches his bolles his knops and his floures shal be of the same 32 Six branches also shal come out of
twined linen of broydred worke 7 The two shulders therof shal be ioined toge ther by their two edges so shal it be closed 8 And the embroydred garde of the same Ephod whiche shal be vpon hym shal be of the selfe same worke and stuffe euen of golde blewe silke ād purple and skarlet ād fine twined linen 9 And thou shalt take two onix stones and gra ue vpon them the names of the chyldren of Israél 10 Six names of thē vpon the one stone and the six names that remaine vpon the seconde stone according to their generacions 11 Thou shalt cause to graue the two stones ac cordyng to the names of the children of Israél by a grauer of signets that worketh and graueth in stone and shalt make them to be set and embossed in golde 12 And thou shalt put the two stones vpon the shulders of the Ephod as stones of remēbrance of the chyldren of Israél for Aarón shal beare their names before the Lord vpō his two shulders for a remembrance 13 So thou shalt make bosses of golde 14 ¶ And two cheynes of fine golde at the ende of wrethed worke shalte thou make them and shalt fasten the wrethed cheines vpon the bosses 15 ¶ Also thou shalte make the brest plate of iudgement with broydred worke lyke the worke of the Ephod shalt thou make it of golde blewe silke and purple and skarlet and fine twined linen 〈◊〉 thou make it 16 Foure square it shal be ād double an hand bred long an hand bred broad 17 Then thou shalte set it full of places for stones euen foure rowes of stones the ordre shal be this a ruby a topaze and a carbū cle in the first rowe 18 And in the seconde rowe thou shalt set an emeraude a saphir and a diamond 19 And in the thirde rowe a turkeis an achate and an hematite 20 And in the fourte rowe a chrysolite an onix and a iasper and they shal be set in gold in their embossements 21 And the stones shal be accordyng to the names of the children of Israél twelue according to their names grauen as signets euerie one after hys name and they shal be for the twelue tribes 22 ¶ Then thou shalte make vppon the brest plate two cheines at the endes of wrethen worke of pure golde 23 Thou shalt make also vpon the brest plate two rings of golde and put the two rings on the two endes of the brest plate 24 And thou shalt put the two wrethen cheines of golde in the two rings in the endes of the brest plate 25 And the other two endes of the two wrethen cheines thou shalte fasten in the two embossements and shalt put them vpon the shulders of the Ephod on the foreside of it 26 ¶ Also thou shalt make two rings of golde which thou shalt put in the two other endes of the brest plate vpon the border there of to ward the inside of the Ephod 27 And two other rings of golde thou shalt make and put them on the two sides of the Ephod beneth in the fore parte of it ouer against the coupling of it vpon the broydred garde of the Ephod 28 Thus they shal binde the brest plate by his rings vnto the rings of the Ephod with a lace of blewe silke that it may be fast vpon the broydred garde of the Ephod and that the brest plate be not losed frō the Ephod 29 So Aarón shal beare the names of the chil dren of Israél in the brest plate of iudgement vpon his heart when he goeth into the holy place for a remembrance continually before the Lord. 30 ¶ Also thou shalt put in the brest plate of iudgemēt the Vrim the Thúmim which shal be vpon Aarons heart when he goeth in before the Lord and Aarón shal be are the iudgement of the children of Israél vpon his heart before the Lord continually 31 ¶ And thou shalt make the robe of the Ephod altogether of blewe silke 32 And the hole for his heade shal be in the middes of it hauing an edge of wouen worke rounde about the coller of it so it shal be as the coller of an habergeō that it rent not 33 ¶ And beneth vpō the skirtes thereof thou shalt make pomgranates of blewe silke and purple and skarlet round about the skirtes thereof and belles of golde betwene them round about 34 That is * a golden bel and a pomgranate a golden bel a pomgranate rounde about vpon the skirtes of the robe 35 So it shal be vpon Aarón when he ministreth and his sound shal be heard when he goeth into the holy place before the Lord when he commeth out and he shal not dye 36 ¶ Also thou shalt make a plate of pure golde and graue theron as signets are grauen HOLINES TO THE LORD 37 And thou shalt put it on a blewe silk elace and it shal be vpon the mitre euen vpō the fore fronte of the mitre shal it be 38 So it shal be vpō Aarons forehead that Aarón may be are the iniquitie of the offrings which the children of Israél shal offre in all their holy offrings ād it shal be alwaies vpon his forehead to make them acceptable before the Lord. 39 Likewise thou shalt embroydre the fine linen coat and thou 〈◊〉 make a mitre of fine linen but thou shalt make a girdel of nedle worke 40 Also thou shalt make for Aarons sonnes coates and thou shalt make them girdels bonets shal thou make them for glorie and comelines 41 And thou shalt put them vpon Aarōn thy brother and on his sonnes with him shalt anoynt them and fil their hands sanctifie them that they may ministre vnto me in the Priests office 42 Thou shalt also make them linen breches to couer their priuities from the loynes vnto the thighs shal they reache 43 And they shal be for Aarón and his sonnes when they come into the Tabernacle of the Congregacion or when they come vnto the altar to minister in the holy place that they commit not iniquitie and so dye This shabe a lawe for euer vnto him and to hys sede after hym CHAP. XXIX 1 The maner of consecrating the Priests 38 The cōtinual sacrifice 45 The Lord promiseth to dwel amōg the children of Israél 1 THis thyng also shalt thou do vnto them when thou consecratest them to be my Priestes * Take a yong calfe and two rams without blemish 2 And vnleauened bread and cakes vnleauened tempered with oyle and wafers vnleauened anointed with oyle of fine wheat flower shalt thou make them 3 Then thou shalt put thē in one basket and present them in the basket with the calfe and the two rams 4 And shalt bryng Aarón and his sonnes vnto the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and wash them with water 5 Also thou shalt take
the garments and put vpon Aarón the tunicle and the robe of the Ephod and Ephod and the brest plate and shalt close them to hym with the broydred garde of the Ephod 6 Then thou shalt put the mitre vppon hys head thou shalt put the holy * crowne vpon the mitre 7 And thou shalt take the anointyng * oyle and shalt powre vpon his head and anoint him 8 And thou shalt bring his sonnes and put coates vpon them 9 And shalt gird them with girdels bothe Aarón and his sonnes and shalt put the bonets on them and the Priestes office shal be theirs for a perpetuallawe thou * shalt also fil the hands of 〈◊〉 and the hands of his sonnes 10 After thou shalt present the calf before the Tabernacle of the Congregacion * Aaron and his sonnes shall put their hand vppon the head of the calf 11 So thou shalt kill the calf before the Lorde at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 12 Then thou shalt take of the blood of the calf and put it vpon the hornes of the altar with thy finger and shalt powre al the rest of the blood at the fote of the altar 13 * Also thou shalt take al the fat that couereth the inwardes and the kall that is on the liuer and the two kidneis and the fat that is vpon thē and shalt burne them vpon the altar 14 But the flesh of the calf and his sking and his doūg shalt thou burne with fire without the hoste it is a sinne offring 15 ¶ Thou shalt also take one ram and Aarón and his sonnes shal put their hands vpon the head of the ram 16 Thē thou shalt kil therā take his blood and sprinkle it round about vpon the altar 17 And thou shalt cut the ram in pieces wash the inwardes of him and his legges shalt put them vpon the pieces thereof vpon his head 18 So thou shalt burne the whole ram vpó the altar for it is a burnt offring vnto the Lord for a swete sauo ur it is an offring made by sire vnto the Lord. 19 ¶ And thou shalt take the other ram and Aarón and his sonnes shall put their hands vpon the head of the ram 20 Then shalt thou kill the ram and take of his blood and put it vpon the lap of Aarons 〈◊〉 and vpō the lap of the right eare of his sonnes and vpon the thumbe of their right hand and vpon the great toe of their right fote and shalt sprinkle the blood vpon the altar round about 21 And thou shalt take of the blood that is vpon the altar and of the anointing oyle shalt sprinkle it vpon Aaron and vpon his garments and vpon his sonnes and vpon the garments of his sonnes with him so he shal be halowed ād his clothes his sonnes and the garments of his sonnes with hym 22 Also thou shalt take of the rams the fat and the rópe euen the fat that couereth the inwardes the kal of the liuer the two kidneis the fat that is vpon thē and the right shulder for it is the ram of consecration 〈◊〉 23 And one loaf of bread and one cake of bread tēpered with oyle one wafer out of the basket of the vnleauened bread that is before the Lord. 24 And thou shalt put all this in the hands of Aaron and in the hand of his sonnes and shalt shake them to and fro before the Lord 25 Againe thou shalt receiue them of their hands and burne thē vpon the altar besides the burnt offring for a swete sauour before the Lord for this is an offring made by fire vnto the Lord. 26 Likewise thou shalt take the brest of the rā of the consecracion whiche is for Aarón shalt shake it to h and fro before the Lorde and it shal be thy parte 27 And thou shalt sanctifie the brest of the shaken offrings the shulder of the heaue offrings which was shaken to and fro whiche was hcaued vp of the ram of the consecracion which was for Aarón and whiche was for his sonnes 28 And Aarón and his sonnes shal haue it by a statute for euer of the children of Israél for it is an heaue offring and it shal be an heaue offringe of the children of Israél of their peace offrings euen their heaue offryng to the Lord. 29 ¶ And the holy garments which appertey ne to Aarón shal be his sonnes after him to be anointed therein and to be consecrat therein 30 That sonne that shal be Priest in his stede shal put them on seuen dayes when he cometh into the Tabernacle of the Cógregacion to minister in the holy place 31 ¶ So thou shalt take the ram of the consecracion and sethe his flesh in the holy place 32 * And Aarón and his sonnes shal eat the flesh of the ram and the bread that is in 〈◊〉 basket at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 33 So they shal eat these things whereby their atonement was made to consecrat thē and to sanctifie thē but a stranger shal not eate thereof because they are holy things 34 Now if ought of the flesh of the cōsecratiō or of the bread remaine vnto the morning then thou shalt burne the rest with fire it shal not be eatē because it is an holy thing 35 Therefore shalt thou do thus vnto Aarón and vnto his sonnes according to all things which I haue commanded thee seuen daies shalt thou consecrat them 36 And shalt offer euerie day a calf or a sinne offring for reconciliation and thou shalt clense the altar when thou hast offred vpon it for reconciliation and shalt anoint it to sanctifie it 37 Seuen daies shalt thou clense the altar and sanctifie it so the altar shal be moste holy whatsoeuer toucheth the altar shal be holy 38 ¶ * Now this is that which thou shalt present vpon the altar euen two lambes of one yere olde day by day continually 39 The one lambe thou shalt presēt in the mor ning and the other lambe thou shalt present at euen 40 And with the one lambe a tenth parte of fine floure mingled with the fourte parte of an Hin of beaten oile and the fourte parte of an Hin of wine for a drinke offring 41 And the other lambe thou shalt present at euen thou shalt do thereto according to the offring of the morning ād according to the drinke offring thereof to be a burnt offring for a swete sauoure vnto the Lord. 42 This shal be a continual burnt offring in your generations at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion before the Lord where I wil make appointment with you to speake there vnto thee 43 There I wil appoint with the children of Israél and the place shal be 〈◊〉 by my glorie 44 And I wil sanctifie the
the morning that thou maiest come vp early vnto the mount of Sinai and waite there for me in the top of the mount 3 But let no man come vp with thee nether let anie mā be sene throughout al the mount nether let the shepe nor cattell fede before this mount 4 ¶ Then Mosés hewed two Tables of stone like vnto the first rose vp early in the morning and went vp vnto the mount of Sinái as the Lord had commanded him and toke in his hand two Tables of stone 5 And the Lord descended in the cloude and stode with him there and proclaimed the Name of the Lord. 6 So the Lorde passed before his face and cryed The Lord the Lord strong mercifull and gracious slow to angre and abundant in goodnes and trueth 7 Reseruing mercie for thousands forgiuing iniquitie and transgression and sinne not making the wicked innocent * visiting the iniquitie of the fathers vpon the childrē and vpon the childrens children vnto the third and fourth generacion 8 Then Mosés made haste and bowed him self to the earth and worshipped 9 And said ô Lorde I praye thee if I haue founde grace ī thy sight that the Lord wolde now go with vs for it is a stifnecked people and pardone our iniquitie and our sinne and take vs for thine enheritance 10 And he answered Beholde * I will make a couenant before althy people and will do meruels suche as haue not bene done in all the world nether in al nations all the peo ple amōg whome thou art shalse the worke of the Lorde for it is a terrible thing that I wil do with thee 11 Kepe diligently that whiche I commande thee this day beholde I will cast out before thee the Amorites and the Canaanites the Hittites and the Perizzites and the Hiuites and the Iebusites 12 * Take hede to thy self that thou make no compact with the inhabitants of the land whither thou goest lest they be the cause of ruine among you 13 But ye shall ouerthrowe their altars and breake their images in pieces cut downe their groues 14 For thou shalt bowe downe to none other god because the Lord whose Name is * Ielous is a ielous God 15 Lest thou make a * cōpact with the inhabitants of the land when they go a whoring after their gods and do sacrifice vnto their gods some man call thee and thou * eat of his sacrifice 16 And lest thou take of their* daughters vnto thy sonnes ād their daughters go a whoring after their gods and make thy sonnes go a whoring after their gods 17 Thou 〈◊〉 make thee no gods of metal 18 ¶ The feast of vnleauened bread shalt thou kepe seuē dayes shalt thou eat vnleauened bread as I commanded thee in the time of the * moneth of Abib for in the moneth of Abib thou camest out of Egypt 19 * Euerie male that first openeth the wombe shal be mine also the first borne of thy flocke shal be reconed mine bothe of beues and shepe 20 But the first of the asse thou shalt bye out with a lambe and if thou redeme him not then thou shalt breake his necke al the first borne of thy sonnes shalt thou redeme and none shal appeare before me empty 21 ¶ Six dayes thou shalt worke and in the seuenth day thou shalt rest bothe in earyng time and in the haruest thou shalt rest 22 ¶ * Thou shalt also obserue the feast of wekes in the time of the first frutes of wheat haruest and the feast of gathering frutes in the end of the yere 23 ¶ Thrise in a yere shal al your men children appeare before the Lorde Iehouáh God of Israel 24 For I wil cast out the nacions before thee and enlarge thy coastes so that no man shall desire thy land when thou shalt come vp to appeare before the Lorde thy God thrise in the yere 25 Thou shalt not offer the blood of my sacrifice with leauen nether shal ought of the sacrifice of the feast of Passeouer be left vnto the mornyng 26 The first 〈◊〉 frutes of thy land thou shalt bring vnto the house of the Lorde thy God yet shalt thou not se the a kid in his mothers milke 27 And the Lord said vnto Mosés Write thou these wordes for after the tenoure of* these wordes I haue made a couenant with thee with Israél 28 So he was there with the Lorde fourtie daies and fourtie nights and did nether eat bread nor drinke water and he wrote in the Tables * the wordes of the couenant 〈◊〉 the ten commandements 29 ¶ So when Mosés came downe frō mount Sinái the two Tables of the Testimonie were in Mosés hand as he descended from the mount now Mosés wist not that the skin of his face shone bright after that God had talked with him 30 And aarôn and all the children of Israél loked vpon Mosés beholde the skin of his face shone bright and they were afraide to come nere him 31 But Mosés called them and Aaron and al the chief of the Congregacion returned vnto him and Mosés talked with them 32 And after ward al the childrē of Israél came nere and he charged them with all that the Lord had said vnto him in mount Sinái 33 So Mosés made an end of communyng with them * ād had put a couering vpon his face 34 But when Mosés came before the Lorde to speake with hym he toke of the couering vntil he came out then he came out spake vnto the children of Israél that whiche was commanded 35 And the children of Israél sawe the face of Mosés how the skin of Mosés face shone bright therefore Mosés put the coueryng vpon his face vntil he wentto speake with God CHAP. XXXV 2 The Sabbath 5 The fre gifts are required 21 The readines of the people to 〈◊〉 30 Bezale él and Aholiáb are praised of Mosés 1 THen Mosés assembled all the Congregacion of the children of Israél said vnto thē These are the wordes whiche the Lorde hathe commanded that ye shulde do them 2 * Six dayes thou shalt worke but the seuēth day shall be vnto you the holy Sabbath of rest vnto the Lord whosoeuer soeuer doeth anye worke therein shal dye 3 Ye shall kindle no fire throughout all your habitations vpon the Sabbath day 4 ¶ Againe Mosés spake vnto al the Congregacion of the children of Israél saying This is the thing which the Lorde commandeth saying 5 Take from among you an offring vnto the Lorde whosoeuer is of a * willing heart let him bring this offring to the Lord namely golde and siluer and brasse 6 Also blewe silke and purple and skarlet fine linen and goates heere 7 And rams skins died red and badgers skins with Shittim wood 8 Also oyle for light
offring * of Shittim woode fiue cubites was the length thereof and fiue cubites the breadth thereof it was square and thre cubites hie 2 And he made vnto it hornes in the foure cor ners thereof the hornes thereof were of the same and he ouerlaied it with brasse 3 Also he made al the instruments of the Altar the * ashpans and the besomes and the basins the fleshokes and the censers all the instruments thereof made he of brasse 4 Moreouer he made a brasen grate wroght like a net to the Altar vnder the compas of beneth in the middes of it 5 And cast foure rings of brasse for the foure ends of the grate to put barres in 6 And he made the barres of 〈◊〉 wood couered them with brasse 7 The which barres he put into the rings on the sides of the altar to beare it with all and made it holowe within the boardes 8 ¶ Also he made the Lauer of brasse and the fote of it of brasse of the glasses of the women that did assemble and came together at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 9 ¶ Finally he made the courte on the South-side ful Southe the hangings of the courte were of 〈◊〉 twined linen hauing an hundreth cubites 10 Their pillers were twentie and their brasen sockets twentie the hokes of the pillers and their filets were of siluer 11 And on the Northside the hangings were an hundreth cubites their pillers twentie their sockets of brasse twentie the hokes of the pillers and their filets of 〈◊〉 12 On the Westside also were hangings of fiftie cubites their ten pillers with their ten sockets the hokes of the pillers and their filets of siluer 13 And toward the Eastside ful East were hangings of fiftie cubites 14 The hangings of the one side were fiftene cubites their thre pillers and their thre sockets 15 * And of the other side of the courte gate on bothe sides were hangings of fiftene cubites with their thre pillers and their thre sockets 16 All the hangings of the courte round about were of fine twined linen 17 But the 〈◊〉 of the pillers were of brasse the hokes of the pillers and their filets of siluer and the couering of their chapiters of siluer and all the pillers of the courte were hooped about with siluer 18 He made also the hanging of the gate of the courte of nedle worke blewe silke and purple and skarlet and fine twined linen euen twentie cubites long and fiue cubites in height and breadth like the hangings of the courte 19 And their pillers were foure with their foure sockets of brasse their hokes of siluer and the couering of their chapiters ād their filets of siluer 20 But all the * pins of the Tabernacle and of the courte round about were of brasse 21 ¶ These are the partes of the Tabernacle I meane of the Tabernacle of the Testimonie which was appointed by the commandement of Mosés for the office of the Leuites by the hand of Ithamár sonne to Aaron the Priest 22 So Bezaleél the sonne of Vri the sonne of Hur of the tribe of Iudáh made all that the Lord commanded Mosés 23 And with him Aholiáb sonne of Ahisamách of the tribe of Dan a cunning workeman and an embroyderer and a worker of nedle worke in blewe silke and in purple and in skarlet and in 〈◊〉 linen 24 All the golde that was occupied in all the worke wroght for the holy place which was the golde of the offring was nine and twentie talents and seuen hundreth and thir tie shekels according to the shekel of the Sanctuarie 25 But the siluer of them that were nombred in the Congregacion was an hundreth talents and a thousand seuen hundreth seuentie and fiue shekels after the shekel of the Sanctuarie 26 A portion for a man that is halfe a shekel after the shekel of the Sanctuarie for all them that were nombred from twentie yere olde and aboue among six hundreth thousand and thre thousand and fiue hundreth and fiftie men 27 Moreouer there were an hundreth talents of siluer to cast the sockets of the Sanctuarie and the sockets of the vaile an hundreth sockets of an hundreth talens a talent for a socket 28 But he made the hokes for the pillers of a thousand seuen hundreth and seuentie and fiue shekels and ouerlaied their chapiters and made filets about them 29 Also the brasse of the offring was seuentie talents and two thousand and foure hundreth shekels 30 Whereof he made the sockets to the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregation and the brasen Altar and the brasengrate which was for it with all the instruments of the Altar 31 And the sockets of the courte round about and the sockets for the courte gate and all the * pins of the Tabernacle and all the pins of the courte round about CHAP. XXXIX 1 The apparel of Aarón and his sonnes 32 All that the Lord commanded was made and finished 43 Mosés blesseth the people 1 MOreouer they made garments of ministration to ministre in the Sanctuarie of blewe silke and purple and skarlet thei * made also the holy garments for Aarón as the Lord had commanded Mosés 2 So he made the Ephód of golde blewe silke and purple and skarlet and fine twined linen 3 And they did beate the golde into thin plates and cut it into wiers to worke it in the blewe silke and in the purple and in the skar let in the fine linē with broydred worke 4 For the which thei made shulders to couple together for it was closed by the two edges thereof 5 And the broydred garde of his Ephód that was vpon him was of the same stuffe and of like worke euen of golde of blewe silke purple and skarlet and fine twined linen as the Lord had commanded Mosés 6 ¶ And they wroght * two onix stones closed in ouches of golde and graued as signets are grauen with the names of the children of Israél 7 And put thē on the shulders of the Ephód as stones for a * remembrance of the children of Israél as the Lord had commanded Mosés 8 ¶ Also he made the brest plate of broydred worke like the worke of the Ephód to wit of golde blewe silke and purple and skarlet and fine twined linen 9 They made the brest plate double and it was square an hand breadth long an hand breadth broad it was also double 10 And they filled it with foure rowes of stones The ordre was thus 〈◊〉 ruby a topaze a carbuncle in the first rowe 11 And in the seconde rowe an emeraude a saphir and a diamond 12 Also in the third rowe a turkeis an a chate and an hematite 13 Like wise in the fourte rowe a chrysolite an onix and a iasper closed and set in ouches of golde 14 So the stones were according to the names of the children
vpō the wood that is in the fire for it is a burnt offrīg an oblatiō made by fire for a swete sauour vnto the Lord. CHAP. II. 1 The meat offring is after thre sortes of fine floure vnbaken 4 Of bread baken 14 And of corne in the eare 1 ANd when anie wil offer a meat offring vnto the Lord his offring shal be of fine floure and he shal poure oyle vpon it put incenseth ereon 2 And shall bring it vnto Aarons sonnes the Priests he shal take thēce his handful of the floure of the oyle with al the incense and the Priest shal burne it for a memoriall vpon the altar for it is an offring made by fire for a swete sauour vnto the Lord. 3 * But the remnant of the meat offryng shal be Aarons his sonnes for it is most holy of the Lords offrings made by fire 4 ¶ If thou bring also a meat offring baken in the ouen it shal be an vnleauened cake of fine floure mingled with oyle or an vnlea uened wafer anointed with oyle 5 ¶ But if thy meat offring be an oblation of the friyng pan it shal be of fine floure vnleauened mingled with oyle 6 And thou shalt parte it in pieces and powre oyle thereon for it is a meat offring 7 ¶ And if thy meat offring be an oblation made in the caudron it shal be made of fine floure with oyle 8 After thou shalt bring the meat offring that is made of these things vnto the Lord and shalt present it vnto the Priest and he shal bring it to the altar 9 And the Priest shal take from the meat offring a * memorial of it shal burne it vpon the altar for it is an oblation * made by fire for a swete sauour vnto the Lord. 10 But that which is left of the meat offring shal be Aarons his sonnes for it is moste holy of the offrings of the Lord made by fire 11 All the meat offrings which ye shal offer vnto the Lord shal be made without leauen for ye shal nether burne leauen nor hony in any offring of the Lord made by fire 12 ¶ In the oblation of the first frutes ye shal offer them vnto the Lord but they shal not be burnt vpon the altar for a swete sauour 13 All the meat offrings also shalt thou season with * salt nether shalt thou suffre the salt of the couenant of thy God to be lacking frō thy meat offring but vpon all thine oblations thou shalt offer salt 14 If then thou offer a meat offring of thy first frutes vnto the Lord thou shalt offer for thy meat offring of thy first frutes * eares of cor ne dried by the fire and wheat beaten out of the grene eares 15 After thou shalt put oyle vpon it and laie incense thereon for it is a meat offring 16 And the Priest shal burne the memorial of it euen of that that is beaten and of the oyle of it with all the incense thereof for it is an offring vnto the Lord made by fire CHAP. III. 1 The maner of peace offrings and beasts for the same 17. The Israclites may nether eat fat nor blood ALso if his oblation be a peace offring if he wil offer of the droue whether it be male or female he shal offer suche as is without blemish before the Lord 2 And shal put his hand vpon the head of his offring and kil it at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and Aarons sonnes the Priests shal sprinckle the blood vpon the altar round about 3 So he shal offer parte of the peace offrigs as a sacrifice made by fire vnto the Lord euen the * fat that couereth the inwardes and all the fat that is vpon the inwardes 4 He shal also take away the two kidneis and the fat that is on them and vpon the flanks and the kall on the liuer with the kidneis 5 And Aarons sonnes shal burne it on the altar with the burnt offring whiche is vpon the wood that is on the fire this is a sacrifice made by fire for a swete sauourvnto the lord 6 ¶ Also if his oblation be a peace offring vn to the Lord out of the flocke whether it be male or female he shall offer it without blemish 7 If he offer a lambe for his oblation then he shall bring it before the Lord. 8 And lay his hand vpon the head of his offring and shall kill it before the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and Aarons sonnes shal sprinkle the blood therof round about vpon the altar 9 After of the peace offrings he shal offer an offring made by fire vnto the Lord he shall take awai the fat thereof the rumpe altogether hard by the backe bone and the far that couereth the inwardes and all the fat that is vpon the inwardes 10 Also he shall take away the two kidneis with the fat that is vpō thē vpō the * flāks and the kal vpon the liuer with the kidneis 11 Then the Priest shal burne it vpon the altar as the meat of an offrings made by fire vnto the Lord. 12 ¶ Also if his offring be a goat then shal he offer it before the Lord. 13 And shall put his hand vpon the head of it and kil it before the Tabernacle of the Cō gregacion and the sonnes of Aarón shall sprinkle the blood thereof vpon the altar roundabout 14 Then he shal offer there of his offring euē an offring made by fire vnto the Lord the fat that couereth the inwardes al the fat that is vpon the inwardes 15 Also he shal take away the two kidneis and the fat that is vpon thē and vpon the flanks and the kal vpon the liuer with the kidneis 16 So the Priest shal burne thē vpon the altar as the meat of an offring made by fire for a swete sauour * all the fat is the Lords 17 This shal be a perpetual ordināce for your generacions throughoutal your dwellings so that ye shal eat nether fat nor * blood CHAP. IIII. 1 The offring for sinnes done of ignorāce 3 For the Priest 13 The Congregacion 22 The ruler 27 And the priuate man 1 MOreouer the Lord speake vnto Mosés saying 2 Speake vnto the children of Israél saying If anie shall sinne through ignorāce in anie of the commandements of the Lord which oughtnot to be done but shal do cōtrarie to anie of them 3 If the Priest that is anointed do sinne according to the sinne of the people thē shall he offer for his sinne which he hath sinned a yong bullocke without blemish vnto the Lord for a sinne offring 4 And he shal bring the bullocke vnto the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion before the Lord and shal put his hand vpō the bullocks head and kil the
shal pronounce with an othe and it be hid frō him after knoweth that he hathe offēded in one of these points 5 Whē he hathe sinned in anie of these things then he shal confesse that he hathe sinned therein 6 Therefore shal he bring his trespasse offring vnto the Lord for his sinne which he hathe committed euen a female from the flocke be it a lābe or a she goat for a sinne offring and the Priest shal make an atonement for him concerning his sinne 7 But if he be not able to bring a shepe he shal bring for his trespasse which he hathe committed two turtle doues or two yong pigeōs vnto the Lord one for a sinne offring and the other for a burnt offring 8 So he shal bring them vnto the Priest who shal offer the sinne offring first and * wring the necke of it a sundre but not plucke it cleane of 9 After he shal sprinkle of the blood of the sinne offring vpon the side of the altar and the rest of the blood shal be shed at the fote of the altar for it is a sinne offring 10 Also he shal offer the seconde for a burnt offring as the maner is so shal the Priest make an atonement for him for his sinne which he hathe committed and it shal be forgiuen him 11 ¶ But if he * be not able to bring two turtle doues or two yong pigeons then he that ha the sinned shal bring for his offring the tēth parte of an Epháh of fine floure for a sinne offring he shal put none oyle thereto nether put anie incense thereon for it is a sinne ne offring 12 Then shal he bring it to the Priest and the Priest shal take his handeful of it for the * remembrance thereof and burne it vpon the altar * with the offrings of the Lord made by fire for it is a sinne offring 13 So the Priest shal make an atonement for him as touching his sinne that he hathe cōmitted in one of these points and it shal be forgiuen him and the remnant shal be the Priests as the meat offring 14 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 15 If anie persone transgresse sinne through ignorance by taking awaie things consecrated vnto the Lord he shal then bring for his trespasse offring vnto the Lord a rā without blemish out of the flocke worthe two shekels of siluer by thy estimation after the shekel of the Sanctuarie for a trespasse offring 16 So he shal restore that wherein he hathe offended in taking awaie of the holy thing and shal put the fift parte more thereto and giue it vnto the Priest so the Priest shal make an atonemēt for him with the ram of the tres passe offring and it shal be forgiuen him 17 ¶ Also if anie sinne and * do against anie of the commandements of the Lord which ought not to be done and knowe not and sinne and beare his iniquitie 18 Then shal he bring a ram without blemish out of the flocke in thy estimation worth * two shekels for a trespasse offring vnto the Priest and the Priest shal make an atonemēt for him cōcerning his ignorance wherein he erred and was not ware so it shal be forgiuen him 19 This is the trespasse offring for the trespasse committed against the Lord CHAP. VI. 6 The offring for sinnes which are done willingly 9 The lawe of the burnt offrings 13 The fire must abide euermore vpon the altar 14 The lawe of the meat offring 20. The offrings of Aarón and his sonnes 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 If anie sinne cōmit a trespasse against the Lord denie vnto his neighbour that which was takē him to kepe or that which was put to him of trust or doeth by robberie or by violēce oppresse his neighbour 3 Or hathe found that which was lost and denieth it and sweareth falsely * for anie of these things that a man doeth wherein he sinneth 4 When I say he thus sinneth and trespasseth he shal then restore the robbery that he rob bed or the thing taken by violence which he toke by force or the thing which was deliuered him to kepe or the lost thing which he founde 5 Or for whatsoeuer he hathe sworne falsely he shal bothe restore it in the whole * summe and shal adde the fift parte more thereto and giue it vnto him to whome it perteineth the same day that he offreth for his trespasse 6 Also he shal bring for his trespasse vnto the Lord a ram without blemish out of the * flocke in thy estimatiō worthe two shekels for a trespasse offring vnto the Priest 7 And the Priest shal make an atonement for him before the Lord and it shal be forgiuen him whatsoeuer thing he hathe done and trespassed therein 8 ¶ Then the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 9 Commande Aarón and his sonnes saying This is the lawe of the burnt offring it is the burnt offring because it burneth vpon the altar all the night vnto the morning and the fire burneth on the altar 10 And the Priest shal put on his linnen garment and shal put on his linnen breches vpon his flesh and take away the ashes when the fire hathe consumed the burnt offring vpon the altar and he shal put them beside the altar 11 After he shal put of his garments and put on other raiment and cary the ashes forthe without the hoste vnto a cleane place 12 But the fire vpō the altar shal burne thereō and neuer be put out wherefore the Priest shal burne wood on it euerie morning lay the burnt offring in ordre vpon it he shal burne thereon the fat of the peace offrings 13 The fire shal euer burne vpon the altar and neuer go out 14 ¶ * Also this is the lawe of the meat offring which Aarons sonnes shal offer in the presence of the Lord before the altar 15 He shal euen take thence his handful of fine floure of the meat offring and of the oyle and all the incens which is vpon the meat offring and shalt burne it vpon the altar for a swete sauour as a * memorial therefore vnto the Lord 16 But the rest thereof shal Aarōn and his sonnes eat it shal be eaten without leauen in the holy place in the courte of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion they shal eat it 17 It shal not be baken with leauen I haue gi uen it for their porcion of mine offrings ma de by fire for it is as the sinne offring and as the trespasse offring 18 All the males among the children of Aarōn shal eat of it It shal be a statute for euer in your generacions concerning the offrings of the Lord made by fire * whatsoeuer tou cheth them shal be holy 19 ¶ Againe the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying
by a statute for euer frō among the children of Israél 35 ¶ This is the anointyng of Aarôn and the anointyng of his sonnes concernyng the offrings of the Lorde made by fire in the daye whē he presented them to serue in the Priests office vnto the Lord. 36 The which portions the Lord commāded to gyue them in the daye that the anointed them from among the children of Israél by a statute for euer in their generacions 37 This is also the lawe of the burnt offryng of the meat offring and of the sinne offring and of the trespasse offring and of the consecrations and of the peace offrings 38 Which the Lord commanded Mosés in the mount Sinái when he commanded the children of Israél to offer their giftes vnto the Lord in the wildernes of Sinái CHAP. VIII 12 The anointing of Aarón and his sonnes with the sacrifice con ceinyng the same 1 AFterwarde the Lorde spake vnto Mosés saying 2 * Take Aarón and his sonnes with hym and the garments and the * anointing oyle and a bullocke for the sin offring and two rams and a basket of vnleauened bread 3 And assemble all the companie at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 4 So Mosés did as the Lord had commanded him and the companie was assembled at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregaciō 5 Then Mosés said vnto the companie * This is the thyng whiche the Lorde hathe commanded to do 6 And Mosés broght Aarón and his sonnes ād washed them with water 7 And put vpon him the coat and girded him with a girdel ād clothed him with the robe and put the Ephōd on him which he girded with the broydred garde of the Ephód and bonde it vnto him therewith 8 After he put the brest plate thereon and put in the brest plate * the Vrim and the 〈◊〉 9 Also he put the mitre vpon his head and put vpon the mitre on the fore fronte the golden plate ād the holy crowne as the Lord had commanded Mosés 10 Now Mosés had taken the anointing oyle and anointed the Tabernacle and that was therein and sanctified them 11 And sprink led thereof vpon the altar seuen times and anointed the altar and all hys instruments and the lauer and hys fote to sanctifie them 12 * And he powred of the anoynting oyle vppon Aarons head and anointed hym to sanctifie him 13 After Mosés broght Aarons sonnes and put coates vpon them and girded them with gir dels and put bonets vpon their heades as the Lord had commanded Mosés 14 * Then he broght the bullocke for the sin offryng and his sonnes put their handes vppon the head of the bullocke for the sinne offring 15 And Mosés slewe hym and toke the blood which he put vpon the hornes of the Altar round about with his finger ād purified the Altar and powred the reste of the blood at the fote of the Altar so he sanctified it to make reconciliation vpon it 16 Then he toke all the fat that was vpon the inwardes and the kall of the liuer and the two kidneis with their fat which Mosés bur ned vpon the Altar 17 But the bullocke and hys hyde and hys flesh and his doung he burnt with fire without the hoste as the Lorde had commanded Mosés 18 ¶ Also he broght the ram for the burnt offryng and Aaron and hys sonnes put their hands vpon the head of the ram 19 So Mosés killed it and sprinkled the blood vpon the Altar round about 20 And Mosés cut the ram in pieces ād burnt the head with the pieces and the fat 21 And washed the inwardes ād the legs in water so Mosés burnt the ram euerie whit vpō the Altar for it was a burnt offrynge for a swete sauour whiche was made by fire vnto the Lord as the Lord had cōmanded Mosés 22 ¶ * After he broght the other ram the ram of consecracions and Aarōn and his sonnes laied their hands vpon the head of the ram 23 Whyche Mosés slewe and toke of the blood of it and put it vppon the lap of Aarons ryght eare and vppon the thombe of his right hand and vpon the great toe of his ryght fote 24 Then Mosés broght Aarons sonnes and put of the blood on the lap of theyr ryght eares and vpon the thumbes of their ryght hands and vpon the great toes of their right fete and Mosés sprinkled the reste of the blood vpon the Altar round about 25 And he toke the fat and the rumpe and all the fat that was vpon the inwardes and the kall of the liuer and the two kidneis wyth their fat and the right 〈◊〉 26 Also he toke of the basket of the vnleauened bread that was before the Lord one vnleauened cake and a cake of oyled breade and one wafer and put them on the fat and vpon the right shulder 27 So he put * all in Aarons handes and in hys sonnes hands and shoke it to and fro before the Lord. 28 After Mosés toke them out of their hands and burnt them vpon the Altar for a burnt offryng for these were consecracions for a swete sauour which were made by fire vnto the Lord. 29 Likewise Mosés toke the breast of the ram of consecracions and shoke it to and fro before the Lord for it was Mosés * portion as the Lord had commanded Mosés 30 Also Mosés toke of the anointing oyle and of the blood which was vpon the Altar and sprinkled it vpon Aarón vpon 〈◊〉 garments and vpon his sonnes and on hys 〈◊〉 garments with him so he sanctified Aarón hys garments and his sonnes and his sonnes garments with him 31 ¶ Afterward Mosés sayd vnto Aarón and his sonnes Sethe the fleshe at the dore of the g Tabernacle of the Congregacion and there * eat it with the bread that is in the basket of consecracions as I cōmanded saying Aarón and his sonnes shal eat it 32 But that which remaineth of the fleshe and of the bread shal ye burne with fire 33 And ye shalte not departe from the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion seuen dayes vntil the dayes of your consecracions be at an end * for seuē daies said the Lord shal he consecrate you 34 As he hathe done thys day so the Lorde hathe commanded to do to make an atonement for you 35 Therefore shall ye abide at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion daye and nyght seuen dayes and shal kepe the watch of the LORD that ye dye not for so I am commanded 36 So Aarôn and his sonnes did all things whiche the Lord had commanded by the hand of Mosés CHAP. IX 8 The first offrings of Aarón 22 Aaron blesseth the people 23 The glorie of the Lorde is sheweth 24 The fire commeth from the Lord. 1 ANd in the eyght daye Mosés called Aarón and hys sonnes and the Elders of
Isráel 2 * Thē he said vnto Aaron Take thee a yong calf for a sinne offring ād a ram for a burnt offring bothe without blemish and bring them before the Lord. 3 And vnto the children of Israél thou shalte speake saying Take ye an he goat for a sinne offring and a calf and a lambe both of a yere olde without blemish for a burnt offring 4 Also a bullocke ād a ram for peace offrings to offer before the Lord and a meat offring mingled with oyle for to day the Lorde will appeare vnto you 5 ¶ Then thei broght that which Mosés commanded before the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and all the assemble drewe nere and stode before the Lord. 6 For Mosés had said This is the thing which the Lord commanded that ye shulde do and the glorie of the Lord shal appeare vnto you 7 Then Mosés said vnto Aarôn Drawe nere to the Altar and offer thy sin offring and thy burnt offring and make an atonement for thee for the people offer also the offring of the people and make an atonement for them as the Lord hathe commanded 8 ¶ Aarón therefore went vnto the Altar and killed the calf of the sin offring which was for him self 9 And the sonnes of Aaron broght the blood vnto him ād he dipt his finger in the blood and put it vpon the hornes of the Altar and powred the rest of the blood at the fote of the Altar 10 But the fat and the kidneis and the kall of the liuer of the sin offring he burnt vpon the Altar as the LORD had commanded Mosés 11 The flesh also and the hyde he burnt with fire with out the hoste 12 After he slewe the burnt offring and Aarons sonnes broght vnto him the blood which he sprinkled round about vpon the Altar 13 Also thei broght the burnt offring vnto him with the pieces thereof and the head and he burnt them vpon the Altar 14 Likewise he did wash the inwardes and the legs and burnt them vpon the burnt offring on the Altar 15 ¶ Then he offred the peoples offring and toke a goat which was the sin offring for the people and slewe it and offred it for sinne as the first 16 So he offred the burnt offring and prepared it according to the maner 17 He presented also the meat offring and filled his hand thereof and * beside the burnt sacrifice of the morning he burnt this vpon the Altar 18 He slewe also the bullocke and the ram for the peace offrings that was for the people and Aarons sonnes broght vnto him the blood which he sprinkled vpon the Altar round about 19 With the fat of the bullocke and of the ram the rumpe and that which couereth the inwardes and the kidneis and the kall of the liuer 20 So thei laied the fat vpon the breasts and he burnt the fat vpon the Altar 21 But the breasts and the right shulder Aarôn shoke to fro before the Lord as the Lord had commanded Moses 22 So Aarón lift vp his hand towarde the people and blessed thē and came downe from offring of the sinne offring and the burnt offring and the peace offrings 23 After Mosés and Aarón went into the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and came out and blessed the peole * and the glorie of the Lord appeared to all the people 24 * And there came a fire out from the Lord and consumed vpon the Altar the burnt offring and the fat which when all the people sawe thei gaue thankes fel on their faces CHAP. X. 2 Nadáb and Abihu are burnt 6 Israél murneth for thē but the Priests might not 9 The Priests are forbidden wine 1 BVt * Nadáb and Abihú the sonnes of Aarôn toke ether of them his censor and put fire therein and put incens thereupon and offred strange fire before the LORD which he had not commanded them 2 Therefore a fire went out from the Lord and deuoured them so thei dyed before the Lord. 3 Then Mosés said vnto Aarôn This is it that the Lord spake saying I wil be sanctified in them that come nere me and before all the people I wil be glorified but Aarón helde his peace 4 And Mosés called Mishaél and Elzaphán the sonnes of Vzziél the vncle of Aarón and said vnto them Come nere cary your brethren from before the Sanctuarie out of the hoste 5 Then thei went and caryed them in their coates out of the hoste as Mosés had commanded 6 After Mosés said vnto Aarón and vnto Eleazar and I thamar his sonnes Vncouer not your heades nether rent your clothes lest ye dye and lest wrath come vpon all the people but let your brethren all the house of Israél be waile the burning which the Lord hathe kindled 7 And go not ye out from the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion lest ye dye for the anointing oyle of the Lord is vpon you and thei did according to Mosés commandement 8 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Aarôn saying 9 Thou shalt not drinke wine nor strong drinke thou nor thy sonnes with thee when ye come into the Tabernacle of the Congre gacion lest ye dye this is an ordinance for euer throughout your generacions 10 That ye may put difference betwene the holy and the vnholy and betwene the cleane and the vncleane 11 And that ye may teache the children of Israél all the statutes which the Lord hathe cō manded them by the hand of Mosês 12 ¶ Then Mosés said vnto Aarôn and vnto Eleazár and to Ithamár his sonnes that were left Take the meat offring that remaineth of the offrings of the Lord made by fire and eat it without leauen beside the altar for it is moste holy 13 And ye shal eat it in the holy place because it is thy duetie and thy sonnes duetie of the offrings of the Lord made by fire for so I am commanded 14 Also* the shaken breast and the heaue shul der shal ye eat in a cleane place thou and thy sonnes and thy daughters with thee for thei are giuen as thy 〈◊〉 and thy sonnes duetie of the peace offrings of the children of Israél 15 The heaue shulder and the shaken breast shal they bring with the offrings made by fire of the fat to shake it to and fro before the Lord and it shal be thine and thy sonnes with thee by alawe for euer as the Lord hathe commanded 16 ¶ * And Mosés soght the goat that was offred for sinne and lo it was burnt therefore he was angry with Eleazár and Ithamár the sonnes of Aarón which were left aliue saying 17 Wherefore haue ye not eaten the sin offring in the holy place seing it is moste holy and God hathe giuen it you to beare the iniqui tie of the Congregacion to make an atonement for them
before you the land is defiled 28 And shall not the land spue you out if ye defile it as it spued out the people that were before you 29 For whosoeuer shall commit anie of these abominacions the persones that do so shal be cut of from among their people 30 Therefore shall ye kepe mine ordinances that ye do not anie of the abominable customes which haue bene done before you and that ye defile not your selues therein for I am the Lord your God CHAP. XIX 1 A repeticion of sondrie lawes and ordinances 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Speake vnto al the Cōgregacion of the children of Israél say vnto thē * Ye shal be holy for I the Lord your God am holy 3 ¶ Ye shall feare euerie man is mother his father and shall kepe my Sabbaths for I am the Lord your God 4 ¶ Ye shall not turne vnto idoles nor make you molten gods I am the Lord your God 5 ¶ And when ye shal offer a peace offring vn to the Lord ye shal offer it frely 6 * It shal be eaten the day ye offer it or on the morowe and that whiche remaineth vntill the third day shal be burnt in the fire 7 For if it be eaten the third day it shal be vncleane it shal not be accepted 8 Therefore he that eateth it shall beare his iniquitie because he hathe defiled the halowed thing of the Lorde and that persone shal be cut of from his people 9 ¶ * When ye reape the haruest of your land ye shal not reape euerie corner of your field nether shalt thou gather the glainyngs of thy haruest 10 Thou shalt not gather the grapes of thy vineyarde 〈◊〉 nether gather euery grape of thy vineyarde but thou shalt leaue them for the poore for the stranger I am the Lord your God 11 ¶ Ye shal not steale nether deale falsely netherlie one to another 12 ¶ * Also ye shal not sweare by my Name falsely nether shalt thou defile the Name of thy God I am the Lord. 13 ¶ Thou shalt not do thy neighbour wrong nether robbe him * The worckemans hire shal not abide with thee vntil the morning 14 ¶ Thou shalt not curse the deafe * nether put a stumbling blocke before the blinde but shalt feare thy God I am the Lord. 15 ¶ Ye shal not do vniustely ī iudgemēt * thou shalt not fauour the persone of the poore nor honour the persone of the mighty but thou shalt iudge thy neighbour iustly 16 ¶ Thou shalt not walke about withtalcs among thy people Thou shalt not stand against the blood of thy neighbour I am the Lord. 17 ¶ Thou shalt not hate thy brother in thi ne heart but thou shalt plainely rebukc thy neighbour suffre him not to sinne 18 ¶ Thou shalt not auenge nor be mindeful of wrong against the childrē of thy peo ple. * but shalt louc thy neighbour as thy selfe I am the Lord. 19 ¶ Ye shal kepe mine ordinances Thou shalt not let thy cattel gendre with others of diuers kīdes Thou shalt not sowe thy field with mingled sede nether shal a garment of diuers things as of linen and wollen come vpon thee 20 ¶ Whosoeuer also lieth medleth with a woman that is abonde maid affianced to a housbād not redemed nor fredome giuē her she shal be scourged but they shal not dye because she is not made fre 21 And he shal bring for his trespas offring vnto the Lord at the dore of the Taberna cle of the Congregation a ram for a trespas offring 22 Then the Priest shal make an atonement for him with the rā of the trespas offring before the Lord concerning his sinne which he hath done pardō shal be giuen him for his sinne which he hathe cōmitted 23 ¶ Also when ye shal come into the land and haue planted eucrie tre for meat ye shal counte the frute thereof as vncircumcised thre yere shal it be vncircumcised vnto you it shal not be eaten 24 But in the fourth yere all the frute there of shal be holy to the praise of the Lord. 25 And in the fift yere shal ye eat of the frute of it that it may yelde to youthe encrease there of I am the Lord your God 26 ¶ Ye shal not eat the flesh with the blood ye shal not vse which craft nor obserue times 27 * Ye shal not cut round the corners of your heades nether shalt thou marre the tuftes of thy beard 28 * Ye shal not cut your flesh for the dead nor make anie printe of a marke vpon you I am the Lord. 29 ¶ Thou shalt not make thy daughter commen to cause her to be a whore lest the land also fall to whoredome and the land be ful of wickednes 30 ¶ Ye shal kepe my Sabbaths and reueren ce my Sanctuarie 〈◊〉 the Lord. 31 ¶ Ye shal not regarde them that worke with spirits * nether sothesaiers ye shal not seke to them to be defiled by them I am the Lord your God 32 ¶ Thou shalt rise vp before the horehed and honour the persone of the olde man and dread thy God I am the Lord. 33 ¶ And if a stranger soiourne with thee in your land ye shal not vexe him 34 * But the stranger that dwelleth with you shal be as one of your selues thou shal loue him as thy selfe for ye were strāgers in the land of Egypt I am the Lord your God 35 ¶ Ye shal not do vniustly in iudgement in line in weight or in measure 36 * You shal haue iuste balances true weigh tes a true Ephah a true Hin I am the Lord your God which haue broght you out of the land of Egypt 37 Therefore shal ye obserue all mine ordinances and all my iudgements and do them I am the Lord. CHAP. XX. 2 They that giue of their sedeto Molech must dye 6. They that haue recours to sorcerers 19 The man that committeth adulterie 11 Incest or fornication with the kinred or affinitie 24 Israel a peculiar people to the Lord. 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Thou shalt say also to the children of Israel * Whosoeuer he be of the children of Israel or of the strangers that dwel in Israél that giueth his children vnto Molech he shal dye the death the people of the land shal stone him to death 3 And I wil set my face against that man cut him of from among his people because he hath giuen his children vnto Mō lech for to defile my Sāctuarie and to pol lute mine holy Name 4 And if the people of the landhide their eyes winke at that mā when he giueth his children vnto Mólech kil him
on the fiftenth daye of this moneth shal be the feast* of vnleauened breade vnto the Lord seuen daies ye shal eat vnleauened bread 7 In the first day ye shal haue an holy cōuocaciō ye shal do no seruile work therin 8 Also ye shal offer sacrifice made by fire vnto the Lord seuen daies and in the seuenth day shal be an holy conuocaciō ye shal do no seruile worke therein 9 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 10 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them When ye be come into the land which I giue vnto you reape the haruest therof thē ye shal bring a sheafe of the first frutes of your haruest vnto the Priest 11 And he shall shake the sheafe before the Lorde that it maye be acceptable for you the 〈◊〉 after the Sabbath the Priest shal shake it 12 And that day whē ye shake the sheafe shall ye prepare a lambe without blemish of a yere olde for a burnt offrīg vnto the lord 13 And the meat offring therof shal be two tenth deales of fine floure mingled with oyle for a sacrifice made by fire vnto the Lord of swete sauour the drink offring theros the fourth part of an Hin of wine 14 And ye shal eat nether bread nor parched corne 〈◊〉 grene eares vntil the self same day that ye haue broght an offring vnto your God this shal be a lawe for euer in your generaciōs in all your dwellings 15 Ye shal count also to you frō the morow after the Sabbath euē frō the day that ye shall brings the sheafe of the shake offring seuē Sabbaths thei shal be cōplete 16 Vnto the morow after the seuenth Sabbath shal ye nōbre fifty daies then ye shal bring a new meat offring vnto the Lord. 17 Ye shall brynge out of your habitacions breade for the shake offring thei shal be two loaues of two tenth deales of 〈◊〉 floure which shal be baken with leauen for first frutes vnto the Lord. 18 Also ye shal offer with the bread seuen lābes with out blemish of one yere olde and a yong bullocke and two rams they shall be for a burnt offring vnto the Lord with their meat offrings and their drinke offringes for a sacrifice made by fire of a swete sauour vnto the Lord. 19 Then ye shal prepare an he goat for a sin offring and two lambes of one yere olde for peace offrings 20 And the Priest shal shake them to and fro with the bread of the firste frutes before the Lord with the two lābes thei shal be holy to the Lord for the Priest 21 So ye shal proclame the same day that it may be an holy conuocacion vnto you ye shal do no seruile worke therein it shal be an ordinance for euer in al your dwellings throughout your generacions 22 ¶ * And whē you reape the haruest of your lād thou shalt not rid cleane the corners of thy field whē thou reapest nether shalt thou make any after gathering of thi har uest but shalt leaue thē vnto the poore to the strāger I am the Lord your God 23 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 24 Speake vnto the children of Israél say In the seuenth moneth and in the firste daye of the moneth shall ye haue a Sabbath for the remembrance of blowing the trompets an holy conuocacion 25 Ye shal do no seruile worke therin but offer sacrifice made by fire vnto the Lord. 26 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 27 The * tenth also of this seuenth moneth shal be a day of recōciliation it shal be an holy conuocacion vnto you and ye shall hūble your soules offer sacrifice made by fire vnto the Lord. 28 And ye shal do no work that same day for it is a day of reconciliacion to make an atonement for you before the Lord your God 29 For euerie persone that humbleth not him selfe that same day shal euen be cut of from his people 30 And euerie persone that shal do anie work that same day the same persone also will I destroye from among his people 31 Ye shal do no maner worke therefore this shal be a lawe for euer in your generacions throughout all your dwellings 32 This shal be vnto you a Sabbath of rest and ye shal hūble your soules in the ninth day of the moneth at euen from o euen to euen shall ye celebrate your Sabbath 33 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 34 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say * In the fiftenth day of this seuenth moneth shal be for seuen daies the feast of Tabernacles vnto the Lord. 35 In the first day shal be an holy conuocaciō ye shal do no seruile worke therein 36 Seuen daies ye shal offer* sacrifice made by fire vnto the Lorde and in the eight daye shal be an holy conuocacion vnto you and ye shal offer sacrifices made by fire vnto the Lord it is the solemne assemblie ye shall do no seruile worke therein 37 These are the feastes of the Lord which ye shall call holy conuocacions to offer sacrifice made by fire vnto the Lord as burnt offring and meat offring sacrifice and drinke offrings euerie one vpon his day 38 Beside the Sabbaths of the Lord and beside your giftes and beside all your vowes and beside all your fre offrings whiche ye shall giue vnto the Lord. 39 But in the fiftienth day of the seuenth moneth when ye haue gathered in the frute of the land ye shall kepe an holy feast vnto the Lord seuen daies in the first day shal be a Sabbath likewise in the eight day shal be a Sabbath 40 And ye shall take you in the first daye the frute of goodlie trees branches of palme trees and the boughes of thicke trees and willowes of the broke and shal reioyce before the Lord your God seuen daies 41 So ye shall kepe this feast vnto the Lorde seuen daies in the yere by a perpetual ordinance through your generacions in the seuenth moneth shal you kepe it 42 Ye shal dwel in boothes seuē daies al that are Israelites borne shal dwel in boothes 43 That your posteritie maye knowe that I haue made the children of Israél to dwel in boothes when I broght them out of the land of Egypt I am the Lord your God 44 So Mosés declared vnto the children of Israél the feastes of the Lord. CHAP. XXIIII 2 Theoyle for the lampes 5 The shewebread 14 The blas phemer shal be stoned 〈◊〉 He that killed shal be killed 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 a Commande the childrē of Israél that thei bring vnto thee pure oyle oliue beatē for the light to cause the lampes to burne continually 3 Without the vaile of the Testimonie in the Tabernacle of
the Priest shal value him according to the abilitie of him that vow ed so shal the Priest value him 9 And if it be a beast whereof men bring an offring vnto the Lord all that one giueth of suche vnto the Lord shal be holy 10 He shal not alter it nor change it a good for a bad nor a bad for a good and if he change beast for beast then both this that which was chāged for it shal be holy 11 And if it be anie vncleane beast of which men do not offer a sacrifice vnto the Lord he shal then present the beast before the Priest 12 And the Priest shal value it whether it be good or bad ād as thou valuest it which art the Priest so shal it be 13 But if he wil bie it againe then he shal giue the fift parte of it more aboue thy valuacion 14 ¶ Also whē a mā shal dedicate his house to be holy vnto the Lord thē the Priest shall value it whether it be good or bad as the Priest shal prise it so shal the value be 15 But if he that sanctified it wil redeme his house then he shal giue therto the fift part of money more then thy estimacion and it shal be his 16 If also a man dedicate to the Lord anie grounde of his inheritāce then shalt thou esteme it according to the sede thereof an Homer of barlie sede shal be at fiftie shekels of siluer 17 If he dedicate his field immediately from the yere of Iubile it shal be worthe as thou doest estemeit 18 But if he dedicate his field after the Iubile then the Priest shal reken hym the money according to the yeres that remaine vnto the yere of Iubile and it shal be abbated by thy estimacion 19 And if he that dedicateth it wil redeme the field then he shal put the fift parte of the price that thou estemedst it at theren̄to and it shal remaine his 20 And if he wil not redeme the filed but the Priest sel the field to another man it shal be redemed no more 21 But the field shal be holie to the Lord when it goeth out in the Iubile as a filed separe te from commune vses the possession ther of shal be the Priests 22 If a mā also dedicate vnto the Lord a field which he hathe boght which is not of the grounde of his inheritance 23 Then the Priest shal set the price to him as * thou estemest it vnto the yere of Iubile and he shal giue thy price the same day as a thing holy vnto the Lord. 24 But in the yere of Iubile the field shal returne vnto him of whome it was boght to him I say whose inheritāce the lād was 25 And all thy valuacion shal be according to the skekel of * the Sanctuarie a shekel cō teineth twenty gerahs 26 ¶ * Notwithstanding the first borne of the beastes because it is the Lords first borne none shal dedicate suche be it bullocke or shepe for it is the Lords 27 But if it be an vncleane beast then he shal redeme it by thy valuacion and giue the fift parte more thereto if it be not rede med then it shal be solde according to thy estimacion 28 * Notwithstāding nothing separate frō the commune vse that a man doeth separate vnto the Lord of all that he hathe whether it be man or beast or land of his inheritance may be solde nor redemed for euerie thing separate from the commune vse is moste holy vnto the Lord. 29 Nothing separate from the cōmune vse which shal be separate from man shal be redemed but dye the death 30 Also all the tithe of the lād bothe of the sede of the ground of the frute of the 〈◊〉 is the Lords it is holy to the Lord. 31 But if a man wil redeme anie of his tithe he shal adde the fift parte thereto 32 And euerie tithe of bullocke and of shepe and of all that goeth vnder the rod the tenth shal be holy vnto the Lord. 33 He shal not loke if it be good or bad nether shal he change it els if he change it bothe it and that it was changed with all shal be holy and it shal not be redemed 34 These are the commādements which the Lord commanded by Mosés vnto the chil dren of Israel in mount Sinai THE FOVR THE BOKE OF Mosés called Nombers THE ARGVMENT FOrasmuche as God hathe appointed that his Church in this worlde shal be vnder the crosse bothe because they shulde learne not to put their trust in worldely things and also fele his comforte when all other helpe faileth he did not straight way bring his people after their departure out of Egypt into the land which he promised them but led them to and fro for the space of fourtie yeres and kept them in continual exercises before they enioyed it to trye their faith to teache them to forget the worlde and to depend on him VVhich tryal did greately profit to discerne the wicked and the hypocrites from the faithful and true seruants of God who serued him with pure heart where as the other preferring their carnal affections to Gods glorie and making religion to serue their purpose murmured when they lacked to content their lustes and despisest them whome God had appointed rulers ouer them By reason whereof they prouoked Gods terrible iudgements against them and are set forthe as a moste norable example for all ages to be ware how they abuse Gods worde preferre their owne lustes to his wil or despise his ministers Not withstanding God is euer true in his promes and gouerneth his by his holy Spirit that ether they fall not to suche inconueniences or els returne to him quickely by true repentance and therefore he continueth his graces toward them he giueth them ordinances and instructions aswel for religion as out ward policie he preserueth them against all craft and conspiracie and giueth them manifolde vi ctories against their enemies And to auoyd all controuersies that might arise he taketh away the occasions by diuiding among all the tribes bothe the land which they had wonne and that also which he had promised as semed best to his god lie wisdome CHAP. I. 1 Mosés and Aaron with the twelue princes of the tribes are commanded of the Lord to nomber them that are able to go to warre 49 The Leuites are exempted for the seruice of the Lord. 1 THe Lord spake agai ne vnto Mosés ī the wildernes of Sinai in the Tabernacle of the Cōgregaciō in the first day of the seconde moneth in the seconde yere after they were come out of the land of Egypt saying 2 * Take ye the summe of all the Congregaciō of the children of Israel after their familiers housholdes of their fathers with the nōber of their names to with all the
their father 5 Then the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 6 Bring the tribe of Leui and set them before Aarôn the Priest that thei may serue him 7 And take the charge with him 〈◊〉 the char ge of the whole Congregacion before the Tabernacle of the Congregacion to do the seruice of the Tabernacle 8 Thei shal also kepe all the instruments of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and haue the charge of the children of Israél to do the seruice of the Tabernacle 9 And thou shalt giue the Leuites vnto Aarón and to his sonnes for thei are giuen him frely from among the children of Israél 10 And thou shalt appoint Aarōn and his sonnes to execute their Priests office and the stranger that commeth nere shal be slaine 11 ¶ Also the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 12 Beholde I haue euen taken the Leuites frō among the children of Israél for all the first borne that openeth the matrice among the childrē of Israél the Leuites shal be mine 13 Because all the first borne are mine for the same day that I smote all the first borne in the land of Egypt * I sanctified vnto me all the first borne in Israél bothe man and beast mine thei shal be I am the Lord. 14 ¶ Moreouer the Lord spake vnto Moses in the wildernes of Sinái saying 15 Nomber the children of Leui after the houses of their fathers in their families euerie male from a moneth olde and aboue shalt thou nomber 16 * Then Mosés nombred them according to the worde of the Lord as he was commanded 17 And these were the sonnes of Leui by their names * Gershón and Koháth and Merari 18 Also these are the names of the sonnes of Gershón by their families Libni and Shimei 19 The sonnes also of Koháth by their families Amrám and Izehár Hebrón and Vzziél 20 And the sonnes of Merari by their families Mahli and Mushi These are the families of Leui according to the houses of their fathers 21 Of Gershón came the familie of the Libnites and the familie of the Shimeites these are the families of the Gershonites 22 The summe whereof after the nomber of all the males from a moneth olde and aboue was counted seuen thousand and fiue hundreth 23 ¶ The families of the Gershonites shal pitch behinde the Tabernacle Westwarde 24 The captaine and ancient of the house of the Gershonites shal be Eliasáph the son ne of Laél 25 And the charge of the sonnes of Gershon in the Tabernacle of the Congregaciō shal be the Tabernacle and the pauillion the coue ring thereof and the vaile of the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 26 And the hanging of the courte and the vaile of the dore of the courte which is nere the Tabernacle and nere the Altar round about and the cordes of it for all the seruice thereof 27 ¶ And of Koháth came the familie of the Amramites and the familie of the Izeharites and the familie of the Hebronites and the fa milie of the Vzzielites these are the families of the Kohathites 28 The nomber of all the males from a moneth olde and aboue was eight thousand and six hundreth hauing the charge of the Sanctuarie 29 The families of the sonnes of Koháth shal pitch on the Southside of the Tabernacle 30 The captaine ancient of the house and families of the Kohathites shal be Elizaphán the sonne of Vzziél 31 And their charge shal be the Arke and the table and the candelsticke and the altars and the instruments of the Sanctuarie that they minister with and the vaile and all that serueth thereto 32 And Eleazárthe sonne of Aarón the Priest shal be chief captaine of the Leuites hauing the ouersight of them that haue the charge of the Sanctuarie 33 ¶ Of Merarî came the familie of the Mahlites and the familie of the Mushites these are the families of Merari 34 And the summe of them according to the nomber of all the males from a moneth olde aboue was six thousand two hundreth 35 The captaine and the ancient of the house of the families of Merari shal be Zuriél the sóne of Abihail thei shal pitch on the North side of the Tabernacle 36 And in the charge and custodie of the sonnes of Merari shal be the boardes of the Tabernacle and the barres thereof and his pillers and his sockets all the instruments thereof and all that serueth thereto 37 With the pillers of the court round about with their sockets and their pins and their cordes 38 ¶ Also on the forefront of the Tabernacle toward the East before the Tabernacle I say of the Congregacion Eastwarde shal Mosés and Aaron and his sonnes pitch hauing the charge of the Sanctuarie and the charge of the children of Israél but the stran ger that commeth nere shal be slaine 39 The whole summe of the Leuites which Mosés and Aarón nombred at the commandement of the Lord throughout their families euen all the males from a moneth olde and aboue was two and twentie thousand 40 ¶ And the Lord said vnto Mosés Nomber all the first borne that are males among the children of Israél from a moneth olde and aboue and take the nomber of their names 41 And thou shalt take the Leuites to me for all the first borne of the children of Israél I am the Lord and the cattel of the Leuites for all the first borne of the cattel of the children of Israél 42 And Mosés nombred as the Lord comman ded him all the first borne of the children of Israél 43 And all the first borne males rehearsed by name from a moneth olde and aboue according to their nomber were two and twentie thousand two hundreth seuentie and thre 44 And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 45 Take the Leuites for all the first borne of the children of Israél and the cattel of the Leuites for their cattel the Leuites shal be mine I am the Lord 46 And for the redeming of the two hundreth seuentie and thre which are mo then the Leuites of the first borne of the children of Israél 47 Thou shalt also take fiue shekels for euerie persone after the weight of the Sanctuarie shalt thou take it * the shekel conteineth twentie gerahs 48 And thou shalt giue the money where with the odde nomber of them is redemed vnto Aarón and to his sonnes 49 Thus Mosés toke the redempcion of them that were redemed being mo then the Leuites 50 Of the firstborne of the children of Israél toke he the money euen a thousande thre hundreth thre score and fiue shekels after the shekel of the Sanctuarie 51 And Mosés gaue the money of them that were redemed vnto Aarōn ād to his sonnes accordyng to the worde of the Lorde as the Lord had commanded Mosés CHAP. IIII. 5 The offices of the Leuites when
vp at once ād possesse 〈◊〉 for vndoutedly we shal ouercome it 32 But the men that went vp with hym sayd We be not able to go vp against the people for they are stronger then we 33 So they broght vp an euyll reporte of the land which they had searched for the childrē of Israél saying The lāde which we haue gone through to searche it out is a land that eateth vp the inhabitantes thereof for all the people that we sawe in it are men of great stature 34 For there were sawe gyantes the sonnes of Anák whiche come of the gyantes so that we semed in our sight lyke greshoppers and so we were in their sight CHAP. XIIII 2 The people murmure against Moses 10 They wolde haue stoned Caléb and Ioshua 13 Moses pacifieth God by his prayer 45 The people that wolde entre into the land contrarie to Gods wil are slaine 1 THen all the Congregacion lifted vp their voyce and cryed and the people wept that nyght 2 And all the children of Israél murmured against Mosés and Aaron and the whole assemblie sayd vnto them Wolde God we had dyed in the land of Egypte or in this wildernes wolde God we were dead 3 Wherefore nowe hathe the Lord broght vs into this lande to fall vpon the sworde our wiues and our children shal be a pray were it not better for vs to returne into Egypt 4 And they said one to another Let vs make a captaine and returne into Egypt 5 Then Mosés and Aarōn fell on their faces before all the assemblie of the Congregaciō of the children of Israél 6 * And Ioshua the sonne of Nun and Calēb the sonne of Iephunnéh two of them that searched the land rent their clothes 7 And spake vnto all the assemblie of the children of Israél saying The lande whiche we walked through to searche it is a very good land 8 If the Lord loue vs he will bring vs into this land and giue it vs which is a land that floweth with milke and honie 9 But rebell not ye agaynst the Lorde nether feare ye the people of the lande for they are but breade for vs theyr shielde is departed from them and the Lord is with vs feare them not 10 And all the multitude said Stone thē with stones but the glorie of the Lorde appeared in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion before all the children of Israél 11 And the Lorde said vnto Mosés How long will this people prouoke me and how long will it be yer they beleue me for all the signes which I haue shewed among them 12 I wil smite them with the pestilēce destroye them and will make thee a greater nacion and mightier then they 13 But Mosés said vnto the Lorde * When the Egyptians shall heare it for thou broghtest thys people by thy power frome among them 14 Then they shall saye to the inhabitantes of this land for they haue heard that thou Lord art among this people and that thou LORD art sene face to face and that thy cloude standeth ouer them and that thou* goest before them by day time in a piller of a cloude and in a piller of fire by night 15 That thou wilte kyll thys people as one man so the heathen whiche haue heard the fame of thee shall thus say 16 Because the Lorde was not * able to bryng this people into the lande whiche he sware vnto them therefore hathe he slayne them in the wildernes 17 And now I beseche thee let the power of my Lorde be great accordyng as thou haste spoken saying 18 The LORDE is * slowe to angre and of greate mercye and * forgyuyng iniquitie and sinne but not makyng the wicked innocent and * visiting the wickednes of the fathers vpon the children in the thirde and fourth generacion 19 Be merciful I beseche thee vnto the iniquitie of people according to thy great mercy and as thou hast forgiuen this people frome Egypt euen vntill nowe 20 And the Lord said I haue forgiuen it according to thy request 21 Notwithstandynge as I liue all the earth shal be filled with the glorie of the Lord. 22 For al those men whiche haue sene my glorie and my miracles which I did in Egypt ād in the wildernes and haue tempted me this ten times and haue not obeyed my voyce 23 Certeinely they shal not se the land whereof I sware vnto their fathers nether shall anie that prouoke me se it 24 But my seruant * Caléb because he had an other spirit ād hathe folowed me stil euen hym will I bryng into the land whether he went and his sede shall inherit it 25 Nowe the Amalekites and the Canaanites remaine in the valley wherfore turne back tomorowe and get you into the wildernes by the way of the red Sea 26 ¶ After the Lord spake vnto Mosés and to Aarōn saying 27 * How long shall I suffre this wicked multitude to murmure agaynst me I haue heard the murmurynges of the children of Israél which they murmure against me 28 Tel them As * I liue sayeth the Lord I will surely do vnto you euen as ye haue spoken in mine eares 29 Your carkeises shall fall in thys wyldernes and all you that were * counted through all your nombers frome twentie yere olde and aboue which haue murmured against me 30 Ye shal not doutles come into the land for the whiche I * lifted vp mine hand to make you dwell therein saue Caléb the sonne of Iephunnéh and Ioshua the sonne of Nun. 31 But your children which ye said shulde be a praye them wyll I bryng in and they shall knowe the land whiche ye haue refused 32 But euen your carkeises shall fall in thys wildernes 33 And your chyldren shall wander in the wildernes fourtie yeres and shal beare your whoredomes vntill your carkeises be wasted in the wildernes 34 After the nomber of the dayes in the whiche ye searched out the land euen fourtie dayes * euerie daye for a yere shall ye beare your iniquitie for * fourtie yeres and ye shal fele my breache of promise 35 I the Lord haue sayd Certeinely I wyll do so to all this wicked companie that are gathered together against me for in this wildernes they shal be consumed and there they shal dye 36 And the men whyche Mosés had sent to searche the lande which when they came againe made all the people to murmure agaynste hym and broght vp a slander vpon the land 37 Euen those men that did bring vp that vyle slander vpon the land * shal dye by a plague before the Lord. 38 But Ioshua the sonne of Nun and Caléb the sonne of Iephunnéh of those mē that went to searche the land shal liue 39 ¶ Then Mosés tolde these sayings vnto all the children of Israél ād the people sorowed greatly
40 * And they rose vp earely in the mornyng and gat them vp into the top of the mountaine saying Lo we be ready to go vp to the place which the Lorde hathe promised for we haue sinned 41 But Mosés sayd Wherefore transgresse ye thus the commandement of the Lord it wil not so come wel to passe 42 Go not vp for the LORD is not among you lest ye be ouerthrowen before your enemies 43 For the Amalekites and the Canaanites are there before you and ye shal fal by the sworde for in as muche as ye are turned awaye from the Lord the Lord also wil not be with you 44 Yet they presumed obstinatly to go vp to the top of the mountaine but the Arke of the couenant of the Lord and Mosés departed not out of the campe 45 Then the Amalekites and the Canaanites whyche dwelt in that mountaine came downe and smote them * and consumed them vnto Hormáh CHAP. XV. 2 The offrings whiche the 〈◊〉 shulde offer whē they came into the land of Canáan 32 The punishment of him that brake the Sabbath 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them * When ye become into the lande of your habitacions whiche I gaue vnto you 3 And wyll make an offrynge by fire vnto the Lord a burnt offring or a sacrifice * to fulfil a vowe or a fre offring or in your feastes to make a * swete sauour vnto the Lorde of the heard or the flocke 4 Then * let him that offereth hys offring vnto the Lord bryng a meat offryng of a tenth deale of fine 〈◊〉 mingled with the fourth parte of an Hin of yo le 5 Also thou shalte prepare the fourthe parte of an Hin of wine to be powred on a lambe ap poīted for the burnt offring or any offring 6 And for aram thou shalt for a meat offring prepare two tenth deales of fine floure mingled with the third parte of an Hin of oyle 7 And for a drynke offryng thou shalt offer the third parte of an Hin of wine for a swete sauour vnto the Lord. 8 And when thou preparest a bullocke for a burnt offrynge or for a sacrifice to fulfill a vowe or a peace offring to the Lord. 9 Then let him offer with the bullocke a meat offring of thre tenth deales of fine floure mingled with halfe an Hin of oyle 10 And thou shalt bryng for a drynke offryng halfe an Hin of wine for an offring made by fire of a swete sauour vnto the Lord. 11 Thus shal it be done for a bullocke or for aram or for a lambe or for a kid 12 Accordyng to the nōber that ye prepare to offer so shal ye do to euerie one according to their nomber 13 All that are borne of the countrey shall do these things thus to offer an offring made by fire of swete sauour vnto the Lord. 14 And if a stranger soiourne with you or who soeuer be among you in your generacions will make an offryng by fire of a swete sauour vnto the Lord as ye do so he shall do 15 * One ordināce shal be both for you of the Congregacion also for the stranger that dwelleth with you euen an ordinance for euer in your generacions as you are so shall the stranger be before the Lord. 16 One lawe one maner shall serue bothe for you and for the strāger that soiourneth with you 17 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 18 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them When ye become into the land to the which I bring you 19 And whē ye shal eat of the bread of the lād ye shal offer an heaue offring vnto the Lord. 20 Ye shal offer vp a cake of the first of your dowe for an heaue offring * as the heaue offring of the barne so ye shal lift it vp 21 Of the first of your dowe ye shal giue vnto the Lorde an heaue offring in your generacions 22 ¶ And if ye haue erred and not obserued al these commandementes whiche the Lorde hathe spoken vnto Mosés 23 Euen all that the Lord hathe commanded you by the hand of Mosés from the first day that the Lord commanded Mosés henceforward among your generacions 24 And if so be that ought be cōmitted ignorantly of the Congregacion then all the Congregacion shall giue a bullocke for a burnt offring for a swete sauour vnto the Lord with the meat offring and drinke offring thereto according to the * maner and an he go at for a sin offring 25 And the Priest shall make an atonement for all the Congregacion of the children of Israél and it shal be forgiuen thē for it is igno rance and they shall bryng their offryng for an offring made by fire vnto the Lorde and their sinne offring before the Lord for their ignorance 26 Then it shal be forgiuen all the Congregacion of the children of Israél the stranger that dwelleth among them for al the people were in ignorance 27 ¶ * But if anie one personne sinne through ignorance then he shal bring a she go at of a yere olde for a sinne offring 28 And the Priest shal make an atonement for the ignorant personne when he sinneth by ignorance before the Lord to make reconciliacion for him it shal be forgiuen him 29 He that is borne among the children of Israél and the stranger that dwelleth among thē shal haue bothe one lawe who so doeth sinne by ignorance 30 ¶ But the persone that doeth ought presumptuously whether he be borne in the land or a strāger the same blasphemeth the Lorde therefore that 〈◊〉 shal be cut of from among his people 31 Because he hath dispised the worde of the Lord and hathe broken his commandement that persone shal be vtterly cut of his iniqui tie shal be vpon him 32 ¶ And while the children of Israél were in the wildernes they founde a man that gathe red stickes vpon the Sabbath day 33 And they that foūde him gathering stickes broght him vnto Mosés and to Aarón and vnto all the Congregacion 34 And they put him in * warde for it was not declared what shulde be done vnto him 35 Then the Lorde said vnto Mosés This man shall dye the death and let all the multitude stone him with stones without the hoste 36 And all the Congregacion broght hym without the hoste and stoned hym with stones and he dyed as the Lord had commanded Mosés 37 ¶ And the Lord speake vnto Mosés saying 38 Speake vnto the children of Israél and byd them that they * make thē fringes vpon the borders of their garments throughout their generacions and put vpon the frings of the borders a rybande of blewe silke 39 And shal haue the frings that when ye loke vpon then ye may
remember all the commandementes of the Lord and dothē and that ye seke not after your owne heart nor after your owne eies after the which ye go a whoring 40 That ye may remember and do al my commandements and be holy vnto your God 41 I am the Lord your God which broght you out of the land of Egypt to be your God I am the Lord your God CHAP. XVI 1 The rebellion of Korah Dathán Abrám 31 Kórah his companie perisheth 41 The people the next day mur mure 49. 14700. are slaine for murmuring 1 NOw * Kórah the sonne of Izhār the sonne of Koháth the sonne of Leui went a parte with Dathán and Abirám the sonnes sonnes of Eliáb and On the sonne of Péleth the sonnes of Reubén 2 And they rose vp against Mosés with certeine of the children of Israél two hundreth and fiftie captaines of the assemblie * famous in the Congregacion and men of renoume 3 Who gathered thē selues together against Mosés and against Āarón and said vnto thē Ye take to muche vpon you seing all the Congregacion is holy euerie one of them and the Lord is among them wherfore thē lift ye your selues aboue the Congregacion of the Lord 4 But when Mosés heard it he fel vpon hys face 5 And spake to Kōrah vnto al his companie saying Tomorowe the Lord wil shewe who is his and who is holy who ought to approche nere vnto him whome he hathe chosen he wil cause to come nere to him 6 This do therefore Take you censers both Kōrah and all his companie 7 And put fire therein and put in cens in them before the Lorde tomorowe and the man whome the Lorde doeth chose the same shal be holy ye take to muche vpon you ye sonnes of Leui. 8 Againe Mosés said vnto Kōrah Heare I pray you ye sonnes of Leui. 9 Semeth it a smal thing vnto you that the God of Israél hathe separated you from the multitude of Israél to take you nere to him self to do the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Lord and to stand before the Congregaciō and to minister vnto them 10 He hathe also taken thee to him al thy brethren the sonnes of Leui with thee and seke ye the office of the Priest also 11 For which cause thou and all thy companie are gathered together against the Lord and what is Aarōn that ye murmure against him 12 ¶ And Mosés sent to call Dathán Abirám the sonne of Eliáb who answered We will not come vp 13 Is it a small thyng that thou hast broght vs out of a land that floweth with milke and hony to kil vs in the wildernes except thou make thy selfe Lord and ruler ouer vs also 14 Also thou hast not broght vs vnto a lande that floweth with milke honie nether giuen vs inheritance of fieldes and viney ardes wilt thou put out the eies of these men we wil not come vp 15 Then Mosés waxed verie angrie and said vn to the Lord * Loke not vnto their offryng I haue not taken so muche as an asse frō them nether haue I hurte anie of them 16 And Mosés said vnto Kōrah Bethou and al thy cōpanie before the Lord both thou they and Aarōn tomorowe 17 And take euerie man his censor and put incens in them and bryngye euerie man his censor before the Lorde two hundreth and fiftie censors thou also and Aarōn euerie one his censor 18 So they toke euerie man his censor and put fire in them laied incens thereon stode in the dore of the Tabernacle of the Cōgregacion with Mosés and Aarôn 19 And Kōrah gathered all the multitude against thē vnto the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion then the glorie of the Lord appeared vnto all the Congregacion 20 And the Lorde speake vnto Mosés and to Aarón saying 21 Separate your selues frō amōg this Congre gacion that I may consume thē atonce 22 And they fell vpon their faces and said O God the God of the spirits of al flesh hath not one man onely sinned and wilt thou be wrath with all the Congregacion 23 And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 24 Speake vnto the Congregacion and say Get you away from about the Tabernacle of Kórah Dathán and Abirám 25 Then Mosés rose vp went vnto Dathán and Abiram the Elders of Israél followed him 26 And he spake vnto the Congregacion saying Departe I pray you from the tentes of these wicked men and touche nothing of theirs lest ye perish in all their sinnes 27 So they gate them away frō the Tabernacle of Kôrah Dathán Abirám on euerie side and Dathán and Abirám came out stode in the dore of their tentes with their wiues and their sonnes and their litle children 28 And Mosés said Hereby ye shall knowe that the Lorde hathe sent me to do all these workes for I haue not done them of mine owne minde 29 If these men dye the commune death of all men or if they be visited after the visitacion of all men the Lord hath not sent me 30 But if the Lorde make a newe thing and the earth open her mouth swalow thē vp with all that they haue and they go downe quicke into the pit thē ye shal vnderstand that these men haue prouoked the Lord. 31 ¶ And as sone as he had made an end of spaking all these wordes euen the grounde claue a sunder that was vnder them 32 And the earth * opened her mouthe and swalowed them vp with their families and all the men thet were with Kórah and all their goods 33 So they and all that they had went downe aliue into the pit the earth couered thē so they perished frō among the Congregacion 34 And al Israél that were about them fled at the crye of thē for thei said Let vs 〈◊〉 lest the earth swalo we vs vp 35 But there came out a fire from the Lord consumed the two hundreth and fiftie men that offred the incens 36 ¶ And the Lord speake vnto Mosés saying 37 Speake vnto Eleazár the sonne of Aaron the Priest that he take vp the censers out of the burning āds kater the fire beyonde the altar for they are halowed 38 The censers I say of these sinners that destroyed them selues let them make of thē broad plates for a couering of the Altar for they offred thē before the Lord therfore they shal be holy and they shal be a signe vn to the children of Israél 39 Thē Eleazár the Priest toke the brasen censers which they that were burnt had offred and made broad plates of them for a couering of the Altar 40 It is a remembrance vnto the children of Israél that no stranger whiche is not of the sede of Aaron come nere to offer incens before the Lorde that he be
seuenth day and he shal purifie him selfe the seuenth day and wash his clothes and wash him self in water and shal be cleane at euen 20 But the man that is vncleane and purifieth not himselfe that persone shal be cut of frō among the Congregacion because he hathe defiled the Sanctuarie of the Lord and the sprinkling water hathe not bene sprinkled vpon him therefore shal he be vncleane 21 And it shal be a perpetual lawe vnto them that he that sprinkleth the sprinkling water shal wash his clothes also he that toucheth the sprinkling water shal be vncleane vntil euen 22 And whatsoeuer the vncleane persone toucheth shal be vncleane ād the persone that toucheth him shal be vncleane vntil the euen CHAP. XX. 1 Miriám dyeth 2 The people murmure 8 They haue water out of the rocke 14. 〈◊〉 denyeth the Israelites passage 25. 28 The death of Aarón in whose rowme Eleazár succedeth 1 THen the children of Iraél came with the whole Congregacion to the desert of 〈◊〉 in the first moneth and the people abode at Kadésh where Miriám dyed and was buryed there 2 But there was no water for the Congregacion and they assembled thē selues against Mosés and against Aarón 3 And the people chode with Mosés and spake saying Wolde God we had perished * when our brethren dyed before the Lord. 4 * Why haue ye thus broght the congregacion of the Lord vnto this wildernes that both we and our cattel shulde dye there 5 Wherefore now haue ye made vs to come vp from Egypt to bring vs into this miserable place which is no place of sede nor figs nor vines nor pomgranates nether is there anie water to drinke 6 Then Mosés and Aarón went from the assem blie vnto the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and fel vpon their faces and the glorie of the Lord appeared vnto them 7 And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 8 Take the rod and gather thou and thy bro ther Aarón the Congregacion together and speake ye vnto the rocke before their eies and it shal giue forthe his water and thou shalt bring them water out of the rocke so thou shalt giue the Congregacion and their beastes drinke 9 Then Mosés toke the rod from before the Lord as he had commanded him 10 And Mosés and Aarón gathered the Congregacion together before the rocke and Moses sayd vnto thē Heare now yerebels shal we bring you water out of this rocke 11 Then Mosés lift vp his hand and with his rod he smote the rocket wise and the water came out abundantly so the Congregacion and their beasts dranke 12 ¶ Agayne the Lord spake vnto Mosés and to Aarón Because ye beleued me not to sanctifie me in the presence of the children of Israél therefore ye shal not bring this Congregacion into the land which I haue giuen them 13 This is the water of Meribáh because the children of Israél stroue with the Lord and he was sanctified in them 14 ¶ Then Mosés sent messengers from Kadésh vnto the King of Edôm saying Thus saith thy brother Israél Thou knowest all the trauaile that we haue had 15 How our fathers went downe into Egypt we dwelt in Egypt a long time where the Egyptians handled vs euill and our fathers 16 But when we cryed vnto the Lord he heard our voyce and sent an Angel hath broght vs out of Egypt beholde we are in the citie Kadésh in thine vtmost boader 17 I pray thee that we may passe through thy countrey we wil not go through the fieldes 〈◊〉 the vineyardes nether wil we drinke of the water of the welles we will go by the kynges way and nether turne vnto the right hand nor to the left vntill we be past thy borders 18 And Edóm answered him Thou shalt not passe by me lest I come out against thee with the sworde 19 Then the children of Israél said vnto hym We wil go vp by the hie way and if I and my cattel drinke of thy water I will then paye for it I will onely without anie harme go through on my fete 20 He answered againe Thou shalt not go through Thē Edōm came out against hym with much people with a mighty power 21 Thus Edóm denied to giue Israél passage through his countrie wherefore Israél turned way from him 22 ¶ And when the children of Israél with all the Congregacion departed from * Kadésh they came vnto the mount Hor. 23 And the Lord spake vnto Mosês and to Aarón in the mount Hor nere the coste of the land of Edôm saying 24 Aarôn shal be gathered vnto his people for he shall not entre into the land whiche I haue giuen vnto the children of Israél because ye disobeied my commandement at the water of Meribáh 25 Take * Aarón and Eleazár his sonne and bring them vp into the mount Hor. 26 And cause Aarôn to put of his garments and put them vpon Eleazár his sonne for Aarón shall be gathered to his fathers and shall dye there 27 And Mosés did as the Lord had cōmanded and thei went vp into the mount Hor in the sight of all the Congregacion 28 And Mosés put of Aarons clothes put thē vpō Eleazar his sonne * so Aaron dyed there in the top of the mount and Mosés Eleazár came downe from of the mount 29 When al the Cōgregacion sawe that Aarôn was dead all the house of Israél wept for Aarón thirtie dayes CHAP. XXI 3 Israél vainquisheth King Arád 6 The firy serpentes are sent for the rebellion of the people 24. 33 Sihón and Og are ouercome in battel 1 WHen King * Arâd the Canaanite which dwelt toward the South heard tel that Israél came by the waie of the spies then foght he against Israél toke of them prisoners 2 So Israél vowed a vowe vnto the Lord and said If thou wilt deliuer and giue this people into mine hand thē I wil vtterly destroye their cities 3 And the Lord heard the voyce of Israél and deliuered them the Canaanites and they vtterly destroyed them and their cities and called the name of the place Hormáh 4 ¶ After they departed from the mount Hor by the way of the red Sea to compasse the land of Edóm and the people were sore grie ued because of the way 5 And the people spake against God and against Mosés saying Wherefōre haue ye broght vs out of Egypt to dye in the wildernes for here is nether bread nor water and our soule * lotheth this light bread 6 * Wherefore the Lord sent firy serpentes among the people which stong the people so that manie of the people of Israél dyed 7 Therefore the people came to Mosés and said We haue sinned for we haue spoken against the Lord and against thee praye to the Lord
heare him nether shall thine eye pitie him nor shewe mercie nor kepe him secret 9 But thou shalt euē kill him thine hād shal be first vpon him to put him to death thē the hands of all the people 10 And thou shalt stone him with stones that he dye because he hathe gone about to thrust thee away from the Lord thy GOD which broght thee out of the land of Egipt from the house of bondage 11 That * all Israél may heare and feare and do no more anie such wickednes as this among you 12 ¶ If thou shalt heare say concernyng anie of thy cities which the Lord thy God hathe giuen thee to dwelin 13 Wicked men are gone out from among you haue drawen away the inhabitants of their citie saying Let vs go and serue other gods which ye haue not knowen 14 Then thou shalt seke make searche enquire diligently and if it be true and the thing certeine that suche abominacion is wroght among you 15 Thou shalt euē slaye the inhabitāts of that citie with the edge of the sworde destroy it vtterly and al that is therein and the cattell thereof with the edge of the sworde 16 And thou shalt gather all the spoile of it into the middes of the strete therof burne with fire the citie all the spoile thereof euerie whit vnto the Lorde thy God and it shal be an heape for euer it shall not be built againe 17 And there shal cleaue nothing of the dam ned thing to thine hand that the Lord maye turne from the fearcenes of his wrath and shewe thee mercie ād haue compassion on thee and multiplie thee as he hathe sworne vnto thy fathers 18 * When thou shalt obey the voyce of the Lord thy God and kepe all his commandements which I commande thee this day that thou do that which is right in the eies of the Lord thy God CHAP. XIIII 1 The maners of the Gentiles in marking thē selues for the dead may not be followed 4 What meates are cleane to be eaten and what not 29 The tithes for the Leuites stranger fatherles and widowe 1 YEare the children of the Lord your God * Ye shall not cut your selues nor make you anie bladnes betwene your eies for the dead 2 * For thou art an holy people vnto the Lord thy God and the Lord hathe chosen thee to be a precious people vnto him selfe aboue all the people that are vpon the earth 3 ¶ Thou shalt eat no maner of abominaciō 4 These are beasts whiche ye shal 〈◊〉 the befe the shepe and the goat 5 The hart and the roe bucke and the bugle and the wilde goat and the vnicorne the wilde oxe and the chamois 6 And euerie beast that parteth the hoofe and cleaueth the clift into two clawes and is of the beasts that cheweth the cud that shall ye eat 7 But these ye shal not eat of thē that chewe the cud and of them that deuide cleaue the hoofe onely the camel nor the hare nor the cony for they chewe the cud but deuide not the hoofe therfore they shal be vncleane vnto you 8 Also the swine because he deuideth the hoofe and cheweth not the cud shal be vncleane vnto you ye shal not eat of their flesh nor touche their dead cark eises 9 ¶ * These ye shal eat of al that are in the waters all that haue finnes scales shall ye eat 10 And whatsoeuer hath no finnes nor scales ye shall not eat it shal be vncleane vnto you 11 ¶ Of all cleane birdes ye shall eat 12 But these are they where of ye shall not eat the egle nor the goshawke nor the osprey 13 Nor the glead nor the kite nor the vulture after their kinde 14 Nor all kinde of rauens 15 Nor the ostriche nor the night crowe nor the semeaw nor the hawke after her kinde 16 Nether the litle owle nor the greate owle nor the redshanke 17 Nor the pellicane nor the swanne nor the cormorant 18 The storcke also the heron in his kinde nor the lap wing nor * the backe 19 And euerie creping thing that flieth shal be vncleane vnto you it shal not be eaten 20 But of all cleane foules ye may eat 21 Ye shall eat of nothing that dyeth alone but thou shalt giue it vnto the strāger that is within thy gates that he may eat it or thou maiest sel it vnto a strāger for thou art an ho ly people vnto the Lord thy God Thou shalt not * seeth a kid in his mothers milke 22 Thou shalt giue the tithe of al the increase of thy sede that commeth forth of the field yere by yere 23 And thou shalt eat before the Lorde thy God in the place whiche he shall chose to cause his Name to dwell there the tithe of thy corne of thy wine of thine oyle the first borne of thy kyne of thy shepe that thou maiest learne to feare the Lorde thy God alway 24 And if the way be to long for thee so that thou art not able to cary it because the place is far from thee where the Lord thy God shal chose to set his Name when the Lorde thy God shal blesse thee 25 Thē shalt thou make it in money and take the money in thine hand go vnto the place which the Lord thy God shal chose 26 And thou shalt bestow the money for what soeuer thine heart desireth whether it be oxe or shepe or wine or strong drinke or whatsoeuer thine heart desireth shalt eat it there before the Lord thy God reioyce bothe thou and thine housholde 27 And the Leuite that is within thy gates shalt thou not for sake for he hathe nether parte nor inheritance with thee 28 ¶ At the end of thre yere thou shalt bring for the all the tithes of thine encrease of the same yere and lay it vp with in thy gates 29 Then the Leuite shall come because he hathe no parte nor inheritance with thee the strāger the fatherles and the widowe whiche are within thy gates and shalt eat be filled that the Lord thy God may blesse thee in all the worke of thine hand whiche thou doest CHAP. XV. 1 The yere of releasing of debts 5 God blesseth them that kepe his commandements 7 To helpe the poore 12 The fredome of seruāts 19 The 〈◊〉 borne of the 〈◊〉 must be offred to the Lord. 1 AT the terme of seuen yeres thou shalt make a fredome 2 And this is the maner of the fredom euerie creditour shal quite the lone of his hād whi che he hathe sent to his neighbour he shall not aske it againe of his neighbour nor of his brother for the yere of the Lordes fredome is proclamed 3 Of a stranger thou maist require it but that which thou hast with thy brother
vnto this lande how fearce is this great wrath 25 And they shal answer Because they haue for sakē the couenant of the Lord God of their fathers which he had made with them whē he broght them out of the land of Egypt 26 And went and serued others gods and wor shipped thē euen gods which they knewe not and which had giuen them nothing 27 Therefore the wrath of the Lorde waxed hote agaynst this land to bring vpon it euerie curse that is written in this boke 28 And the Lorde hathe rooted them out of their land in angre and in wrath and in great indignacion and hathe caste them into another land as appeareth this day 29 The secret thyngs belong to the Lorde our God but the things reueiled belong vn to vs and to our children for euer that we may do all the wordes of this Law CHAP. XXX 1 Mercie shewed when they repent 6 The Lord doeth circumcise the heart 〈◊〉 All excuse of ignorance is taken away 19 Life and death is set before them 20 The Lorde is their life which obey him 1 NOw when all these things shall come vppō thee ether the blessing or the curse which I haue set before thee ād thou shalt turne into thine heart among all the naciōs whether the Lord thy God hath driuē thee 2 And shalt returne vnto the Lorde thy God and obey hys voyce in all that I commande thee this day thou and thy children with all thine heart and with all thy soule 3 Then the Lorde thy God will cause thy ' captiues to returne and haue compassion vpon thee and will returne to gather thee out of all the people where the Lord thy God had scatered thee 4 Thogh thou werest caste vnto the vtmost parte of heauen from thence will the Lord thy God gatherthee ād from thence wil he take thee 5 And the Lord thy God wil bring thee into the land which thy fathers possessed and thou shalt possesse it and he wil shewe thee fauour and wil multiplie thee aboue thy fathers 6 And the Lord thy God wil circumcise thine heart and the heart of thy sede that thou maist loue the Lord thy God with all thine heart and with all thy soule that thou maist liue 7 And the Lord thy God wil lay all these curses vpon thine enemies and on them that hate thee and that persecute thee 8 Returne thou therefore obey the voice of the Lord and do all his commandements which I commande thee this day 9 And the Lord thy God wil make thee plenteous in euerie worke of thine hand in the frute of thy body and in the frute of thy cattel and in the frute of the land for thy welth for the Lord wil turne againe and reioyce ouer thee to do thee good as he reioyced ouerthy fathers 10 Because thou shalt obey the voyce of the Lord thy God in keping his commandemēts and his ordinances which are written in the boke of this Lawe when thou shalt returne vnto the Lord thy God with all thine heart and with all thy soule 11 ¶ For this cōmandement which I commande thee this day is nothid frō thee nether is it farre of 12 It is not in heauen that thou shuldest say * Who shal go vp for vs to heauen and bring it vs and cause vs to heare it that we may do it 13 Nether is it beyonde the sea that thou shul dest say Who shal go ouer the sea for vs and bring it vs and cause vs to heare it that we may do it 14 But the worde is verie nere vnto thee euen in thy mouth and in thine heart for to do it 15 Beholde I haue set before thee this day life and good death and euil 16 In that I commande thee this day to loue the Lord thy God to walke in his wayes ād to kepe his commandements and his ordinances and his lawes that thou maiest liue and be multiplied and that the Lord thy God may blesse thee in the land whether thou goest to possesse it 17 But if thine heart turne away so that thou wilt not obey but shalt be seduced and wor ship other gods and serue them 18 I pronounce vnto you this day that ye shal surely perish ye shal not prolong your dayes in the land whether thou passest ouer Iordén to possesse it 19 * I call heauen and earth to recorde this day against you that I haue set before you life and death blessing and cursing therfore chose life that bothe thou and thy sede may liue 20 By louing the Lord thy God by obeying his voyce and by cleauing vnto him for he is thy life and the length of thy dayes that thou maist dwel in the land which the Lord sware vnto thy fathers Abrahám Izhák and Iaakób to giue him CHAP. XXXI 2. 7 Mosés preparing him selfe to dye appointeth 〈◊〉 to rule the people 9 He giueth the I 〈◊〉 to the Leuites that they shulde read it to the people 19 God giueth thē a song as a witnes betwene him and them 23 God 〈◊〉 Ioshúa 29 Mosés 〈◊〉 them that they wil rebel after his death 1 THen Mosés went and spake these wordes vnto all Israél 2 And said vnto them I am an hundreth and twentie yere olde this day I can no more go out and in also the Lord hathe said vnto me * Thou shalt not go ouer this Iordén 3 The Lord thy God he wil go ouer before thee he wil destroy these naciōs before thee and thou shalt possesse thē * Ioshúa he shal go before thee as the Lord hathe said 4 And the Lord shal do vnto them as he dyd to * Sihôn and to Og Kings of the Amorites and vnto their land whome he destroyed 5 And the Lord shal giue them before you that ye may do vnto them according vnto euerie * commandement which I haue cōmanded you 6 Plucke vp your hearts therefore and be strong dread not nor be afrayd of them for the Lord thy God him selfe doeth go with thee he wil not fayle thee nor forsake thee 7 ¶ And Mosés called 〈◊〉 and said vnto him in the sight of all Israél Be of a good courage and strong for thou shalt go with this people vnto the land which the Lord hathe sworne vnto their fathers to giue thē and thou shalt giue it them to inherit 8 And the Lord him selfe 〈◊〉 go before thee he wil be with thee he wil not fayle thee nether forsake thee feare not 〈◊〉 re nor be discomforted 9 ¶ And Mosés wrote this Lawe and deliuered it vnto the Priestes the sonnes of Leui which bare the Arke of the couenāt of the Lord and vnto all the Elders of Israél 10 And Mosés cōmanded them saying * Euerie seuenth yere* when the yere of fredome shal be in the feast of the 〈◊〉 11 When
all Israél shal come to appeare befo re the Lord thy God in the place which he shal chose thou shalt read this Lawe before all Israél that they may heare it 12 Gather the people together men and women and children and thy stranger that is within thy gates that they may heare and that they may learne and feare the Lord your God and kepe and obserue all the wordes of this Lawe 13 And that their children which haue not knowē it may heare it learne to feare the Lord your God as long as ye liue in the land whether ye go ouer Iordén to possesse it 14 ¶ Then the Lord said vnto Mosés Beholde thy dayes are come that thou must dye Call Ioshúa and stand ye in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion that I may giue him a charge so Mosés and Ioshúa went and stode in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 15 And the Lord appeared in the Tabernacle in the piller of a cloude and the piller of the cloude stode ouer the dore of the Tabernacle 16 ¶ And the Lord said vnto Mosés Beholde thou shalt slepe with thy fathers and this people wil rise vp and go a whoring after the gods of a strange land whether they go to dwel therein and wil forsake me breake my couenāt which I haue made with them 17 Wherefore my wrath wil waxe hote against them at that day and I wil forsake them and wil hide my face from thē then they shal be consumed and many aduersities and tribula cions shal come vpon them so then they wil say Are not these troubles come vpon me because God is not with me 18 But I wil surely hide my face in that day because of all the euil which they shal commit in that they are turned vnto other gods 19 Now therefore write ye this song for you and teache it the children of Israél put it in their mouthes that this song may be my witnes against the children of Israél 20 For I wil bring them into the land which I sware vnto their fathers that floweth with milke and honie and they shal eat and fil them selues and waxe fat then shal they turne vnto other gods and serue them and contemne and breake my couenant 21 And then when manie aduersities and tribulacions shal come vpon them this song shal answer them to their face as a witnes for it shal not be forgotten out of the mouthes of their posteritie for I knowe their imaginacion which they go about enē now before I haue broght them into the land which I sware 22 ¶ Mosés therefore wrote this song the same day and taught it the children of Israél 23 And God gaue Ioshúa the sonne of Nun a charge and said * Be strong and of a good courage for thou shalt bring the children of Israél into the land which I sware vnto thē and I wil be with thee 24 ¶ And when Mosés had made an end of writing the wordes of this Lawe in a boke vntil he had finished them 25 Then Mosés cōmanded the Leuites which barethe Arke of the couenant of the Lord saying 26 Take the boke of this Law and putye it in the side of the Arke of the couenant of the Lord your God that it may be there for a witnes against thee 27 For I knowethy rebellion thy stiffe necke beholde I being yet aliue with you this day ye are rebellious against the Lord how muche more then after my death 28 Gather vnto me all the Elders of your tribes and your officers that I may speake these wordes in their audience and call heauen and earth to recorde against them 29 For I am sure that after my death ye wil vtterly be corrupt and turne from the way which I haue commanded you therefore euil wil come vpon you at the length because ye wil commit euil in the sight of the Lord by prouoking him to angre through the worke of your handes 30 Thus Mosés spake in the audience of all the Congregacion of Israél the wordes of this song vntil he had ended them CHAP. XXXII 7 The song of Mosés conteining Gods benefites toward the people 15 And their in gratitude toward him 20 God menaceth them 21 And speaketh of the vocation of the Gentiles 46 Mosés commandeth to teache the Lawe to the children 48 God fore warneth Mosés of his death 1 HEarkenye heauens and I wil speake and let the earth heare the wordes of my mouth 2 My doctrine shal drop as the raine and my speache shal stil as doeth the dewe as the shoure vpon the herbes and as the great raine vpon the grasse 3 For I wil publishe the Name of the Lord giue ye glorie vnto our God 4 Perfect is the worke of the mighty God for all his wayes are iudgement God is true and without wickednes iust and righteous is he 5 They haue corrupted them selues toward him by their vice not being his children but a frowarde and crooked generacion 6 Do ye so rewarde the Lord ô foolish people and vnwise is not he thy father that hathe boght thee he hathe made thee and proportioned thee 7 ¶ Remember the dayes of olde consider the yeres of so manie generacions aske thy father and he wil shewe thee thine Elders they wil tel thee 8 When the most 〈◊〉 God deuided to the 〈◊〉 cions their inheritance when he separated the sonnes of Adám he appointed the borders of the people according to the nomber of the children of Israél 9 For the Lords porciō is his people Iaakób is the lot of his inheritance 10 He founde him in the land of the wildernes in a waste and roaring wildernes he led him about he taugh thim and kept him as the apple of his eye 11 As an egle stereth vp her nest flotereth ouer her birdes stretcheth out her wings taketh them and beareth them on her wings 12 So the Lord alone led him and there was no strange god with him 13 He caried him vp to the hie places of the earth that he might eat the frutes of the fields and he caused him to sucke hony out of the stone and oyle out of the hard rocke 14 Butter of kine and milke of shepe with fat of the lambs and rams fed Bashán and goates wyth the fat of the graynes of wheat and the red licour of the 〈◊〉 haste thou dronke 15 ¶ But he that shulde haue bene vpryght when he waxed fat spurned wyth hys hele thou att fat thou art grosse thou art laden with fatnes therfore he forsoke God that made him and regarded not the strong God of his saluacion 16 They prouoked hym with strange gods they prouoked hym to angre wyth abominacions 17 They offred vnto deuils not to God but to gods whom they knew not newe gods that came newly vp whome theyr fathers feared not 18 Thou
other thre bokes of Moses 40. Ioshúa 27. So the whole maketh 2597 yeres CHAP. I. 2 The Lord incourageth Ioshua to inuade the lād 4. The borders and limites of the land of the Israelites 5 The Lord promiseth to assist Ioshua if he obey his worde 11. Ioshua commandeth the people to prepare them selues to passe ouer Iordén 12 And exhorteth the Reubenites to execute their charge 1 〈◊〉 after the death of Mosés the seruāt of the Lord the Lord spake vnto Ioshúa the sonne of Nun Mosés minister saying 2 Mosés my sernant is dead now therefore arise go ouer this Iordén thou and all this people vnto the land which I giue them that is to the children of Israél 3 * Euerie place that the sole of your fote shal treade vpon haue I giuen you as I said vnto Mosés 4 * From the wildernes and this Lebánón euen vnto the great Riuer the riuer Peráth all the land of the Hittites euen vnto the great sea toward the going downe of the sunne shal be your coast 5 There shal not a man be able to withstand thee all the dayes of thy life as I was with Mosés so wil I be with thee * I wil not lea ue thee nor forsake thee 6 Be strong and of a good courage for vnto this people shalt thou deuide the land for an inheritance which I sware vnto their fathers to giue them 7 Onely be thou strong and of a moste valiant courage that thou maiest obserue and do according to all the' Lawe which Mosés my seruant hathe commanded thee * thou shalt not turne away from it to the right hād nor to the left that thou maiest prosper whethersoeuer thou goest 8 Let not this boke of the Lawe departe out of thy mouth but meditate therein day and night that thou maiest obserue and do according to all that is writtē therein for then shalt thou make thy way prosperous then shalt thou haue good successe 9 Haue not I commanded thee saying Be strong and of a good courage feare not nor be discouraged for I the Lord thy God wil be with thee whethersoeuer thou goest 10 ¶ Then Ioshúa commanded the officers of the people saying 11 Passe through the hoste and commande the people saying Prepare you vitailes for after thre daies ye shal passe ouer this Iordē to go in to possesse the land which the Lord your God giueth you to possesse it 12 ¶ And vnto the Reubenites and to the Gadites to halfe the tribe of 〈◊〉 spake Ioshúa saying 13 * Remēber the worde which Mosés the ser uant of the Lorde commanded you saying The Lord your God hathe giuen you rest hathe giuen you this land 14 ¶ Your wiues your children your cattel shall remaine in the land which Mosés gaue you on this side Iordén but ye shal go ouer before your brethren armed all that be men of warre and shal helpe them 15 Vntill the Lord haue giuen your brethren rest as well as to you and vntil they also shall possesse the land which the Lord your God giueth thē then shal ye returne vnto the land of your possession shal possesse it whiche land Mosés the Lords 〈◊〉 gaue you on this side 〈◊〉 towarde the sunne rising 16 Then they answered Ioshúa saying Al that thou hast commanded vs we wil do whethersoeuer thou sendest vs we wil go 17 As we obeyed Mosés in all things so will we obey thee onely the Lord thy GOD be with thee as he was with Mosés 18 Whosoeuer shal rebelle against thy cōman dement wil not obey thy wordes in al that thou cōmandest him let him be put to death onely be strong and of good courage CHAP. II. 1 Ioshúa sendeth mē to spie 〈◊〉 whome Raháb hideth 11 She consesseth the God of Israél 12 She requireth a signe for 〈◊〉 deliuerance 21 The spies returne to Ioshúa with comfortable tidings 1 THen Ioshúa the sonne of Nun sent out of Shittim two men to spie secretly saying Go ve we the land also Ierichó and they went and * came into an harlots house named Raháb and lodged there 2 Then reporte was made to the Kyng of Ierichó saying Beholde there came men hether to night of the children of Israél to spie out the countrey 3 And the King of Ierichô sent vnto Rahāb saying Bring forth the men that are come to thee and whiche are entred into thine house for they be come to searche out all the land 4 But the woman had taken the two men hid them Therefore said she thus There came men vnto me but I wist not whence they were 5 And when they shut the gate in the darcke the men went out whether the men went I wote not followe ye after thē quickely for ye shall ouertake them 6 But she had broght thē vp to the roofe of the house and hyd them with the stalkes of flaxe whiche she had spread abroade vpon the roofe 7 And certeine men pursued after them the way to Iordén vnto the fourdes and assone as thei which pursued after them were gone out thei shut the gate 8 ¶ And before thei were a slepe she came vp vnto them vpon the roofe 9 And said vnto the men I knowe that the Lord hathe giuen you the land and that the feare of you is fallen vpon vs and that all the inhabitants of the land faint because of you 10 For we haue heard how the Lord * dryed vp the water of the read Sea before you whē you came out of Egypt and what you did vnto the two Kings of the Amorites that were on the other side Iordén vnto * Sihōn and to Og whome ye vtterly destroyed 11 And whē we hearde it our heartes did faint and there remained no more courage in anie because of you for the Lord your God he is the God in heauen aboue and in earth beneth 12 Now therefore I pray you sweare vnto me by the Lord that as I haue shewed you mercie ye wil also shewe mercie vnto my fathers house and giue me a true token 13 And that ye wil saue aliue my father and my mother and my brethren and my sisters and all that thei haue and that ye wil deliuer our soules from death 14 And the men answered her Our life for you to dye if ye vtter not this 〈◊〉 busines when the Lord hathe giuen vs the land we wil deale mercifully and truely with thee 15 Thē she let them downe by a corde through the windowe for her house was vpon the towne wall and she dwelt vpon the wall 16 And she said vnto them Go you into the mountaine lest the pursuers mete with you and hyde your selues there thre daies vntil the pursuers be returned thē afterward may ye go your way 17 And the men
Lorde raised vp Iudges whiche deliuered them out of the hands of their oppressers 17 But yet they wolde not obey their Iudges for they went a whoring after other gods worshipped them and turned quickely out of the way wherein their fathers walked obeying the commandements of the Lord they did not so 18 And when the Lord had raised them vp Iud ges the Lord was with the Iudge and deliue red them out of the hand of their enemies al the daies of the Iudge for the Lord had cōpassions of their gronings because of thē that oppressed them and tormented them 19 Yet * when the Iudge was dead thei returned and did worse then their fathers in fol lowing other gods to serue thē and worship them thei ceased not from their owne inuen cions nor from their rebellious way 20 Wherefore the wrath of the Lord was kinled against Israél and he said Because this people hathe transgressed my couenant which I commāded their fathers and hathe not obeyed my voyce 21 Therefore wil I no more cast out before them any of the nacions Ioshúa which left when he dyed 22 That through them I may proue Israél whether they wil kepe the way of the Lord to walke therein as their fathers kept it or not 23 So the Lord left those nacions and droue them not out immediatly nether deliuered them into the hand of Ioshúa CHAP. III. 1 The Canaanites were left to trye Israél 9 Othniél deliuereth Israél 21 Ehúd killeth King Eglón 31 Shamigár killeth the Philistims 1 THese now are the nacions which the Lord left that he might proue Israél by them euen as many of Israel as had not knowen all the warres of Canâan 2 Onely to make the generacions of the children of Israél to knowe and to teache them warre which douteles their predessessors knewe not 3 Fiue princes of the Philistims and all the Ca naanites and the Sidonians and the Hiuites that dwelt in mount Lebanôn from mount Báal hermôn vnto one come to Hamáth 4 And these remained to proue Israél by them to wit whether thei wolde obey the cōman dements of the Lord which he commanded their fathers by the hand of Mosés 5 And the children of Israél dwelt among the Canaanites the Hittites and the Amorites and the Perizzites and the Hiuites and the Iebusites 6 And thei toke their daughters to be their wiues and gaue their daughters to their son nes and serued their gods 7 ¶ So the childrē of Israél did wickedly in the sight of the Lord and forgate the Lord their God and serued Baalim and Asheróth 8 Therefore the wrath of the Lord was kindled against Israél ād he solde them into the hand of Chushán rishatháim King of Arám naharáim and the children of Israél serued Chushán rishatháim eight yeres 9 And when the children of Israél cryed vnto the Lord the Lord stirred vp a sauiour to the children of Israél and he saued them euen Othniél the sonne of Kenáz Calebs yonger brother 10 And the Spirit of the Lord came vpon him and he iudged Israél and went out to warre and the Lord deliuered Chushán rishatháim King of Arám into his hand and his hand Preuailed against Chushân rishatháim 11 So the land hadrest fourtie yeres and Othniêl the sonne of Kenáz dyed 12 ¶ Thē the children of Israél againe commit ted wickednes in the sight of the Lord and the Lord strēgthened Eglôn King of Moáb against Israél because thei had committed wickednes before the Lord. 13 And he gathered vnto him the children of Ammôn and Amalék and went and smote Israél thei possessed the citie of palmetrees 14 So the children of Israél serued Eglón King of Moáb eightene yeres 15 But when the children of Israél cryed vnto the Lord the Lord stirred them vp a sauiour Ehúd the sonne of Gerá the sonne of Iemni a man lame of his righthand and the children of Israél sent a present by him vnto Eglôn King of Moáb 16 And Ehúd made him a dagger with two edges of a cubite length and he did girde it vnder his rayment vpon his right thigh 17 And he presented the gift vnto Eglon King of Moáb and Eglôn was a very fatman 18 And when he had now presented the present he sent away the people that bare the present 19 But he turned againe from the quarris that whereby Gilgál and said I haue a secret errand vnto thee ô King Who said Kepe silence and all that stode about him went out from him 20 Then Ehúd came vnto him and he sate alone in a somer parler which he had and Ehúd said I haue a message vnto thee from God Then he arose out of his throne 21 And Ehud put for the his lefthand and toke the dagger from his right thigh and thrust it into his belly 22 So that the hafte went in after the blade and the fat closed about the blade so that he colde not drawe the dagger out of his belly but the dirt came out 23 Then Ehúd gate him out into the porche and shut the dores of the parler vpon him and locked them 24 And when he was gone out his seruants came whoseing that the dores of the parler were locked thei said Surely he doeth his easement in his somer chambre 25 And thei taryed til thei were ashamed and seing he opened not the dores of the parler theitoke the key and opened thē beholde their lord was fallen dead on the earth 26 So Ehúd escaped while thei taryed was passed the quarris and escaped vnto Seirâth 27 And when he came home he blewe a trumpet in mount Ephráim and the childrē of Israél went downe with him from the mo untaine and he went before them 28 Then said he vnto them Followe me for the Lord hathe deliuered your enemies euen Moáb into your hand So they went downe after him and toke the passages of Iordén toward Moáb and suffred not a man to passe ouer 29 And they slew of the Moabites the same time about ten thousand men all fed men and all were warriours and there escaped not a man 30 So Moâb was sub dued that day vnder the hand of Israél and the land had rest fourescore yeres 31 ¶ And after him was Shamgár the sonne of Anáth which slewe of the Philistims sixe hundreth men with an oxe goade and he also deliuered Israél CHAP. IIII. 1 Israél sinne and are giuen into the hands of Iabie 4 De boráh iudgeth Israél and exhorteth Barak to deliuer the people 15 Sisera fleeth 17 And is killed by Iaél 1 ANd the children of Israél began againe to do wickedly in the sight of the Lord when 〈◊〉 was dead 2 And the Lord solde them into the hand of Iabin King of Canáan that reigned in Hazôr whose chief captaine was called Siserá which
and I wil wipe Ierusalém as a man wipeth a dish which he wipeth and turneth it vpside downe 14 And I wil forsake the remnant of mine inheritance and deliuer them into the hand of their enemies and the shal be robbed and spoiled of all their aduersaries 15 Because they haue done euil in my sight and haue prouoked me to angre since the time their fathers came out of Egypt vntil this day 16 Moreouer Manasséh 〈◊〉 innocent blood exceding muche til her eplenished Ierusalém from corner to corner beside his sinne where with he made Iudáh to sinne and to do euil in the sight of the Lord. 17 Concerning the rest of the actes of Manasséh and all that he did and his sinne that he sinned are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Iudáh 18 And 〈◊〉 slept with his fathers and was buryed in the garden of his owne house euen in the garden of Vzzá and Amón his sonne reigned in his steade 19 ¶ * Amon was two and twentie yere olde when he begā to reigne and he reigned two yere in Ierusalem his mothers name also was Meshullémeth the daughter of Harúz of Iotbáh 20 And he did euil in the sight of the Lord as his father Manasséh did 21 For he walked in all the waie that his father walked in and serued theidoles that his father serued and worshiped them 22 And he forsoke the Lord God of his fathers and walked not in the way of the Lord. 23 And the seruants of Amún conspired against him and slewe the King in his owne house 24 And the people of the land slewe all them that had conspired against King Amón and the people made Iosiáh his sonne King in his steade 25 Concerning the rest of the actes of Amón which he did are they not writē in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Iudáh 26 And they buryed him in his sepulchre in the gardē of Vzzá and Iosiáh his sonnes reigned in his steade CHAP. XXII 4 Iosiáh repareth the Temple 8 Helkiáh findeth the boke of the Lawe and causeth it to be presented to Iosiáh 12. who sendeth to Huldah the prophetesse to inquire the Lords wil. 1 IOsiáh was * eight yere olde when he began to reigne and he reigned one and thirtie yere in Ierusalém His mothers name also was Iedidáh the daughter of Adaiáh of Bozcáth 2 And he did vprightly in the sight of the Lord and walked in all the wayes of Dauid his father and bowed nether to the right hand nor to the left 3 ¶ And in the eightenth yere of King Iosiáh the King sent Shaphán the sonne of Azaliáh the sonne of Meshullám the chanceller to the house of the Lord saying 4 Go vp to Hilkiáh the hie Priest that he may summe the siluer which is broght into the house of the Lord which the kepers of the dore haue gathered of the people 5 And let them deliuer it into the hand of them that do the worke and haue the ouer sight of the house of the Lord let them giue it to them that worke in the house of the Lord to repaire the decaied places of the house 6 To wit vnto the artificers and carpenters and masons and to bie tymber and hewed stone to repaire the house 7 Howbeit let no rekenynge be made wyth them of the money that is deliuered into their hand for they deale faithfully 8 And Hilkiah the hie Priest sayd vnto Shaphan the chanceller I haue founde the boke of the Lawe in the house of the Lord and Hilkiah gaue the boke to Shaphan and he red it 9 So Shaphan the chāceller came to the King and broght him worde againe and sayd Thy seruauntes haue gathered the money that was founde in the house and haue deliuered it vnto the hands of thē that do the worke and haue the ouersight of the house of the Lorde 10 Also Shaphan the chanceller shewed the King saying Hilkiah the Priest hathe deliuered me a boke And Shaphan redit before the King 11 And when the King had heard the wordes of the boke of the Lawe he rent his clothes 12 Therefore the King commaunded Hilkiah the Priest and Ahikam the sonne of Shaphā and Achbor the sonne of Michaiah and Sha phan the chanceller and Asahiah the Kings seruaunt saying 13 Go ye and inquire of the Lorde for me and for the people and for all Iudah concernynge the wordes of thys boke that is founde for greate is the wrath of the Lorde that is kindled agaynste vs because our fathers haue not obeyed the wordes of thys boke to do accordyng vnto all that which is writen therein for vs. 14 ¶ So Hilkiáh the Priest and Ahikám and Achbór and Shaphán and Asahiáh went vnto Huldáh the Prophetesse the wife of Shallūm the sonne of Tikuáh the sonne of Harhás keper of the wardrobe and she dwelt in Ierusalém in the colledge and they communed with her 15 And she answered them Thus sayth the Lord God of Israél Tel the man that sent you to me 16 Thus sayth the Lord Beholde I wil bring euil vpon this place and on the inhabitans thereof euen all the wordes of the boke which the King of Iudáh hathe red 17 Because they haue forsaken me and haue burnt incense vnto other gods to anger me with all the workes of their hāds my wrath also shal be kindled against this place and shal not be quenched 18 But to the King of Iudáh who sent you to in quire of the lord so shal ye say vnto him Thus sayth the Lord GOD of Israél The wordes that thou hast heard shal come to passe 19 But because thine heart did melt and thou hast humbled thy selfe before the LORD when thou heardest what I spake against this place and against the inhabitants of the same to wit that it shulde be destroyed and accused and hast rent thy clothes and wept before me I haue also heard it sayth the Lord. 20 Beholde therefore I wil gather thee to thy fathers and thou shalt be putin thy graue in peace and thine eyes shal not se all the euil which I wil bring vpō this place Thus they broght the King worde againe CHAP. XXIII 2 Iosiáh readeth the Lawe before the people 3 He maketh a couenant with the Lord. 4 He putteth downe the idoles after he had killed their priests 〈◊〉 He kepeth Passeouer 24 He destroyeth the coniurers 29 He was killed in Megiddó 30 And his sonne Iehoaház reigneth in his steade 33 After he was taken his sonne Iehoiakim was made King 1 THen * the King sent and there gathered vnto him all the Elders of 〈◊〉 and of 〈◊〉 rusalém 2 And the King went vp into the house of the Lord with all the men of Iudáh and all the in habitāts of Ierusalém with him the Priests and Prophetes all the people bothe small great
you me 5 〈◊〉 you not to knowe that the Lorde GOD of Israél hathe giuen the kyngdome ouer Israél to Diuid for euer euen to him and to his sonnes by a couenant of salt 6 And Ieroboam the sonne of Nebat the seruant of Salomón the sonne of Dauid is risen vp and hathe * rebelled against his Lord. 7 And there are gathered to hym vaine men and wicked and made them selues strong agaynste Rehoboam the sonne of Salomón for Rehoboam was but a childe and * tender hearted and colde not resist them 8 Now therefore ye thinke that ye be able to resiste agaynste the kingdome of the Lorde whiche is in the handes of the sonnes of Dauid and ye be a great multitude and the golden calues are with you whyche Ieroboam made you for gods 9 * Haue ye not driuen awaye the Priestes of the Lorde the sonnes of Aaron and the Leuites and haue made you Priestes lyke the people of other countreis whosoeuer commeth to consecrate with a yong bullocke and seuen rams the same maye be a Priest of them that are no gods 10 But we belong vnto the Lord our God and haue not forsaken him and the Priestes the sonnes of Aaron minister vnto the Lord and the Leuites in their office 11 And they burne vnto the Lord euerie mor nyng and euerie euening burnt offrings and swete incense and the bread is set in order vpon the pure table and the candel sticke of golde with the lampes thereof 〈◊〉 burne eue rie euenyng for we kepe the watche of the Lord our God but ye haue forsaken him 12 And beholde this God is with vs as a captaine and hys Priestes with the soundyng trumpets to crye an alarme agaynst you O ye children of Israèl fight not agaynste the LORDE God of your fathers for ye shall not prosper 13 ¶ But Ieroboam caused an ambushment to compasse and come behinde them whē they were before Iudah and the ambushement behinde them 14 Then Iudah loked and beholde the battel was before and behinde them and they cryed vnto the Lorde and the Priests blewe with the trumpets 15 And the men of Iudah gaue a shoute and euen as the men of Iudah shouted GOD smote Ieroboam and also Israél before Abiiah and Iudah 16 And the children of Israél fled before Iudah and God 〈◊〉 thē into their hand 17 And Abiiah and hys people slewe a greate slaughter of them so that there fell downe wounded of Israél fiue hundreth thousand chosen men 18 So the children of Israél were broght vnder at that tyme and the children of Iudah preuailed because they stayed vpon the Lord God of their fathers 19 And Abiiah pursued after Ieroboam and toke cities from him euen Bethél and the villages thereof and Ieshanah with her villages and Ephron with her villages 20 And Ieroboam recouered no strength againe in the dayes of Abiiah but the Lorde plaged him and he dyed 21 So Abiaah waxed mightie ' and maried four tene wiues and begate two and twentie sonnes and sixtene daughters 22 The rest of the actes of Abiiah and his maners and hys sayings are writen in the storie of the Prophet Iddo CHAP. XIIII 3 Asa destroieth idolatrie and commandeth his people to serue the true God 11 He prayeth vnto God when he shulde go to fight 12 He 〈◊〉 the victorie 1 SO * Abiiah slept with his fathers and they buryed hym in the citie of Dauid and Asá hys sonne reygned in hys steade in whose dayes the land was quiet ten yere 2 And Asá did that was good and ryght in the eyes of the Lord his God 3 For he toke awaye thē altars of the strange gods and the hie places and brake downe the images and cut downe the groues 4 〈◊〉 commaunded Iudah to seke the Lorde God of their fathers and to do accordyng to the Lawe and the commandement 5 And he toke away out of all the cities of Iudah the places and the images therfore the kingdome was quiet before him 6 He buylt also strong cities in Iudah because the land was in rest and he had no warre in those yeres for the LORDE had gyuen hym rest 7 Therfore he said to Iudah Let vs buyld these cities and make walles about and to wres ga tes and barres whiles the land is before vs because we haue soght the Lorde our God we haue soght him and he hath giuen vs rest on euerie side so they buylt and prospered 8 And Asá had an armie of Iudah that bare shields and speares thre hundreth thousand and of Beniamin that bare shields and drewe bowes two hundreth and foure score thou sand all these were valiant men 9 ¶ And there came out againste then Zérah of Ethiopia with an hoste often hundreth thousand and thre hundreth charets and came vnto Maresháh 10 Then Asa went out before hym and they set the battel in aray in the valley of Zephathah beside Mareshah 11 And Asa * cryed vnto the Lord his God and said Lord it is nothing with thee to helpe with many or with no power helpe vs ô Lorde our God for we rest on thee and in thy Name are we come against this multitude ô Lord thou art our God let not mā pre uaile against thee 12 ¶ So the Lorde smotethe Ethiopians before Asá and before Iudáh and the Ethiopians 〈◊〉 13 And Asá and the people that was with him pursued them vnto Gezár And the Ethiopians host was ouerthrowen so that there was no life in them for they were destroyed before the Lorde and besore his hoste and they caryed away a mighty great spoile 14 And they smote all the cities rounde about 〈◊〉 for the feare of the Lord came vpon them ād they spoiled all the cities for there was exceding muche spoile in them 15 Yea and they smote the tents of cattel and caryed away plentie of shepe and camels ād returned to Ierusalém CHAP. XV. 1 The exhortation of Azariah 8 Asa purgeth his countrey 〈◊〉 11 He 〈◊〉 with the people 14 The sweare together to 〈◊〉 the Lord. 16 He deposeth hys mother for her idolauie 1 THen the Spirit of God came vpon Azariah the sonne of Obéd 2 And he went out to mete 〈◊〉 and said vnto hym O Asa and all Iudáh and Beniamin heare ye me The Lorde is with you while ye be with him and if ye seke hym he wil be founde of you but if ye forsake him he will forsake you 3 Nowe for a long season Israél hathe bene without the true God and without Priest to teache and without Lawe 4 But whosoeuer returned in his affliction to the Lorde God of Israél and soght him he was founde of them 5 And in that time there was no peace to him that did go out and go in but great troubles were to all the inhabitants
Lord his God and humbled him self greatly before the God of his fathers 13 And prayed vnto him and God was entreated of him and heard hys prayer and broght him againe to Ierusalém into hys kingdome then Manasséh knewe that the Lord was God 14 Now after this he buylt a wall without the citie of Dauid on the Westside of Gihôn in the valley euen at the entrie of the fishe gate and compassed about Ophél and raised it very hie and put captaines of warre in all the strong cities of Iudáh 15 And he toke awaye the strange Gods and the image out of the house of the Lord all the altars that he had buylt in the moūt of the house of the Lord and in Ierusalém and cast them out of the citie 16 Also he prepared the altar of the Lorde and sacrificed thereon peace offrings and of thankes and commāded Iudáh to serue the Lord God of Israél 17 Neuertheles the people did sacrifice still in the hie places but vnto the Lord their God 18 ¶ Concerning the rest of the actes of 〈◊〉 and his prayer vnto hys God and the wordes of the Seers that spake to hym in the Name of the Lord God of Israél beholde thei are writen in the boke of the Kings of Israél 19 And his prayer and how God was intreated of him and all his sinne and hys trespasse and the places wherein he buylt hie places and set groues and images before he was humbled beholde they are writen in the boke of the Seers 20 So Manasséh slept with his fathers and they buryed him in his owne house and Amón his sonne reigned in his stead 21 ¶ Amón was two and twentie yere olde when he began to reigne and reigned two yere in Ierusalém 22 But he did euil in the sight of the Lorde as did Manasséh his father for Amón sacrificed to all the images which Manasséh his father had made and serued them 23 And he humbled not himselfe before the Lord as Manasséh his father had humbled him selfe but this Amón trespassed more and more 24 And his seruants * cōspired against him and slewe him in his owne house 25 But the people of the land slewe all them that had conspired against King Amón the people of the lande made Iosiáh his sonne King in his stead CHAP. XXXIIII 1 Iosiah destroyeth the idoles 8 And restoreth the Temple 〈◊〉 The boke of the Lawe is founde 21 He sendeth to Huldah the prophetesse for counsel 27 God heareth his prayer 31 He maketh a couenant with God 1 IOsiáh * was eight yere olde whē he began to reigne and he reygned in Ierusalém one and thirtie yere 2 And he did vprightlye in the sight of the Lord and walked in the wayes of Dauid his father and bowed nether to the ryght hand nor to the left 3 And in the eight yere of his reygne when he was yet a childe he began to seke after the God of Dauid his father and in the twelft yere he began to purge Iudáh and Ierusalē from the hie places the groues the kerued images and moltē images 4 And they brake downe in hys sight the altars of 〈◊〉 and he caused to cut downe the images that were on hie vpon them he brake also the groues and the kerued images and the molten images and stampt them to poudre strowed it vpon the graues of them that had sacrificed vnto them 5 Also he burnt the bones of the Priestes vpon they raltars and purged Iudáh and Ierusalém 6 And in the cities of Manasséh Ephráim and Simeón euen vnto Naphtali with their maules they brake all rounde about 7 And when he had destroyed the altars the groues and had broken and stamped to poudre the images and had cut downe all the idoles throughout all the land of Israél he returned to Ierusalém 8 ¶ * Then in the eightene yere of hys reygne when he had purged the land and the Temple he sent Shaphán the sonne of Azaliáh and Maaseáh the gouernour of the citie and Ioáh the sonne of Ioaház the recorder to repare the house of the Lorde his God 9 And when they came to Hilkiáh the hye Priest they deliuered the money that was broght into the house of God whiche the Leuites that kept the dore had gathered at the hand of Manasséh and Ephráim and of all the residue of Israél and of all Iudáh and Beniamin and of the in habitants of Ierusalém 10 And they put it in the hands of them that shuld do the work and had the ouersight in the house of the Lord and they gaue it to the workemē that wroght in the house of the LORD to repare and amende the house 11 Euen to the workemen and to the buylders gaue they it to bye hewed stone and timber for couples and for beames of the houses which the Kings of Iudáh had destroyed 12 And the men did the worke faithfully and the ouerseers of them were Iaháth Obadiáh the Leuites of the childrē of Merari and Zechariáh and Meshullám of the children of the Kohathites to set it forwarde and of the Leuites all that colde skil of instruments of musike 13 And they were ouer the bearers of burdens and them that set forwarde 〈◊〉 the workemen in 〈◊〉 worke and of the Leuites were scribes officers porters 14 ¶ And when they broght out the money that was broght into the house of the Lord Hilkiáh the Priest founde the boke of the Law of the Lord giuen by the hand of Moses 15 Therfore Hilkiáh answered and sayde to Shaphán the chanceler I haue founde the boke of the Lawe in the house of the LORDE and Hilkiáh gaue the boke to Shaphán 16 And Shaphán caryed the boke to the King and broght the King worde agayne saying All that is committed to the hande of thy seruants that do they 17 For they haue gathered the money that was founde in the house of the Lord and haue deliuered it into the hāds of the ouerseers and to the hands of the workemen 18 Also Shaphán the chanceler declared to the King saying Hilkiáh the Priest hathe giuen me a boke and Shaphan red it before the King 19 And when the King had heard the wordes of the Lawe he tare his clothes 20 And the King commanded Hilkiáh and Ahikám the sonne of Shaphán and Abdon the sonne of Micáh and Shaphán the chā celer Asaiáh the Kings seruāts saying 21 Go and enquire of the Lord for me and forthe rest in Israél and Iudáh concerning the wordes of this boke that is founde for great is the wrath of the Lord that is fallen vpon vs because our fathers haue not kept the worde of the Lord to do after all that is written in this boke 22 Then Hilkiáh and they that the King had appointed went to Huldáh the prophetesse the wife of Shallū the
the barbarous people 2 Iudáh was his sanctificatiō and Israél his dominion 3 The Seasawe it and fled Iordén was turned backe 4 The moūtaines leaped like ramps the hilles as lambs 5 What ailed thee ô Sea that thou fled dest ô Iordén why wast thou turned backe 6 Ye mountaines why leaped ye like rams and ye hilles as lambs 7 The earth trembled at the presence of the Lord at the presence of the God of Iaak 〈◊〉 8 Which turneth the rocke into waterpooles and the flint into a fountaine of water PSAL. CXV 1 A prayer of the faithful oppressed by idolatrous tyrants against whome they desire that God wolde succour thē 9 Trusting moste constantly that God wil preserue them in this their nede seing that he hathe adopted and receiued them to his fauour 〈◊〉 Promising finally that thei wil not be vnmindeful of so great a benefite if it wolde please God to heare their prayer deliuer them by his omni potent power 1 NOt vnto vs ô Lord not vnto vs but vnto thy Name giue the glorie for thy louing mercie and for thy trueths sake 2 Wherefore shal the heathen saye Where is now their God 3 But our God is in heauen he doeth whatsoeuer he wil. 4 Their idoles are siluer and golde euen the worke of mens hands 5 They haue a mouth and speake not thei haue eyes and se not 6 Thei haue eares and heare not thei haue no ses and smell not 7 Thei haue hands and touche not they haue fete and walke not nether make they a sounde with their throte 8 They that make them are like vnto them so are all that trust in them 9 O Israél trust thou in the Lord for he is their helpe and their shield 10 O house of Aarō trust ye in the Lord for he is their helper and their shield 11 Ye that feare the Lord trust in the Lord for he is their helper and their shield 12 The Lord hathe bene mindeful of vs he wil blesse he wil blesse the house of Israél he wil blesse the house of Aarón 13 He wil blesse them that feare the Lord both small and great 14 The Lord wil encrease his graces toward you euen toward you and toward your chil dren 15 Ye are blessed of the Lord which made the heauen and the earth 16 The heauens euen the heauens are the Lords but he hathe giuen the earth to the sō nes of men 17 The dead praise not the Lord nether anie that go downe into the place of silence 18 But we wil praise the Lord frō hence forthe and for eue Praise ye the Lord. PSAL. CXVI 1 Dauid being in great dāger of Saul in the desert of Maón perce uing the great and inestimable loue of God toward him magnisieth suche great mercies 13 And protesteth that he wil be thankeful for the same 1 I Loue the Lord because he hathe heard my voice and my prayers 2 For he hathe inclined his eare vnto me whē I did call vpon him in my dayes 3 When the 〈◊〉 of death compassed me the griefs of the graue caught me when I founde trouble and sorowe 4 Then I called vpon the Name of the Lord saying I beseche thee 〈◊〉 Lord deliuer my soule 5 The Lord is merciful and righteous and our God is ful of compassion 6 The Lord preserueth the simple I was in mi serie and he saued me 7 Returne vnto thy rest ô my soule for the Lord hathe bene beneficial vnto thee 8 Because thou hast deliuered my soule from death mine eyes from teares and my fete from falling 9 I shal walke before the Lord in the land of the liuing 10 I beleued therefore did I speake for I was sore troubled 11 I said in my feare All men are lyers 12 What shal I rendre vnto the Lord for all his benefites to ward me 13 I wil take the cup of saluacion and call vpon the Name of the Lord. 14 I wil paye my vowes vnto the Lord euen now in the presence of all his people 15 Precious in the sight of the Lord is the death of his Saints 16 Beholde Lord for I am thy seruant I am thy seruant and the sonne of thine hand maied thou hast broken my bonds 17 I wil offer to thee a sacrifice of praise wil call vpon the Name of the Lord. 18 I wil paie my vowes vnto the Lord euen now in the presence of all his people 19 In the courtes of the Lords house euen in the middes of thee ô 〈◊〉 Praise ye the Lord. PSAL. CXVII 1 He exhorteth the Gentiles to praise God because he hath accomplished aswel to them as to the Iewes the promes oflife euerlasting by Iesus Christ. 1 ALl * naciōs praise ye the Lord all ye peo ple praise him 2 For his louing kindenes is great toward vs and the trueth of the Lord endureth for euer Praise ye the Lord. PSAL. CXVIII 1 Dauid reiected of Saúl and of the people at the time appointed obteined the kingdome 4 For the which he bid deth all them that feare the Lord to be thankeful And vn der his persone in all this was Christ liuely set for the who shulde be of his people reiected 1 PRaise ye the Lord because he is good for his mercie endureth for euer 2 Let Israél now saye That his mercie endureth for euer 3 Let the house of Aarón now saye That his mercie endureth for euer 4 Let them that feare the Lord now saye That his mercie endureth for euer 5 I called vpon the Lord in trouble and the Lord heard me and set me at large 6 The Lord is with me therefore I wil not feare what man can do vnto me 7 The Lord is with me among thē that helpe me therefore shal I se my desire vpon mine enemies 8 It is better to trust in the Lord then to haue confidence in man 9 It is better to trust in the Lord then to haue confidence in princes 10 All nations haue compassed me but in the Name of the Lord shal I destroye them 11 Thei haue compassed me yea they haue cōpassed me but in the Name of the Lord I shal destroye them 12 They came about me like bees but they were quēched as a fyre of thornes for in the Name of the Lord I shal destroye them 13 Thou hast thrust sore at me that I might fall but the Lord hathe holpen me 14 The Lord is my strength and song for he hathe bene my deliuerance 15 The voice of ioye and deliuerance shal be in the tabernacles of the righteous saying The right hand of the Lord hathe done valiantly 16 The right hand of the Lord is exalted the right hand of the Lord hathe done valiantly 17 I shal not dye but liue and declare the workes of
I shal teache them their sonnes also shal sit vpon thy throne for euer 13 For the Lord hathe chosen Zion loued to dwell in it saying 14 This is my rest for euer here wil I dwell for I haue a delite therein 15 I wil surely blesse her vitailes wil satisfie her poore with bread 16 And wil clothe her Priests with saluacion and her Saintes shal showte for ioye 17 There wil I make the horne of Dauid to bud for I haue ordeined a light for mine Anointed 18 His enemies wil I clothe with shame but on him his crowne shal florish PSAL. CXXXIII 1 This psalme conteineth the commendacion of brotherlie amitie among the seruants of God ¶ A song of degrees or Psalme of Dauid 1 BEholde how good how comelie a thīg it is brethren to dwell euen together 2 It is like to the precious ointment vpon the head that runneth downe vpō the beard euē vnto Aarons beard which wēt downe on the border of his garments 3 And as the dewe of Hermōn which falleth vpon the moūtaines of Ziōn for there the Lord appointed the blessing life for euer PSAL. CXXXIIII 1 He 〈◊〉 the Leuites watching in the Temple to praise the Lord. ¶ A song of degrees 1 BEholde praise ye the Lord all ye seruāts of the Lord ye that by night stand in the House of the Lord. 2 Lift vp your hands to the Sanctuarie and praise the Lord. 3 The Lord that hathe made heauen earth blesse thee out of Zión PSAL. CXXXV 1 He exhorteth all the faithful of what estate so euer they be to praise God for his maruelous workes 12 And specially for his graces toward his people wherein he hathe declared his maiestie 15 To the confusion of all idolaters and their idoles ¶ Praise ye the Lord. 1 PRaise the Name of the Lord ye seruants of the Lord prayse him 2 Ye that stand in the House of the Lord in the courtes of the House of our God 3 Praise ye the Lord for the Lord is good sing praises vnto his Name for it is a comelie thing 4 For the Lord hathe chosen Iaakōb to him selfe and Israél for his chief treasure 5 For I know that the Lord is great and that our Lord is aboue all gods 6 Whatsoeuer pleased the Lord that did he in heauē and in earth in the sea and in all the depths 7 He bringeth vp the cloudes from the ends of the earth and maketh the * lightnings with the raine he draweth forthe the winde out of his treasures 8 * He smote the first borne of Egypt bothe of man and beast 9 He hathe sent tokens and wonders into the middes of thee ô Egypt vpon Pharaōh and vpon all his seruants 10 * He smote manie nacions and slewe mightie Kings 11 As 〈◊〉 King of the Amorites and Og King of Bashán and all the kingdomes of Canáan 12 And gaue their land for an inheritance euen an inheritance vnto Israél his people 13 Thy Name ô Lord endureth for euer ô Lord thy remembrance is from generation to generation 14 For the Lord wil iudge his people and be pacified towards his seruants 15 The idoles of the heathen are siluer and golde euen the worke of mens 〈◊〉 16 Thei haue a mouth and speake not they ha ue eyes and se not 17 They haue eares and heare not nether is there anie breath in their mouth 18 Thei that make them are like vnto them so are all that trust in them 19 Praise the Lord ye house of Israél praise the Lord ye house of Aarōn 20 Praise the Lord ye house of Leui ye that feare the Lord praise the Lord. 21 Praised be the Lord out of Ziōn whiche dwelleth in Ierusalém Praise ye the Lord. PSAL. CXXXVI 1 A moste earnest exhortation to giue thankes vnto God for the creation gouernāce of all things which stādeth in confessing that he giueth vs all of his mere liberalitie 1 PRaise ye the Lord because he is good for his mercie endureth for euer 2 〈◊〉 ye the GOD of gods for his mercie endureth for euer 3 Praise ye the Lord of lords for his mercie endureth for euer 4 Which onelie doeth great wonders for his mercie endureth for euer 5 Which by his wisdome made the heauens for his mercie endureth for euer 6 Which hathe stretched out the earth vpon the waters for his mercie endureth for euer 7 Which made great lights for his mercie en dureth for euer 8 As the sunne to rule the daie for his mercie endureth for euer 9 The moone and the starres to gouerne the night for his mercie endureth for euer 10 Which smote Egypt with their first borne for his mercie endureth for euer 11 And broght out Israél from among them for his mercie endureth for euer 12 With a mightie hand and stretched out arme for his mercie endureth for euer 13 Which diuided the red Sea in two partes for his mercie endureth for euer 14 And made Israél to passe through the middes of it for his mercie endureth for euer 15 And ouerthrowe Pharaōh his hoste in the red Sea for his mercie endureth for euer 16 Which led his people through the wildernes for his mercie endureth for euer 17 Which smote great Kings for his mercie endureth for euer 18 And slewe mightie Kings for his mercie endureth for euer 19 As 〈◊〉 King of the Amorites for his mer cie endureth for euer 20 And Og the King of Bashán for his mercie endureth for euer 21 And gaue their land for an heritage for his mercie endureth for euer 22 Euen an heritage vnto Israél his seruant for his mercie endureth for euer 23 Which remembred vs in our base estate for his mercie endureth for euer 24 And hathe rescued vs from our oppressours for his mercie en dureth for euer 25 Which giueth foode to all 〈◊〉 for his mercie endureth for euer 26 Praise ye the God of heauen for his mercie endureth for euer PSAL. CXXXVII 1 The people of God in their banishment seing Gods true religion decaie liued in great anguish and sorowe of heart the which grief the Chaldeans did so litle pitie 3. That thei rather increased the same daiely with tauntes reproches and blasphemies against God 7 wherefore the Israelites desire God first to punish the Edomites who prouoked the Babylonians against them 8 And mo ued by the Spirit of God prophecie the destruction of Ba bylon where thei were handled so tyrannously 1 BY the riuers of Babél we sate and there we wept when we remembred Ziōn 2 We hanged our harpes vpon the willowes in the middes thereof 3 Then thei that led vs captiues required of vs songs and mirth when we had hanged vp our harpes saying Sing vs one of the songs of Zión 4 How shal we sing said we a
and their stincke shall come vp out of their bodyes and the mountaines shal be melted with their blood 4 And all the hoste of heauen shal be dissol ued and the heauens shal be folden like a boke and all their hostes shall fall as the leafe falleth from the vine and as it falleth from the figtre 5 For my sworde shal be dronkē in the heauen beholde it shall come downe vppon Edôm euen vpon the people of my curse to iudgement 6 The sword of the Lord is filled with blood it is made fat with the fat and with the blood of the lambes and the goates with the fat of the kidneis of the rams for the Lord hathe a sacrifice in Bozráh and a great 〈◊〉 in the land of Edóm 7 And the vnicornes shal come downe with them and the heiffers with the bulles and their land shal be drōken with blood and their dust made fat with fatnes 8 For it is the day of the Lords vengeance and the yere of recompence for the iudgement of Zion 9 〈◊〉 the riuers thereof shal be turned into pitch the dust thereof into brimstone the land thereof shal be burning pitch 10 It shal not be quenched night nor daye the smoke thereof shal go vp 〈◊〉 it shal be desolate from generation to 〈◊〉 none shal passe through it for euer 11 But the pellicane and the hedge hog shal possesse it and the great owle and the rauen shal dwell in it and he shal stretch out vpon it the line of vanitie and the stones of emptines 12 The nobles thereof shall call to the kingdome and there shal be none and all the princes thereof shal be as nothing 13 And it shall bring for the thornes in the palaces thereof nettles and thistles in the strong holdes thereof and it shal be an habitacion for dragons and a court for ostriches 14 There shal mete also Ziim and Iim and the Satyre shal crye to his fellowe and the 〈◊〉 owle shal rest there and shall finde for her self a quiet dwelling 15 There shal the owle make her nest lay and hatche and gather thē vnder her shadowe there shall the 〈◊〉 also be gathered euerie one with her make 16 Seke in the boke of the Lord and read none of these shall faile none shall wante her make for his mouth hath cōmanded and his verie Spirit hathe gathered them 17 And he hathe cast the lot for them hys hand hathe deuided it vnto them by line thei shal possesse it for euer from generacion to generacion shall thei dwell in it CHAP. XXXV 1 The great 〈◊〉 of them that beleue in Christ. 3 Their office which preache the Gospel 8 The frutes that follow thereof 1 THe desert and the wildernes shall reioyce and the waste grounde shal be glad and florish as the rose 2 It shal florish abundantly and shal greatly reioyce also and ioy the glorie of Lebanôn shal be giuen vnto it the beautie of Carmél and of Sharôn they shall se the glorie of the Lord and the excellencie of our God 3 Strengthen the weake hands and comfort the feble knees 4 Say vnto them that are fearefull Be you strong feare not beholde your God commeth with vengeance euen God with a recompence he wil come and saue you 5 Then shal the eyes of the blinde be lightened and the eares of the deafe be opened 6 Then shal the lame man leape as an hart the domme mans tongue shall sing for in the wildernes shal waters breake out and riuers in the desert 7 And the drye grounde shall be as a poole and the thirstie as springs of water in the habitation of dragons where they laye shal be a place for redes and rushes 8 And there shal be a path and a way and the way shal be called holy the polluted shal not passe by it for he shal be with them and walke in the waye and the fooles shall not erre 9 There shal be no lyon nor 〈◊〉 beastes shall ascend by it nether shall 〈◊〉 be founde there that the redemed 〈◊〉 walke 10 Therefore the redemed of the Lord shall returne and come to Ziôn with praise and euer lasting ioy shal be vpon their 〈◊〉 thei shal obtaine ioye and gladnes and sorowe and mourning shal flee away CHAP. XXXVI 1 〈◊〉 sendeth Rabshakéh to besege 〈◊〉 15 His blasphemies against God 1 NOw in the fourtēth yere of King Hezekiáh Saneherib King of Asshûr came vp against all the strōg cities of Iudâh and toke them 2 And the King of Asshûr sent Rabshakéh frō Lachish toward Ierusalē vnto King Hezekiâh with a greate hoste and he stode by the cōduite of the vpper poole in the path of the fullers field 3 Then came forthe vnto him Eliakim the sonne of Hilkiáh the steward of the house and Shebná the chanceller and Ioáh the sonne of Asà ph the recorder 4 And Rabshakéh said vnto them Tell you Hezekiáh I pray you Thus saith the great King the King of Asshúr What confidēce is this wherein thou trustest 5 I saie Surely I haue eloquēce but coūsel and strength are for the warre on whome then doest thou trust that thou rebellest against me 6 Lo thou trustest in this broken staffe of rede on Egypt whereupon if a man leane it will go into his hand and perce it so is Phara ōh King of Egypt vnto all that trust in him 7 But if thou say to me We trust in the Lord our God Is not that he whose hie places and whose altars Hezekiáh toke downe and said to Iudah and to Ierusalém Ye shall worship before this altar 8 Now therefore giue hostages to my Lord the King of 〈◊〉 and I wil giue thee two thousād horses if thou be able on thy parte to set riders vpon them 9 For how canst thou despise anie captaine of the least of my lords seruantes and put thy trust on Egypt for charets and for horsemen 10 And am I now come vp without the Lord to this land to destroye it The Lord said vnto me Go vp agaynste this land and destroy it 11 ¶ Then said Eliakim and Shebná Ioáh vnto Rab shakéh Speake I pray thee to thy seruants in the Aramites lāguage for we vnderstand it and talke not with vs in the Iewes tongue in the audience of the people that are on the wall 12 Then said 〈◊〉 Hathe my master sent me to thy master to thee to speake these wordes and not to the men that sit on the wall that they maye eat their owne doung and drinke their owne pisse with you 13 So Rabshakéh stode cryed with a loude voyce in the Iewes language and said Heare the wordes of the great King of the King of Asshúr 14 Thus saith the King Let not Hezekiáh
man and his yoke of oxen and by thee wil I breake the dukes and princes 24 And I wilrendre vnto Babél and to all the inhabitants of the Caldeans all their euil that thei haue done in Zión euen in your sight saith the Lord. 25 Beholde I come vnto thee ô destroying mountaine saith the Lord which destroyest all the earth and I wil stretch out mine hand vpō thee and roll the down from thee rockes and wil make thee a burnt mountaine 26 They shal not take of thee a stone for a cor ner nor a stone for fundaciōs but thou shalt be destroyed for euer saith the Lord. 27 Set vp a standart in the land blowe the trūpets among the nacions prepare the naciōs against her call vp the kingdomes of Ararát Minni A 〈◊〉 against her appoint the prince against her cause horses to come vp as the rough caterpillers 28 Prepare againste her the nacions with the Kings of the Medes the dukes thereof and the princes thereof all the land of his dominion 29 And the land shal tremble and sorowe for the deuise of the Lord shal be performed against Babél to make the land of Babél waste without an inhabitant 30 The strong men of Babél haue ceased to fight they haue remained in their holdes their strength hathe failed and they were like women they haue burnther dwelling places and her barres are broken 31 A post shal runne to mete the post a messé ger to mete the messēger to shew the Kīg of Babél that his citie is takē on a side thereof 32 And that the passages are stopped there des burnt with fyre the mē of warre troubled 33 For thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél The daughter of Babél is like a thresshing floore the time of her thresshing is come yet a litle while and the time of her haruest shal come 34 Nebuchad-nezzár the King of Babél hath deuoured me destroyed me he hath mad me an amptie vessel he swalowed me vp like adragon and filled his belie with my delicates and hathe cast me out 35 The spoile of me and that which was left of me is broght vnto Babél shal the inhabitāt of Zión say and my blood vnto the inhabitants of Caldea shal Ierusalém say 36 Therefore thus saith the Lord Beholde I wil mainteine thy cause and take vengean ce for thee and I wil drye vp the sea drye vp her springs 27 And Babél shal be as heapes a dwelling pla ce for dragons an astonishment and an hissing without an inhabitant 38 They shal ro are together like lions and yell as the lions whelpes 39 In their heat I wil make them feastes and I wil make them drunken that they may reioyce and slepe a perpetual slepe and not wake saith the Lord. 40 I wil bring them downe like lambes to the slaughter and like rams and goates 41 How is She shách taken how is the glorie of the whole earth takē how is Babél be come an astonishment among the naciōs 42 The sea is come vp vpon Babél she is couered with the multitude of the waues thereof 43 Her cities are desolate the land is drye a wildernes a land wherein no man dwelleth nether doeth the sonne of man passe thereby 44 I wil also visite Bel in Babél I will bring out of his mouthe that whiche he hathe swallowed vp and the nacions shall runne no more vnto him and the wall of Babél shal fall 45 My people go out of the middes of her and deliuer ye euerie man his soule frome the fierce wrath of the Lord 46 Lest your heart euen faint and ye feare the rumour that shal be heard in the land the rumour shal come this yere and after that in the other yere shal come a rumour and crueltie in the land and ruler against ruler 47 Therefore beholde the dayes come that I wil visite the images of Babél and the whole land shal be confoūded and all her slaine shal fall in the middes of her 48 Then the heauen and the earth and all that is therein shal reioyce for Babél for the destroyers shal come vnto her from the North saith the Lord. 49 As Babél caused the slaine of Israél to fall so by Babél the slaine of all the earth did fall 50 Ye that haue escaped the sworde go awaye stande not still remembre the Lord a farre of let Ierusalém come into your minde 51 We are confounded because we haue heard reproche shame hathe couered our faces for strangers are come into the sanctuaries of the Lords House 52 Wherefore beholde the daies come saith the Lord that I wil visite her grauen images and through all her land the wounded shal grone 53 Thogh Babél shulde mounte vp to heauē and thogh she shulde defend her strength on hie yet from me shal her destroiers come saith the Lord. 54 A sounde of a crye cometh from Babél and great destruction from the land of the Caldeans 55 Because the Lord hathe laid Babél waste destroied from her the great voyce her waues shal roare like great waters and a sounde was made by their noice 56 Because the destroier is come vppon her euen vnto Babél and her strong men are taken their bowes are broken for the Lord God that recompenceth shall surely recompence 57 And I wil made drunke her princes and her wise men her dukes and her nobles her strong men and thei shal slepe perpetual slepe and not wake saith the King whose Name is the Lord of hostes 58 Thus saith the Lord of hostes The thicke wall of Babél shal be broken and her hye gates shal be burnt with fyre and the peo ple shal labour in vaine and the folke in the fyre for thei shal be weary 59 The worde which Ieremiáh the 〈◊〉 commanded Sheraiáh the sonne of Neriiáh the sonne of Maasciáh when he went with Zedekiáh the King of Iudáh into Babél in the fourth yere of his reigne and this She raiáh was a peaceable prince 60 So Ieremiáh wrotē a boke all the euil that shulde come vpon Babél euen all these things that are writen against Babél 61 And Ieremiáh said to Sheraiáh Whē thou comest vnto Babél and shalt se and shalt read all these wordes 62 Then shalt thou say O Lord thou hast spo ken against this place to destroie it that none shulde remaine in it nether man nor beast but that it shuld be desolate for euer 63 And when thou hastmade an end of reading this boke thou shalt binde a stone to it and cast it in the middes of Euphrates 64 And shalt say Thus shal Babél be drowned and shal not rise from the euil that I wil bring vpon her and thei shal be wearie Thus farre are the wordes of Ieremiáh CHAP. LII 4 Ierusalem is taken 10 Zedekiahs sonnes are killed before
and wil set thee as a gasing stocke 7 And it shal come to passe that all thei that loke vpon thee shal flee from thee say Nineuéh is destroyed who will haue pitie vpon her where shal I seke comforters for thee 8 Art thou better thē No which was full of people that laye in the riuers and had the waters rounde about it whose ditche was the sea her wal was from the sea 9 Ethiopia and Egypt were her strength there was none end Put and Lubim were her helpers 10 Yet was she caryed away and went into captiuitie her yong childré also were dashed in pieces at the head of all the stretes thei cast lottes for her noble men all her mightie mē were bound in chaines 11 Also thou shalt be drunken thou shalt hide thy self and shalt seke helpe because of the enemie 12 All thy strong cities shal be like figtrees with the first ripe figs for if thei be shakē thei fall into the mouth of the eater 13 Beholde thy people within thee are women the gates of thy land shal be opened vnto thine enemies and the fyre shall deuoure thy barres 14 Drawe thee waters for the 〈◊〉 fortifie thy strong holdes go into the claye and temper the morter make strong bricke 15 There shal the fire deuoure thee the sword shal cut there of it shal eat thee vp like the locustes thogh thou be multiplied like the locustes and multiplied like the grashopper 16 Thou hast multiplied thy marchāts aboue the starres of heauen the locuste spoileth and flieth a waie 17 Thy princes are as the grashoppers and thy captaines as the greate grashoppers whiche remaine in the hedges in the colde day but when the sunne ariseth thei flee a waie and their place is not knowē where thei are 18 Thy shepherdes do slepe ô King of Asshúr thy strong men lie downe thy people is scattered vpon the mountaines and no man gathereth them 19 There is no healing of thy wounde thy plague is grieuous all that heare the brute of thee shal clappe the hands ouer thee for vpon whome hathe not thy malice passed continually HABAKKVK THE ARGVMENT THe Prophet complaineth vnto God considering the great felicitie of the wicked and the miserable oppression of the godlie which indure all kinde of affliction crueltie and yet can senone end Therfore he had this 〈◊〉 shewed him of God that the Caldeans shulde come and take thē awaie captiues so that thei colde loke for none end of their troubles as yet because of 〈◊〉 stubbernes and rebellion against the Lord. And lest the godlie shuld despaire seing this horrible confusion he comforteth them by this that God wil punish the Caldeans their enemies when their pride and crueltie shal be at height wherefore he 〈◊〉 the faithfull to pacience by his owne exaumple and sheweth them a forme of prayer wherewith they shulde comfort them selues CHAP. I. 2 A complaint against the wicked that persecute the iust 1 THe burden whiche Habakkúk the Prophet did se. 2 O Lord how long shal I crye and thou wilt not heare euē crye out vnto thee forviolence and thou wilt not helpe 3 Why doest thou shewe me iniquitie and cause me to beholde sorowe for spoyling and violence are before me and there are that raise vp strife and contention 4 Therefore the Law is dissolued and iudgement doeth neuer go forthe for the wicked doeth compasse about the righteous therefore wrong iudgement procedeth 5 Beholde among the heathen and regarde and wonder and marueil for I will worke a worke in your daies ye will not beleue it thoght it be tolde you 6 For lo I raise vp the Caldeās that bitter and 〈◊〉 nacion which shall go vpō the breadth of the lande to possesse the dwelling places that are not theirs 7 Thei are terrible and feareful their iudgement and their dignitie shal procede of them selues 8 Their horses also are swifter thē the Leopards and are more fierce then the wolues in the * euening and their horsemen are many their horsemen shal come frō farre thei shal flie as the egle hasting to meate 9 They come all to spoyle before their faces shal be an Eastwinde and they shall gather the captiuitie as the sand 10 And thei shal mocke the Kings and the princes shal be a skorne vnto them 〈◊〉 shal deride euery strong holde for thei 〈◊〉 gather dust and take it 11 Then shall thei take a courage transgresse do wickedly imputing this their power vnto their God 12 Art not thou of olde ô Lord my God mine holy one we shall not dye O Lord thou hast ordeined thē for iudgement ô God thou hast established them for correction 13 Thou art of pure eies canst not se euil thou cāst not behold wickednes wherfore doest thou loke vpon the trāsgressors holdest thy tōgue when the wicked deuou reth the mā that is more rig hteousthē he 14 And makest men as the fishe of the sea and as the creping things that haue no ruler ouer them 15 Thei take vp all with the angle they catche it in their net gather it in their yarne whereof they reioyce and are glad 16 Therefore they sacrifice vnto theyr net and burne incēse vnto their yarne because by them their porcion is fat and theyr meat plenteous 17 Shal theitherefore stretche out their net not spare cōrinually to slay the naciōs CHAP. II. 2 A vision 5 Against pride couetousnes drunkennes and 〈◊〉 1 I Wil stand vpon my watche and set me vpon the towre and will loke se what he wolde say vnto me and what I shall answer to him that rebuketh me 2 And the Lord answered me said Write the vision and make it plaine vpon tables that he may runne that readeth it 3 For the visiō is yet for an appointed time but at the last it shal speake not lie thogh it tary waite for it shal surely come and shal not stay 4 Beholde he that lifteth vp him selfe his minde is notvpright in him but the iuste shal liue by his faith 5 Yea in dede the proude man is as he that trāsgresseth by wine therfore shal he not endure because he hath enlarged his desire as the hel and is as death and cā not be satisfied but gathereth vnto him all naciōs and he a peth vnto him all people 6 Shal not all these take vp a parable against him and a tanting prouer be agaynst him say Ho he that increaseth that which is not his how long and he that ladeth him self with thicke claye 7 Shal they not rise vp suddenly that shal bite thee and awake that shall stirre thee and thou shalt be their pray 8 Because thou hast spoiled manie nations all the remnant of the people shall spoyle thee because of mens blood and for the wrong done
the consent of King Cyrus and if it seme good to the Lord our King let him make vs answer concerning these things 23 Then Kings Darius commanded to searche in the Kings libraries that were in Babylon and there was founde in Ecbatane which is a towre in the regiō of Media a place where suche things were layed vp for memorie 24 In the first yere of the reigne of Cyrus king Cyrus commanded the House of the Lorde at Ierusalém to be buylded where they did sacrifice with the continual fyre 25 of the which the height shuld be of threscore cubites the breadth of threscore cubi tes with thre rowes of he wen stones ād one rowe of newe wood of that countrey and that the costs shuld be payed out of the hou se of King Cyrus 26 And that the holie vessels of the House of the Lord 〈◊〉 those of golde as of siluer whiche Nabuchodonosor had caryed out of the house in Ierusalém and broght into Babylon shulde be restored to the House whiche is in Ierusalém and set in the place where they were afore 27 Also he commaunded that Sisinnes gouernour of Syria ād Phenice and Sathrabouza nes and their companions and those which were constitute Captaines in Syria and Phenice shulde take hede to refraine from that place and to suffer Zorobabel the seruaunt of the Lorde and gouernour of Iudea and the Elders of the Iewes to buyld that House of the Lord in that place 28 And I also haue commaunded to buylde it cleane vp againe and that they be diligent to helpe them of the captiuitie of the Iewes till the House of the Lord be finished 29 And that some parte of the tribute of Coelo syria and Phenice shulde be diligently giuen to these mē for sacrifice vnto the Lord and to Zoro babel the gouernour for bulles rams and lambes 30 Also corne and salte and wine and oyle con tinually euerie yere without faile as the Priests whiche are in Ierusalém shall testifie to be spent euerie day 31 That offrings may be made to the hygh God for the King and his children and that they may pray for their liues 32 Furthermore he commanded that whosoeuer shulde transgresse anie thing afore spoken or writen or derogate anie thing thereof that atre shulde be taken out of his possession and he be hanged thereon and that his goods shulde be the Kings 33 And therefore let the Lord whose Name is there called vpon destroye euerie King and nation whiche stretcheth out his hand to hinder to do euil to that House of the Lord which is in Ierusalém 34 * I Darius the King haue ordeined that is shulde be diligently executed accordyng to these things CHAP. VII 1 Sisinnes and his companions follow the Kings comman dement and helpe the Iewes 〈◊〉 buyld the Temple 5 The time that it was buylt 〈◊〉 They kepe the Passeouer 1 THen Sisinnes the gouernour of Coelosyria and Phenice and Sathrabouzanes ād their companions obeying Kyng Darius commandements 2 Assisted diligently the holie workes workieg with the Ancients and gouernours of the Sanctuarie 3 And the holie workes prospered by Aggeus and Zacharias the Prophetes whiche pro phecied 4 So they finished all things by the commandement of the Lord God of Israél and with the consent of Cyrus and Darius and Artaxerxes Kings of the Persians 5 Thus the holie House was finished in the thre and twentieth day of the moneth Adar in the sixtyere of Darius King of the Persians 6 ¶ And the children of Israel and the Priests and the Leuites and the rést whiche were of the captiuitie and had anie charge and according to the things writen in the boke of Mosés 7 And they offred for the dedication of the Tē ple of the Lord an hundreth bulles two hun dreth rams foure hundreth lambes 8 And twelue goates for the sinne of all Israel accordyng to the nōber of the chief of the tribes of Israel 9 And the Priests and the Leuites stode according to their kinreds clothed with long robes in the workes of the Lord God of Israêl accordyng to the boke of Moses and also the porters in euerie gate 10 And the children of Israél offred the Passeouer together with thē of the captiuitie in the 〈◊〉 day of the first moneth after that the Priests and Leuites were sanctified 11 But all the children of the captiuitie were not sanctified together but all the Leuites were sanctified together 12 And they 〈◊〉 the Passeouer for all the children of the captiuitie and for their brethren the Priests and for themselues 13 Then all the chyldren of Israel which were of the captiuitie did eat euen all they that had separated them selues from the abominations of the people of the land and soght the Lord. 14 And thei kept the feast of vnleauened bread seuen dayes reioycing before the Lord. 15 Because he had turned the counsel of the King of the Assyrians towardes thē to strengthen their hands in the workes of the Lord God of Israél CHAP. VIII 1 〈◊〉 cometh from Babylonto Ierusalem 10 The copie of the commission giuen by Artaxerxes 29 Esdras 〈◊〉 thankes to the Lorde 32 The nomber of the heads of the people that 〈◊〉 with him 76 His prayer and confession 1 ANd after these things when Artaxerxes King of the Persians reigned Esdras the sonne of Sarias the sonne of Ezerias the sonne of Helcias the sonne of Salum 2 The sonne of Sadoc the sonne of Achitob the sonne of Amarias the sonne of Ezias the sonne of Memeroth the sonne of Zaraias the sonne of Sauias the sonne of Boccas the sonne of Abisū the sonne of Phinees the sonne of Eleazar the sonne of Aaron was the hie Priest 3 This Esdras went out of Babylon and was a scribe wel taught in the Law of Moyses giuen by the Lord God of Israél 4 Also the King gaue him great honour ād he founde grace in hys sight in all hys requestes 5 With hym also there departed some of the children of Israél and of the Priests and Leuites and of the holy singers and of the porters and of the ministers of the Temple vnto Ierusalém 6 In the seuenth yere of the reigne of Artaxerxes ād in the fiftmoneth this was the seuēth yere of the King for they went out of Baby lon in the first day of the first moneth 7 And came to Ierusalē according as the Lord gaue them speed in their iournay 8 For Esdras had gotten great knowledge so that he wolde let nothing passe that was in the Law of the Lord and in the commandements and he taught all 〈◊〉 all the ordinances and iudgements 9 So the commission writen by Kyng Artaxerxes was giuen Esdras the Priest and reader of the Law of the Lord the copie thereof followeth 10 King Artaxerxes to Esdras the Priest reader of the Law of the Lord Salutacion 11 Forasmuche as consider things with pitie I haue commanded that they that wil and de sire of the
sonne of Aaron of the tribe of Leui which Esdras was prisoner in the land of Medes in the reigne of Attaxerxes King of Persia. 4 * And the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 5 Go and shewe my people their sinnes and their children their wickednes which thei haue committed against me that they may tel their childrens children 6 For the sinnes of their fathers are increased in them because they haue forgotten me and haue offred vnto strange gods 7 Haue not I broght them out of the land of Egypt from the house of bondage but they haue prouoked me vnto wrath and despised my counsels 8 Pull thou of them the heere of thine head cast all euil vpon them for they haue not bene obedient vnto my Law but they are a rebellious people 9 How long shal I forbeare thē vnto whome I haue done somuche good 10 * Many Kings haue I destroyed for their sakes Pharao with his seruāts and all his armie haue I smitten downe 11 All the nacions haue I destroied before thē * I haue destroyed the East the people of the two countreis Tyrus and Sidon and haue slaine all their enemies 12 Speake thou therefore vnto them saying Thus saith the Lord 13 * I haue led you thorow the Sea and haue giuen you a sure way since the beginning * I gaue you Moses for a guide and Aaron for a Priest 14 * I gaue you light in a piller of fyre great wonders haue I done amōg you yet haue ye forgotten me saith the Lord. 15 Thus saith the Almightie Lord The quailes * were a token vnto you I gaue you tentes for saue garde wherein ye murmured 16 And ye triumphed not in my Name for the destruction of your enemies but ye yet murmure stil. 17 Where are the benefites that I haue done for you when ye were hungrie in the wildernes * did ye not crye vnto me 18 Saying Why hast thou broght vs into this wildernes to kil vs It had bene better for vs to haue serued the Egyptians then to dye in this wildernes 19 I had pitie vpon your mournings and gaue you Manna to eat * so ye did eat Augels fode 20 * When ye were thirstie did not I cleaue the stone waters did flowe out to satisfie you from the heat I couered you with the leaues of the trees 21 And I gaue you fat countre is I cast out the Cananite the Pheresites Philistims before you * what shal I do more for you saith the Lord 22 Thus saith the almightie Lord * When ye were in the wildernes at the bitter waters being a thirst and blaspheming my Name 23 I gaue you not fyre for the blasphemies but cast a tre into the water and made the riuer swete 24 What shal I do vnto thee ô Iacob thou * Iu da woldest not obey I wil turne me to other nations and vnto those wil I giue my Name that they may kepe my lawes 25 Seing ye haue forsaken me I wil also forsake you when ye aske mercie of me I wil not ha ue pitie vpon you 26 * Whē ye call vpon me I wil not heare you for ye haue defiled your hands with blood and your fete are swift to commit murther 27 Althogh ye haue not forsaken me but your owne selues saith the Lord. 28 Thus saith the almightie Lord Haue I not prayed you as a Father his sonnes and as a mother her daughters as a nurse her yōg babes 29 That ye wolde be my people as I am your God and that ye wolde be my children as I am your father 30 * I gathered you together as an henne gathe reth her chikens vnder her wings but now what shal I do you I wil cast you out from my sight 31 * When you bring gifts vnto me I wil turne my face from you for your solēne feast dayes your new moones your circumcisions ha ue I forsaken 32 I sent vnto you my seruants the Prophetes whome ye haue taken and slaine and torne their bodies in pieces whose blood I wil reuenge saith the Lord. 33 Thus saith the almightie Lord Your house shal be desolate I wil cast you out as the winde doeth the stubble 34 Your children shal not haue generaciō for thei haue despised my commandement and done the thing that I hate before me 35 Your houses wil I giue vnto a people to come who shal beleue me thogh they heare me not and they vnto whome I neuer shewed miracle shal do the things that I command them 36 Thogh they seno Prophetes yet shal they hate their iniquities 37 ¶ I wil declare the grace that I wil do forthe people to come whose children reioyce in gladnes and thogh they haue not sene me with bodelie eyes yet in heart they beleue the things that I say 38 Now therefore brother behold what great glorie and se the people that come from the East 39 Vnto whome I wil giue for leaders Abrahā Isahac Iacob Oseas Amos Micheas Ioel Abdias Ionas 40 Naum Habacuc Sophonias Aggeus Zacha rias and Malachias which is called also the * messenger of the Lord CHAP. II. The Synagogue sindeth faute with her owne children 18 The Gentiles are called 1 THus saith the Lord I broght this people out of bondage I gaue them also my cōmandements by my seruants the Prophetes whome they wolde not heare but despised my counsels 2 The mother that bare them saith vnto thē Go you away ô childrē for I am a widdowe and forsaken 3 I broght you vp with gladnes but with soro we and heauines haue I lost you for ye haue sinned against the Lord your God done the thing that displeaseth him 4 But what shal I now do vnto you I am a widdowe and forsaken go ye ô my children and aske mercie of the Lord. 5 And thee ô father I call for a witnes for the mother ofthese children which wolde not kepe my couenant 6 That thou bring them to cōfusion and their motherto a spoile that their kinred be not continued 7 Let their names be scatred amōg the heathē let them be put out of the earth for they haue despised my couenant 8 Wo vnto thee Assur for thou hidest the vnrighteous in thee ô wicked people remember * what I did vnto Sodom and Gomorrha 9 Whose land is mixt with cloudes of pitch heapes of ashes so wil I do vnto thē that hea re me not saith the almightie Lord. 10 ¶ Thus saith the Lord vnto Esdras Tel my people that I wil giue them the kingdome of Ierusalēm which I wolde haue giuen vnto Israél 11 And I wil get me glorie by thē and giue thē the euerlasting tabernacles which I had prepared for those 12 They shal haue at wil thetre of life smelling of ointement they shal nether labour nor be weary 13 Goye ye shal receaue it pray that
offrings of the wicked * nether is he pacified for sinne by the multitude of sacrifice 21 Who so bringeth an offring of the goods of the poore doeth as one that sacrifiseth the sonne before the fathers eyes 22 The bread of the nedeful is the life of the poore he that defraudeth him thereof is a murtherer 23 He that taketh away his neighbours liuing slayeth him * and he that defraudeth the la bourer of his hyre is a blood shedder 24 ¶ When one buyldeth and another breaketh downe what profite haue they then but labour 25 When one prayeth and another curseth whose voyce wil the Lord heare 26 * He that washeth him self because of a dead bodie and toucheth it againe what auaileth his washing 27 * So is it with a man that fasteth for his sinnes and committeth them againe who wil heare his prayer or what doeth his fasting helpe him CHAP. XXXV 1 Of true sacrifices 14 The prayer of the fatherles and of the widowe and him that humbleth him self 1 WHO so kepeth the Law * bringeth offrings ynough he that holdeth fast the commandements offreth an offring of saluacion 2 He that is thankeful to them that haue wel deserued offreth fine floure * and he that giueth almes sacrifiseth praise 3 To departe from euil is a thankeful thing to the Lord and to forsake vnrighteousnes is a reconciling vnto him 4 * Thou shalt not appeare emptie before the Lord. 5 For all these things are done because of the commandement 6 * The offring of the righteous maketh the altar fat and the smel there of is swete before the most High 7 The sacrifice of the righteous is acceptable and the remembrance thereof shal neuer be forgotten 8 Giue the Lord his honour with a good and liberal eye and diminish not the first frutes of thine hands 9 * In all thy giftes shewe a ioyeful countenan ce and dedicate thy tithes with gladnes 10 Giue vnto the moste High according as he hathe enriched thee * and loke what thine hand is able giue with a chareful eye 11 For the Lord recompenseth and wil giue thee seuen times as muche 12 * 〈◊〉 nothing of thine offring for he wil not receiue it and absteine from wrong ful sacrifices for the Lord is the iudge and regardeth no * mans persone 13 He accepteth not the persone of the poore but he heareth the prayer of the oppressed 14 He despiseth not the desire of the fatherles nor the widdow when she powreth out her prayer 15 Doeth not the teares runne downe the wid dowes chekes and her crye is against him that caused them for from her chekes do they go vp vnto heauen and the Lord which heareth them doeth accept them 16 He that serueth the Lord shal be accepted with fauour and his prayer shal teache vnto the cloudes 17 The prayer of him that humbleth him self goeth thorowe the cloudes and ceaseth not til it come nere wil not departe til the most High haue respect thereunto to iudge righteously and to execute iudgement 18 And the Lord wil not be slacke nor the Almightie wil tarie long from thē til he hathe smitten in sunder the loynes of the vnmerciful and aduenged him self of the heathen til he haue takē away the multitude of the cruel and broken the scepter of the vnrighteous til he 〈◊〉 euerie man after his workes and rewarde them after their deuises til he haue iudged the cause of his people and cōforted them with his mercie 19 Oh how faire a thing is mercie in the time of anguish and trouble It is like a cloude of raine that cometh in the time of a drought CHAP. XXXVI 1 A prayer to God in the persone of all faithful men against those that persecute his Church 22 The praise of a good woman 1 HAue mercie vpon vs ô Lord God of all things and beholde vs ād shewe vs the light of thy mercies 2 And send thy feare among the naciōs whiche seke not after thee that they may know that there is no God but thou and that they may she we thy wonderous workes 3 Lift vp thine * hand vpon the strange naciōs that they may se thy power 4 As thou art sanctified in vs before them so be thou magnified among them before vs 5 That they may know thee as we know thee for there is none other God but onely thou ô Lord. 6 Renue the signes and change the wonders shewe the glorie of thine hand and thy right arme that they may shewe forthe thy wonderous actes 7 Raise vp thine indignacion and powre out wrath take away the aduersarie and smite the enemie 8 Make the time shorte remēber thine othe that thy wonderous workes may be praised 9 Let the wrath of the fyre 〈◊〉 them that escape and let them perish that oppresse the people 10 Smite in sonder the heades of the princes that be our enemies and say There is none other but we 11 〈◊〉 all the tribes of Iacob together that they may knowe that there is none other God but onely thou and that they may shew thy wonderous workes and inherit thou them as from the beginning 12 O LORD haue mercie vpon the people that is called by thy Name and vpon Israel * whome thou hast likened to a first borne sonne 13 Oh be merciful vnto Ierusalem the citie of thy Sanctuarie the citie of thy rest 14 Fill 〈◊〉 that it may magnifie thine oracles and fill thy people with thy glorie 15 Giue witnes vnto those that thou hast possessed from the beginning and raise vp the prophecies that haue bene shewed in thy Name 16 Rewarde them that waite for thee that thy Prophetes may be founde faithful 17 O Lord heare the power of thy seruants ac cording to the * blessing of Aaron ouer thy people and guide thou vs in the way of righ teousnes that all they which dwell vpon the earth may knowe that thou art the Lord the eternal God 18 ¶ The belie deuoureth all meates yet is one meat better then another 19 As the throte tasteth venisone so doeth a wise minde discerne false wordes 20 A frowarde heart bringeth grief but a man of experience wil resist it 21 A woman is aptto receiue euerie man yet is one daughter better then another 22 The beautie of a woman chereth the face and a man loueth nothing better 23 If there be in her tongue gentlenes mekenes and wholesome talke thē is not herhous band like other men 24 He that hathe gotten a vertuous woman hathe begone to get a possession she is an helpe like vnto himself and a piller to rest vpon 25 Where no hedge is there the possession is spoiled and he that hathe no wife wādereth to and fro mourning 26 Who wiltrust a thief that is alway readie wandereth from towne to towne and likewise him
there are hid yet greater things then these be we haue sene but a fewe of hys workes 33 For the Lord hathe made all things and giuen wisdome to suche as feare God CHAP. XLIIII The praise of certein holie men Enoch Noe Abraham Isaac and Iacob 1 LEt vs now commende the famous men and our fathers of whome we are begotten 2 The Lord hathe gotten great glorie by them and that through his great power from the beginning 3 Thei haue borne rule in their kingdomes and were renoumed for their power and were wise in counsel and declared prophecies 4 * They gouerned the people by counsel by the knowledge of learning mete for the people in whose doctrine were wise sē tences 5 They inuented the melodie of musicke expounded the verses that were writen 6 They were riche and mightie in power liued quietly at home 7 All these were honorable men in their generacions and were wel reported of their times 8 There are of them that haue left a name behinde them so that their praise shal be spoken of 9 There are some also which haue no memo rial * and are perished as thogh they had neuer bene and are become as thogh they had neuer bene borne and their children after them 10 But the former were merciful men whose righteousnes hathe not bene forgotten 11 For whose posteritie a good inheritance is reserued and their sede is conteined in the couenant 12 Their stocke is conteined in the couenant and their posteritie after them 13 Their sede shal remaine for euer their praise shal neuer be taken away 14 Their bodies are buryed in peace but their name liueth for euer more 15 * The people speake of their wisdome the congregacion talke of their praise 16 * Enoch pleased the Lord God therefore was he translated for an example of repentance to the generacions 17 * 〈◊〉 was founde perfite and in the time of wrath he had a rewarde therefore was he left as a remnant vnto the earth when the flood came 18 An euerlasting couenant was made with him that all flesh shulde * perish no more by the flood 19 Abrahā was a * great father of maniepeo ple in glorie was there none like vnto him 20 He kepeth the Law of the moste High was in couenant with him and he set couenant * in his flesh and in tentation he was founde faithful 21 Therefore he assured him an * othe that he wolde blesse the nacions in his sede and that he wolde multiplie him as the dust of the earth exalte his sede as the starres cause them to inheritāce from sea to sea frō the Riuer vnto the end of the worlde 22 * With Isaac did he cōfirme likewise for Abraham his fathers sake the blessing of all men and the couenant 23 And caused it to rest vpon the head of Iacob and made him selfe knowen by * hys blessings and gaue him an heritage and deuided his porcions * and parted them among the twelue tribes 24 And he broght out of him a mercifull man whiche founde fauour in the sight of all flesh CHAP. XLV The praise of Moyses Aaron and Phinees 1 ANd Moyses the * beloued of God men broght forthe whose remembrance is blessed 2 He made him like to the glorious Saints and magnified him by the feare of his enemies 3 By his wordes he caused the wonders to cease and he made him * glorious in the sight of Kings and gaue him commandements for his people and shewed him hys glorie 4 * He sanctified him with faithfulnes and mekenes and chose him out of all men 5 He caused him to heare his voyce and broght him into the darke cloude * and there he gaue him the commaundements before his face euen the Lawe of life and knowledge that he might teache Iacob the couenant and Israel his iudgements 6 He exalted Aaron an holie man like vnto him euē his * brother of the tribe of Leui. 7 An euerlasting couenant made he with him and gaue him the Priesthode amōg the people and made him blessed through his comelie ornament clothed him with the garment of honour 8 He put perfite ioye vpon him and gyrded him with ornaments of strength as with breches and a tunicle and an ephod 9 He compassed hym aboute with belles of golde and with manie belles round about * that when he went in the sound might be heard and might make a 〈◊〉 in the Sanctuarie for a remembrance to the children of Israel his people 10 And with an holie garment with golde also and blewe silke and purple diuers kindes of workes and with a brestlappe of iudgemēt with the signes of trueth 11 And with worke of skarlet conningly wroght and with precious stones grauen like seales and set in golde by gold smithes worke for a memorial with a writing grauen after the nōber of the tribes of Israel 12 And with a crowne of golde vpon the mitre hearing the forme and marke of holines an ornamēt of honour a noble worke garnished and pleasant to loke vpon 13 Before him were there no suche faire ornaments there might no stranger put thē on but onely his children and his childrēs children perpetually 14 Their sacrifices were wholy consumed eue rie day twise continually 15 * Moses filled his hands and anointed him with holie oyle this was appointed vnto him by an euerlasting couenant and to his sede so long as the heauens shulde remaine that he shulde minister before him and also to execute the office of the priesthode and blesse his people in his name 16 Before all men liuing the Lord chose him that he shulde present offrings before him and a swete sauour for a remembrance to make reconciliation for his people 17 * He gaue him also his commandements autoritie according to the Lawes appointed that he shulde teache Iacob the testimonies and giue light vnto Israél by his Law 18 * Strangers stode vp against him and enuied him in the wildernes euen the men 〈◊〉 toke 〈◊〉 and Abirams parte and the companie of Core in furie and rage 19 This the Lord sake and it displeased him and in his wrathful indignaciō were they consumed he did wonders vpon them and consumed them with the syrie flame 20 * But he made Aaron more honorable and gaue him an heritage and parted the first frutes of the first 〈◊〉 vnto him vnto him specially he appointed bread in abundance 21 For the Priests did eat of sacrifices of the Lord which he gaue vnto him and to his sede 22 * Els had he none heritage in the land of his people nether had he any porcion among the people for the Lord is the porcion of his inheritance 23 The third in glorie is * Phinees the sonne of Eleazar because
brasse was about in measure as the sea 4 He 〈◊〉 care for his people that they shulde not fall fortified the citié against the siege 5 How honorable was his conuersation among the people and when he came out of the house couered with the vaile 6 He was as the morning starre in the middes of a cloude and as the moone when it is ful 7 And as the sunne shining vpon the Temple of the moste High as the rainebowe that is bright in the faire cloudes 8 And as the floure of the roses in the spring of the yere and as lilies by the springs of waters and as the branches of the frankē censetre in the time of somer 9 As a fyre and incense in the censer and as 〈◊〉 a vessel of massie golde set with all maner of precious stones 10 And as a faire oliue tre that is fruteful and as a cypressetre which groweth vp to the cloudes 11 When ' he put on the garment of honour and was clothed with all beautie he went vp to the holy altar and made the garmēt of holines honorable 12 When he toke the porcions out of the Priests hands he him self stoode by the herth of the altar compassed with his bre thren rounde about as the brāches do the cedre tre in Libanus and thei compassed him as the branches of the palme trees 13 So were all the sonnes of Aaron in their glorie the oblacions of the Lord in their hāds before all the congregaciō of Israél 14 And that he might accōplish his ministerie vpon the altar and garnish the offring of the moste High and almightie 15 He stretched out his hand to the drinke offring powred of the blood of the grape and he powred at the fote of the altar a perfume of good sauour vnto the moste high King of all 16 Then showted the sonnes of Aaron and blowed with brasen trumpets and made a great noyce to be heard for a remēbrance before the moste High 17 Then all the people together hasted and fell downe to the earth vpō their faces to worship their Lord God almightie and moste high 18 The singers also sang with their voyces so that the sounde was great and the melodie swete 19 And the people prayed vnto the Lord moste high with prayer before him that is merciful til the honour of the Lord were performed and they had accomplished his seruice 20 Then went he downe and stretched out his hands ouer the whole congregacion of the children of Israél that they shulde giue praise with their lippes vnto the Lord and reioyce in his Name 21 He begā againe to worship that the might receiue the blessing of the moste High 22 Now therefore giue praise all ye vnto God that worketh great things euerie where which hathe increased our dayes from the wombe and delte with vs according to his mercie 23 That he wolde giue vs ioyfulnes of heart peace in our dayes in Israél as in olde time 24 That he wolde confirme his mercie with vs and deliuer vs at his time 25 ¶ There be two maner of people that mine heart ab horreth and the third is no people 26 They that sit vpon the mountaine of Samaria the Philistims and the foolish people that dwell in Sicinus 27 ¶ Iesus the sonne of Sirach the sonne of Eleazarus of Ierusalém hathe writen the doctrine of vnder standing and knowledge in this boke 〈◊〉 powred out the wisdome of his heart 28 Blessed is he that exerciseth him self therein he that layeth vp these in his heart shal be wise 29 For if he do these things he shal be strong in all things for he setteth his steppes in the light of the Lord which giueth wisdome to the godlie The Lord be praised for euer more so be it so be it CHAP. LI. A prayer of Iesus the sonne of 〈◊〉 1 I Wil confesse thee ô Lord and King and praise thee ó God my Sauiour I giue thankes vnto thy Name 2 For thou art my defender and helper and hast preserued my bodie from destruction and from the snare of the sclanderouston gue and from the lippes that are occupied with lies thou hast holpen me against mine aduersaries 3 And hast deliuered me according to the multitude of thy mercie and for thy Names sake from the roaring of them that were readie to deuoure me and out of the hands of suche as soght after my life and from the manifolde affliction which I had 4 And from the fyre that choked me rounde about and from the middes of the fyrethat I burned not 5 And from the botome of the belie of hel from an vncleane tongue from lying wor des from false accusation to the King frō the sclander of an vn righteous tongue 6 My soule shal praise the lord vnto death for my soule drewe nere vnto death my life was nere to the hel beneth 7 They compassed me on euerie side there was no man to helpe me I loked for the succour of men but there was none 8 Then thoght I vpon thy mercie ô Lord vpon thine actes of olde how thou deliue rest suche as waite for thee and sauest thē out of the hands of the enemies 9 Then lift I vp my prayer from the earth and praied for deliuerance from death 10 I called vpon the Lord the father of my Lord that he wold not leauemein the daye of my trouble and in the time of the proude without helpe 11 I wil praise thy Name continually and wil sing praise with thankes giuing and my prayer was heard 12 Thou sauedst me from destruction and deliueredst me from the euil time therefore wil I giue thankes and praise thee blesse the Name of the Lord. 13 When I was yet yong or euer I wēt abroad I desired wisdome openly in my prayer 14 I praied for her before the Temple and soght after her vnto farre countreis and she was as a grape that waxeth ripe out of the floure 15 Mine heart reioyced in her my foote walked in the right way and from my youth vp soght I after her 16 I bowed some what downe mine eare and receiued her and gate me muche wisdome 17 And I profited by her therefore wil I ascribe the glorie vnto him that giueth me wis dome 18 For I am aduised to do thereafter I wil be ielous of that that is good so shal I not be confounded 19 My soule hathe wresteled with her and I haue examined my workes I lifted vp mine hands on hye and considered the ignoran ces thereof 20 I directed my soule vnto her an I founde her in purenes I haue had mine heart ioyned with her from the beginning therefo re shal I not be forsaken 21 My bowels are troubled in seking her therefore haue I gotten a good possession 22 The Lord hathe giuen me a tongue for my rewarde where with I wil praise him 23 Drawe nere vn to me ye vn lerned
out of thee shal come the gouernour that shal fede my people Israel 7 Then Herode priuely called the Wisemen and diligently inquired of them the time of the starre that appeared 8 And sent them to Beth-lehem saying Go searche diligently for the babe and when ye haue founde him bring me worde againe that I may come also and worship him 9 ¶ So when they had heard the King they de parted lo the starre which they had sene in the East went before thē til it came and stode ouer the place where the babe was 10 And when they sawe the starre they reioyced with an exceading great ioye 11 And went into the house and founde the babe with Marie his mother and fel downe and worshipped him and opened their treasures and presented vnto him giftes euen golde and in cense and myrrhe 12 And after they were warned of God in a dreame that they shulde not go againe to Herode they returned into their countrey another way 13 ¶ After their departure beholde the Angel of the Lord appeareth to Ioseph in adreame saying Arise and take the babe and his mother and flee into Egypt and be there til I bring thee worde for Herode wil seke the babe to destroye him 14 So he arose and toke the babe and his mother by night and departed into Egypt 15 And was there vnto the death of Herode that it might be fulfilled which was spoken of the Lord by the * Prophet saying Out of Egypt haue I called my Sonne 16 ¶ Thē Herode seing that he was mocked of the Wisemen was exceading wroth and sent forthe and slewe all the male children that were in Beth-lehē and in all the coastes thereof from two yere olde and vnder according to the time which he had diligently searched out of the Wisemen 17 Then was that fulfilled which was spoken by the Prophet Ieremias saying 18 * In Rama was a voyce heard mourning and weping and great lamentation Rachel weping for her children and wolde not be comforted because they were not 19 And when Herode was dead beholde an Angel of the Lord appeareth in a dreame to Ioseph in Egypt 20 Saying Arise and take the babe and his mother and go into the land of Israel for they are dead which soght the babes life 21 Then he arose vp and toke the babe and his mother and came into the land of Israel 22 But when he heard that Archelaus did reigne in Iudea in steade of his father Herode he was afrayed to gothether yet after he was warned of God in a dreame he turned aside into the parties of Galile 23 And went and dwelt in a citie called Nazaret that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the Prophetes which was That he shulde be called a Nazarite CHAP. III. 1 The office doctrine and life Iohn 7 The Pharises are reproued 8 The frutes of repentance 13 Christ is baptized in Iordan 17 And autorised by God his Father 1 A * Nd in those dayes Iohn the Baptiste came and preached in the wildernes of Iudea 2 And said Repēt for the kingdome of heauen is at hand 3 For this is he of whome it is spoken by the Prophet Esaias saying * The voyce of him that cryeth in the wildernes is Prepare ye the way of the Lord make his paths straight 4 * And this Iohn had his garment of camels heere and a gridle of a skin about his loynes his meat was also locustes wilde honie 5 * Then went out to him Ierusalem all Iudea and all the region rounde about Iordan 6 And they were baptized of him in Iordan confessing their sinnes 7 Now when he sawe many of the Pharises and of the Sadduces come to his baptisme he said vnto them * O generacions of vipers who hathe fore warned you to flee from the angre to come 8 Bring for the therefore frutes worthie amēdement of life 9 And thinke not to say with your selues * We haue Abraham to our father for I say vnto you that God is able of these stones to raise vp children vnto Abraham 10 And now also is the axe put to the roote of the trees * therefore euerie tre whiche bringeth not forthe good frute is he wen downe and cast into the fyre 11 * In dede I baptize you with water to amendement of life but he that cometh after me is mightier then I whose shoes I am not worthie to beare he wil baptize you with the holie Gost and with fyre 12 Which hathe his fanne in his hand and wil make cleane his floore and gather his wheat into his garner but wil burne vp the chaffe with vnquencheable fyre 13 ¶ * Thē came Iesus frō Galile to Iordan vnto Iohn to be baptized of him 14 But Iohn put him backe saying I haue nede to be baptized of thee and commest thou to me 15 Then Iesus answering said to him Let be now for thus it becometh vs to fulfil all righteousnes So he suffred him 16 And Iesus when he was baptized came straight out of the water And lo the heauēs were opened vnto him and Iohn sawe the Spirit of God descending like a doue and lighting vpon him 17 And lo a voyce came from heauen saying * This is my * beloued Sonne in whome I am wel pleased CHAP. IIII. 1 Christ fasteth and is tempted 11 The Angels minister vnto him 17 He beginneth to preache 18 He calleth Pe ter Andrew Iames and Iohn and healeth all the sicke 1 THen * was Iesus led aside of the Spirit into the wildernes to be tempted of the deuil 2 And when he had fasted fortie dayes and for tie nights he was after warde hungrie 3 Then came to him the tempter and said If thou be the Sonne of God 〈◊〉 that these stones be made bread 4 But he answering said It is written * Man shal not liue by bread onely but by euerie worde that proceadeth out of the mouth of God 5 Then the deuil toke him vp into the holie Citie and set him on a pinacle of the temple 6 And said vnto him If thou be the Sonne of God cast thy self downe for it is written * that he wil giue his Angels charge ouer thee and with their hands they shal lifte thee vp left at anie time thou shuldest dash thy fote against a stone 7 Iesus said vnto him It is written againe * Thou shalt not tempt the Lord thy God 8 Againe the deuil toke him vp vnto an exceading hie mountaine and shewed him all the kingdomes of the worlde and the glorie of them 9 And said to him All these wil I giue thee if thou wilt fall downe
things from the beginning to write vnto thee there of from point to point 4 That thou mightest acknowledge the certeintie of those things whereof thou hast bene instructed 5 IN the time of Herode King of Iudea there was a certeine Priest named Zacharias of the course of Abia and his wife was of the daughters of Aarō and her name was Elisabet 6 Bothe were iust before God and walked in all the commaundements and ordinances of the Lord without reprofe 7 And thei had no childe because that Elisabet was barren and bothe were wel strickē in age 8 And it came to passe as he executed the Priests office before God as his course came in order 9 According to the custome of the Priests office his lot was to burne incense when he went into the Temple of the Lord. 10 And the whole multitude of the people were without in prayer * while the incēse was burning 11 Then appeared to him an Angel of the Lord standing at the right side of the altar of incense 12 And whē Zacharias sawe him he was trou bled and feare fel vpon him 13 But the Angel said vnto him Feare not Zacharias for thy prayer is heard and the wife Elisabet shal beare thee a sonne and thou shalt call his name Iohn 14 And thou shalt haue ioye and gladnes and many shal reioyce at his birth 15 For he shal be great in the sight of the Lord and shal nether drinke wine nor strong drinke and he shal be filled with the holie Gost euen from his mothers wombe 16 * And many of the children of Israel shal he turne to their Lord God 17 * For he shal go before him in the spirit power of Elias to turne the hearts of the Fathers to the children and the disobedient to the wisdome of the iust men to make readie a people prepared for the Lord. 18 Then Zacharias said vnto the Angel 〈◊〉 shall knowe this for I am an olde mā and my wife is of a great age 19 And the Angel answered and said vnto him I am Gabriel that stand in the presence of God and am sent to speake vnto thee and to 〈◊〉 thee these good tidings 20 And beholde thou shalt be 〈◊〉 and not be able to 〈◊〉 vntil the day that these things be done because thou beleuedst not my wordes whiche shal be fulfilled in their season 21 Now the people waited for Zacharias and marueiled that he taried so long in the Tēple 22 And when he came out he colde not speake vnto them then they 〈◊〉 that he had sene a vision in the Temple for he made signes vnto them and remained domme 23 And it came to passe when the dayes of his office were fulfilled that he departed to his owne house 24 And after those dayes his wife Elisabet cōceiueth hid her self fiue moneths saying 25 Thus hathe the Lord dealt with me in the dayes wherein he loked on me to take frō me my rebuke among men 26 ¶ And in the sixt moneth the Angel Gabriel was sent from God vnto a citie of 〈◊〉 named Nazaret 27 To a virgine affianced to a man whose name was Ioseph of the house of Dauid and the virgins name was Marie 28 And the Angel went into her said Haile thou that art freely beloued the Lord is with thee blessed art thou among women 29 And when she sawe him she was troubled at his saying and toght what maner of saluta cion that shulde be 30 Then the Angel said vnto her Feare not Marie for thou hast founde fauour with God 31 * For lo thou shalt conceiue in thy wombe and beare a sonne and shalt call his name IESVS 32 He shal be great and shal be called the Sonne of the moste High and the Lord God shal giue vnto him the throne of his Father Dauid 33 * And he shal reigne ouer the house of Iacob for euer of his kingdome shal be none end 34 Then said Marie vnto the Angel How shal this be seing I know no man 35 And the Angel ans 〈◊〉 and said vnto her The holie Gost shal come vpon thee the power of the most High shal ouer shadowe thee 〈◊〉 also that yholie thing which shal be borne of thee shal be called the Sonne of God 36 And beholde thy cousin Elisabet she hath also cōceiued a sonne in her olde age this is her sixt moneth which was called barren 37 For with God shal nothing be vnpossible 38 Then Marie said Beholde the seruant of the Lord be it vnto me according to thy worde So the Angel departed from her 39 ¶ And Marie arose in those dayes and went into the hill countrey with haste to a citie of Iuda 40 And entred into the house of Zacharias saluted Elisabet 41 And it came to passe as Elisabet heard the saluaciō of Marie the babe sprāg in her bel lie Elisabet was filled with the holie Gost. 42 And she cryed with a loude voyce and said Blessed art thou among women because the frute of thy wombe is blessed 43 And whence cometh this to me that the mother of my Lord shulde come to me 44 For lo assone as the voyce of thy salutation sounded in mine eares the babe sprang in my bellie for ioye 45 And blessed is she that beleued for those things shal be performed which were tolde her from the Lord. 46 Then Marie said My soule magnifieth the Lord 47 And my spirit reioyceth in God my Sauiour 48 For he hathe loked on the poore degre of his seruant for beholde from hence forthe shal all ages call me blessed 49 Because he that is mightie hathe done for me great things and holie is his Name 50 And his mercie is from generacion to generacion on them that feare him 51 * He hathe shewed strenght with his arme * he hathe scattered the proude in the imagination of their hearts 52 He hathe put downe the mightie frō their seates and exalted them of lowe degre 53 * He hathe filled the hungrie with good things and sent away the riche emptie 54 * He hathe vpholden Israel his seruāt being mindeful of his mercie 55 * As he hathe spokē to our fathers to wit to Abraham and his sede for euer 56 ¶ And Marie abode with her about thre mo neths after she returned to her owne house 57 ¶ Now Elisabets time was fulfilled that she shulde be deliuered and she broght forthe a sonne 58 And her neighbours and cousins heard tel how the Lord had shewed his great mercie vpon her and they reioyced with her 59 And it was so that on the eight day they came to circumcise the babe and called him Zacharias after the Name of his Father 60 But his
Priest Are these things so 2 And he said Ye men brethren and fathers hearken The God of glorie appeared vnto our father Abraham while he was in Mesopotamia before he dwelt in Charran 3 * And said vnto him Come out of thy countrey and from thy kinred and come into the land which I shal shewe thee 4 Then came he out of the land of the Chaldeans and dwelt in Charran And after that his father was dead God broght him from thēce into this land where in ye now dwell 5 And he gaue him none inheritance in it no not the breadth of a fote yet he promised that he wolde giue it to him for a possession and to his sede after him when as yet he had no childe 6 But God spake thus that his * sede shulde be a soiourner in a strange land and that they shulde kepe it in bondage and entreate it euil foure hundreth yeres 7 But the nacion to whome they shal be in bondage will iudge saith God and after that they shal come forthe and serue me in this place 8 * He gaue him also the couenant of circumcision and so Abraham begate * Isaac and circumcised him the eight daye and Isaac begate * Iacob and Iacob the twelue * Patriarkes 9 And the Patriarkes moued with enuie solde * Ioseph into Egypt but God was with him 10 And deliuered him out of all his afflictions and * gaue him fauour and wisdome in the sight of Pharao King of Egypt who made him gouernour ouer Egypt and ouer his whole house 11 ¶ Thē came there a famine ouer all the land of Egypt and Canaan and great affliction that our fathers founde no sustenance 12 But when * Iacob heard that there was corne in Egypt he sent our fathers first 13 * And at the secōde time Ioseph was know en of his brethren and Iosephs kinred was made knowen vnto Pharao 14 Then sent Ioseph and caused his father to be broght ād all his kinred euen thre score and fiftene soules 15 So * Iacob went downe into Egypt and he * dyed and our fathers 16 And were remoued into * Sychem and were put in the sepulchre that Abraham had boght * for money of the sonnes of Emor sonne of Sychem 17 But when the time of the promes drewe nere which God had sworne to Abraham the people* grewe and multiplied in Egypt 18 Til another King arose which knewe not Ioseph 19 The same dealt subtely with our kinred and euil intreated our fathers ād made them to cast out their yong children that they shulde not remaine aliue 20 * The same time was Moses borne and was acceptable vnto God which was nourished vp in his fathers house thre moneths 21 And when he was cast out Pharaos daugh ter toke him vp and nourished him for her owne sonne 22 And Moses was learned in all the wisdome of the Egyptians and was mightie in wordes and in dedes 23 Now when he was ful fortie yere olde it ca me into his heart to wisit his brethren the children of Israel 24 * And when he sawe one of them suffer wrong he defended him and auenged his quarel that had the harme done to him and sinote the Egyptian 25 For he supposed his brethren wolde haue vnderstand that God by his hand shulde giue them deliuerance but thei vnderstode it not 26 * And the next day he shewed him self vnto them as they stroue and wolde haue set them at one againe saying Syrs ye are brethren why do ye wrong one to another 27 But he that did his neighbour wrong thrust him away saying Who made thee a prince and a iudge ouer vs 28 Wilt thou kil me as thou did dest the Egyptian yesterday 29 Then fled Moses at that saying and was a stranger in the land of Madian where he begate two sonnes 30 And when fourtie yereswere expired there appeared to him in the * wildernes of mount Sina an Angel of the Lord in a flame of fyre in a bush 31 And when Moses sawe it he wondred at the sight and as he drewe nere to consider it the voyce of the Lord came vnto him saying 32 I am the God of thy fathers the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Iacob Then Moses trembled and durst not beholde it 33 Then the Lord said to him Put of thy shooes from thy fete for the place where thou standest is holie grounde 34 I haue sene I haue sene the affliction of my people which is in Egypt and I haue heard their groning ād am came downe to deliuer them ād now come and I wil send thee into Egypt 35 This Moses whome thei forsoke saying Who made thee a prince and a iudge the same God sent for a prince ād a deliuerer by the hands of the Angel which appeared to him in the bush 36 He * broght them out doing wonders and miracles in the land of Egypt and in the red sea and in the wildernes * fourtie yeres 37 This is that Moses which said vnto the chil dren of Israel * A Prophet shal the Lord your God raise vp vnto you euen of your brethren like vnto me him shal ye heare 38 * This is he that was in the Congregation in the wildernes with the Angel which spake to him in mount Sina and with our fathers who receiued the liuelie oracles to giuevnto vs. 39 To whome our fathers wolde not obey but refused and in their hearts turned backe againe into Egypt 40 Saying vnto Aaron * Make vs gods that may go before vs for we knowe not what is 〈◊〉 of this Moses that broght vs out of the land of Egypt 41 And they made a calfe in those daies and offred sacrifice vnto the idole and reioyced in the workes of their owne hands 42 Then God turned him self away and * gaue them vp to serue the hoste of heauen as it is written in the boke of the Prophetes * O house of Israel haue ye offred to me slayne beasts and sacrifices by the space of fourtie yeres in the wildernes 43 And ye toke vp the tabernacle of * Moloch and the starre of your god Remphan figures which ye made to worship them there fore I wil carie you away beyonde Babylon 44 Our fathers had the tabernacle of witnes in the wildernes as he had appointed speaking vnto * Moses that he shulde make it according to the facion that he had sene 45 Which tabernacle also our Fathers receiued and broght in with * Iesus into the possessiō of the Gentiles which God draue out before our fathers vnto the dayes of Dauid 46 * Who founde fauour before God and desired that he might * finde
verely they whiche are the children of Leui which receiue the office of the Priesthode haue a* commandement to take according to the Law tithes of the people that is of their brethren thogh they came out of the loynes of Abraham 6 But he whose kinred is not counted among them receiued tithes of Abraham blessed him that had the promises 7 And without all contradiction the lesse is blessed of the greater 8 And here men that dye receiue tithes but there he receiueth them of whome it is witnessed that he liueth 9 And to say as the thing is Leui also whiche receiueth tithes payed tithes in Abraham 10 For he was yet in the loines of his Father Abraham when Melchi-sedec met him 11 If therefore perfection had bene by the Priesthode of the Leuites for vnder in the Law was established to the people what neded it furthermore that another Priest shuld rise after the order of Melchi-sedec and not to be called after the order of Aaron 12 For if the Priesthode be changed then of necessitie must there be a change of the Law 13 For he of whome these things are spoken perteineth vnto another tribe whereof no man serued at the altar 14 For it is euident that our Lord sprong out of Iuda concernyng the whiche tribe Moses spake nothyng touchyng the Priesthode 15 And it is yet a more euident thyng because that after the similitude of Melchi-sedec there is risen vp another Priest 16 Which is not made Priest after the Law of the carnal commandement but after the power of the endles life 17 For he testifieth thus * Thou art a Priest for euer after the order of Melchi-sedec 18 For the commandement that went afore is disanulled because of the weakenes thereof and vnprofitablenes 19 For the Law made nothing perfite but the bringing in of a better hope made perfite whereby we drawe nere vnto God 20 And forasmuche as it is not wythout an othe for these are made Priests wythout an othe 21 But this he is made with an othe by hym that said vnto him * The Lord hath sworne ād will not repent Thou art a Priest for euer after the order of Melchi-sedec 22 By so muche is Iesus made a suretie of a better Testament 23 And amonge them many were made Prists because they were not suffred to endure by the reason of death 24 But this man because he endureth euer hathe an euerlasting Priesthode 25 Wherefore he is able also perfitely to saue them that come vnto God by hym seyng he euer liueth to make intercession for them 26 For suche an hye Priest it became vs to haue whiche is holie harmeles vndefiled separate frome sinnes and made hier then the heauen 27 Which neded not daily as those hie Priests to offer vp sacrifice * first for hys owne sinnes and then for the peoples for that did he once when he offred vp him self 28 For the Law maketh men hie Priests which haue infirmitie but the worde of the othe that was since the Law maketh the Sonne who is consecrated for euermore CHAP. VIII 6 He proueth the abolishing aswel of the Leuitical Priest hode as of the olde Couenant by the spiritual and euerla 〈◊〉 Priesthode of Christ 8 And by the new Couenant 1 NOw of the things which we haue spoken this is the summe that we haue su che an hie Priest that sitteth at the righthand of the throne of the maiestie in heauens 2 And is a minister of the Sanctuarie and of the true Tabernacle which the Lord pight and not man 3 For euerie hie Priest is ordeined to offer bothe giftes and sacrifices wherefore it was of necessitie that this man shulde haue some what also to offer 4 For he were not a Priest if he were on the earth seing there are Priests that according to the Law offer giftes 5 Who serue vnto the paterne and shadowe of heauenlie things as Moses was warned by God when he was about to finish the Tabernacle * Se said he that thou make all things according to the paterne shewed to thee in the mount 6 But now our hie Priest hathe obteined a more excellent office in asmuche as he is the Mediatour of a bettter Testament which is established vpon better promises 7 For if that first Testament had bene fauteles no place shulde haue bene soght for the seconde 8 For in rebuking them he saith * Beholde the dayes wil come saith the Lord when I shal make with the house of Israel and with the house of Iuda a new Testament 9 Not like the Testament that I made with their fathers in the day that I toke them by the hand to leade them out of the land of Egypt for they continued not in my Testament and I regarded thē not saith the Lord. 10 For this is the Testament that I wil make with the house of Israel After those dayes saith the Lord I wil put my lawes in their min de and in their heart I wil write them I wil be their God and they shal be my people 11 And they shal not teache euerie man his neighbour euerie man his brother saying Knowe the Lord for all shall knowe me frō the least of them to the greatest of them 12 For I wil be merciful to their vnrighteousnes and I wil remember their sinnes ād their iniquities no more 13 In that he saith a newe Testament he hathe abrogate the olde now that which is disanulled and vaxed olde is readie to vanish away CHAP. IX 1 How that the Ceremonies and sacrifices of the Lawe are abolished 11 By the eternitie and perfection of Christs sacrifice 1 THen the first Testament had also ordinances of religion and a worldlie San ctuarie 2 For the first * Tabernacle was made wher in was the candlesticke the table and the shew bread which Tabernacle is called the Holie places 3 And after the seconde vaile was the Taber nacle which is called the Holiest of all 4 Which had the golden senser and the Arke of the Testament ouerlaide rounde about with gold wherein the golden pot which had manna was and* Aarons redde that had bud ded the * tables of the Testament 5 * And ouer the Arke were the glorious Che rubims shadowing the mercie seat of which things we wil not now speake particularly 6 Now when these things were thus ordeined the Priests went alwayes into the first Tabernacle and accomplished the seruice 7 But into the second went the * hie Priest alone once euerie yere not without blood which he offered for him self and for the ignorances of the people 8 Whereby the holie Gost this signified that the way into the Holiest of all was not yet opened while as yet the first
of the campe bearing his reproche 14 For here haue we no continuing citie but we seke one to come 15 Let vs therefore by hym offer the sacrifice of praise alwayes to God that is the * frute of the lippes whiche confesse his Name 16 To do good and to distribute forget not for with suche sacrifices God is pleased 17 Obey them that haue the ouersight of you and submit your selues for they watche for your soules as thei that must giue accountes that they may do it with ioye and not with grief for that is vnprofitable for you 18 Pray for vs for we are assured that 〈◊〉 haue a good conscience in all thyngs desiryng to liue honestly 19 And I desire you some what the more earnestly that ye so do that I may be restored to you more quickely 20 The God of peace that broght againe frō the dead our Lord Iesus the great shepherd of the shepe through the blood of the euerlasting Couenant 21 Make you perfite in all good workes to do his will working in you that whiche is pleasant in his sight through Iesus Christ to whome be praise for euer and euer Amen 22 I beseche you also brethren suffre the wordes of exhortation for I haue writen vn to you in fewe wordes 23 Knowe that our brother Timotheus is deliuered with whome if he come shortely I wil se you 24 Salute all them that haue the ouersight of you and all the Saintes They of Italie salute you 25 Grace be with you all Amen Written to the Hebrewes from Italie and sent by Timotheus THE GENERAL Epistles of Iames. THE ARGVMENT IAmes the Apostle and sonne of Alpheus wrote this Epistle to the Iewes which were conuerted to Christ but dispersed throughout diuers countreis and therefore he exhorteth them to pacience prayer to embrace the true worde of God and not to be partial nether to boast of an ydle faith but to declare a true faith by liuelie frutes to auoide ambitiō to bridel the tongue to rule the affections to be humble and loue their neighbours to beware of swearing to vtter their fautes when they haue offended to praye one for another and to bring him which is out of the way to knowledge of Christ. CHAP. I. 2 He exhorteth to reioyce in trouble 6 To be feruent in prayer with stedfast belief 17 To loke for al good things from aboue 21 To forsake all vice and thankefully to receiue the worde of God 22 Not onely hearyng it and speaking ofit but to do thereafter in dede 27 What true religion is 1 IAMES a seruant of GOD and of the Lord IES VS CHRIST to the twelue Tribes whiche are scattered abroade salutation 2 My brethren counte it exceadyng ioye whē ye fell into diuers tentations 3 * Knowyng that the trying of your faith bringeth for the pacience 4 And let pacience haue her perfite worke that ye may be perfite and entier lackyng nothyng 5 If any of you lacke wisdome let hym aske of God whiche giueth to all men liberally and reprocheth no man and it shal be giuen hym 6 * But let him aske in faith and wauer not for he that wauereth is like a waue of the sea tost of the winde and caryed away 7 Nether let that man thinke that he shall receiue any thyng of the Lord. 8 A wauering minded man is vnstable in al his wayes 9 Let the brother of lowe degree reioyce in that he is exalted 10 Againe he that is riche in that he is made 〈◊〉 for as the flower of the grasse shall he* vanish away 11 For as when the sunne riseth with heat thē the grasse withereth and his flower falleth away and the beautie of the facion of it perisheth euen so shal the riche man fade away in all his wayes 12 * Blessed is the man that endureth tentatiō for when he is tryed he shall receiue the crowne of life whiche the Lord hath promi sed to them that loue him 13 Let no man say when he is tempted I am tempted of God for God can not be tēpted with euil nether tempteth he any man 14 But euerie man is tempted when he is drawne away by his owne concupiscence and is entised 15 Then when lust hathe conceiued it bryngeth forth sinne and sinne when it is finished bringeth forthe death 16 Erre not my deare brethren 17 Euerie good giuyng and euerie perfite gift is from aboue and cōmeth downe from the Father of lights with whome is no varia blenes nether shadowing by turning 18 Of his owne will begate he vs with the worde of trueth that we shulde be as the first frutes of his creatures 19 Wherefore my deare brethren * let euerie man be swift to heare slowe to speake and slowe to wrath 20 For the wrath of man doeth not accomplish the righteousnes of God 21 Wherefore lay aparte al filthines and superfluitie of maliciousnes and receiue with 〈◊〉 the worde that is graffed in you whiche is able to saue your soules 22 * And be ye doers of the worde and not hearers onely deceiuyng your owne selues 23 For if anic heare the worde and do it not he is like vnto a man that beholdeth his natural face in a glasse 24 For when he hathe considered him self he goeth his way and forgetteth immediatly what maner of one he was 25 But who so loketh in the perfit Law of libertie and cōtinueth therein he not being a forgetfull hearer but a doer of the worke shal be blessed in his dede 26 If anie man among you semeth religious and refraineth not his tongue but deceiueth his owne heart this mans religion is vaine 27 Pure religion and vndefiled before GOD euen the Father is this to visite the fatherles and widdowes in their aduersitie and to kepe him self vnspotted of the worlde CHAP. II. 1 He forbiddeth to haue anie respect of persones 5 But to regarde the poore as well as the riche 8 To be louyng and merciful 14 And not to boast of faith where no dedes are 17 For it is but a dead faith where good workes followe not 1 MY brethren haue not the faith of our glorious Lord Iesus Christ in respect of persones 2 For if there come into your companie a mā wth a gold ring and in goodlie apparell and there come in also a poore man in vile raiment 3 And ye haue a respect to hym that weareth the gaye clothyng and say vnto hym Sit thou here in a good place and say vnto the poore Stand thou there or sit here vnder my 〈◊〉 4 Are ye not partiall in your selues and are become iudges of euill thoghts 5 Hearken my beloued brethren hathe not God chosen the poore of this worlde that they shulde be riche in faith and heires of the kingdome whiche he promised to them
6. 33. Abiathár father of the remnant or excellent father 1. King 22. 21 Abidá father of knowledge Gen. 25. 4 Abidán father of iudgement Nomb. 1. 11 Abiél my father is God 1. King 9. 1 Abiezér the fathers helpe Ios. 17. 2 Abigáil the fathers ioye 1. King 25. 3 Abiháil the father of strength Nomb. 3. 35 Abihu he is a father Exod. 6. 23 Abihúd the father of praise 1. Chro. 8. 3 Abilene lamentable Luk. 3. 1 Abimáel a father from God Gen. 10. 25 Abimélech the Kings father or a father of con sel or the chief King Gen. 20. 3 Abinadád a father of a vowe or of a free minde or prince 1. King 16. 8 Abinoám father of beautie Iud. 4. 6 Abirám an high father 1. King 16. 34 Abishág the fathers ignorance 1. King 1. 3 Abishāi the fathers rewarde 1. King 26. 6 Abishalōm the father of peace or the peace of the father 1. King 15. 2 Abishúa the father of saluation 1. Chro. 6. 4 Abishúr the father of a song or of a wall or of righteousnes 1. Chro. 2. 29 Abitál the father of the dew 2. King 3. 4 Abitōb the father of goodnes 1. Chro. 8. 11 Abnér the fathers candel 1. Sam. 14. 49 Abrám an high father Gen. 11. 31 Abrahám a father of a great multitude as the name was changed Gen. 17. 5 Abshalom a father of peace or the fathers peace or rewarde 2. Sam. 3. 3 ¶ Achan troubling Ioshu 7. 1. who iscalled Achár 1. Chro. 2. 7 ¶ Adadézer read Adarézer beautiful helpe Adaiáh the witnes of the Lord. 1. Chro. 6. 41 Adaliah pouertie Ester 9. 8 Adam man earthlie read Gen. 2. 15 Adiél the witnes of God 1. Chro. 4. 36. Adoniáh the Lord is the ruler 2. Sam. 3. 4 Adonihézek the Lords thunder Iud. 1. 5 Adonikám the Lord is risen Neh. 2. 13 Adoniram the high Lord. 1. King 4. 6 Adonizédek the Lords iustice Ios. 10. 1 ¶ Agabùs a greshopper Act. 11. 28 Agár a stranger Gen. 16. 1 ¶ Aház taking or possessing 2. King 16. 1 Ahasuéros a prince or head Dan. 9. 1 Ahbam a brother of vnderstanding 1. Chr. 2. 29 Ahiiáh brother of the Lord. 1. Chro. 2. 26. Ahimáa brother of councel 1. Sam. 14. 49 Ahimán brother of the right hād Nomb. 13. 23. Ahimélech a Kings brother 1 Sam. 21. 1 Ahimōth a brother of death 1. Chro. 6. 25. Ahinōam the brothers beautie 1. Sam. 14. 49 Ahiōr the brothers light Iud. 5. 5 Ahiláb an heartie brother Iud. 1. 31 Ahráh a swete sauoring medow 1. Chro. 8. 1. Ahikà m a brother arising or aduenging 2. King 22. 12 Ahiézer the brothers helpe Nomb. 1. 12 Aholà h a mansion or dwelling in her self Aholibáh my mansion in her Ezek. 23. 4. Ahud praising or confessing Iud. 3. 15 ¶ Alián high 1. Chron. 1. 40. ¶ Amálek a licking people Gen. 36. 21. Amariáh the Lord said or the Lambe of the Lord. Zephan 1. 1. Amasá sparing the people 2. Sam. 17. 25. Amashái the gift of the people 1. Chro. 6. 24 Amashsi the treading of the people Neh. 11. 12 Amasiáh the burden of the Lord. 2. Chro. 17. 15. Amithi true or fearing 2. King 14. 25. Ammiél a people of God or God with me 1. Chron. 3. 5 Ammishádai the people of the Almightie Nomb. 1. 12. Ammon a people Gen. 19. 38 Amon faithful 2. King 21. 18 Amos a burden one of 〈◊〉 twelue Prophets Amoz strong the father of Ishai Isa. 1. 1 Amzi strong 1. Chron. 6. 46 ¶ Anáh afflicting answering or singīg Ge. 36. 2. Hanna gratious or merciful 1. Sam. 1. 2 Ananiáh the cloude of the Lord. Act. 5. 1 Andréas manlie Mat. 4. 18 Anùb a grape 1. Chron. 4. 8 Antipas for all or against all Reuela 2. 13. ¶ Apadno the wrath of his iudgemēt Da. 11. 46 Apollō a destroyer 18. 24. the name also of an idole Apphia bringing forthe or encreasing Phile. 2 ¶ Arám hight or their curse Gen. 10. 23. Arbel Bel or God hathe aduenged Hos. 10. 15 Archeláus a prince of the people Mat. 2. 22. Areli the altar of God Gen. 46. 16 Arétas verteous 2. Macc. 5 Artahsháste feruent to spoile Ezra 7. 21. ¶ Asâ a physicion 1. King 15. 8. Asaél God hathe wroght 2. Sam. 2. 18 Asáph gathering 1. Chron. 6. 39 Asharélah the blessednes of God 1. Chr. 25. 2 Ashbél an olde fyre 46. 21 Ashér blessednes Gen. 30. 13 Ashiél the worke of God 1. Chro. 4. 35 Ashúr blessed or trauailing Gen. 10. 21. Asmodeus a destroyer Tob. 3. 8 Astyages gouernour of the citie Dan. 13. 64 ¶ Ataráh a crowne 1. Chron. 2. 26. Athaiáh the time of the Lord. Nehe. 11. 4. Athaliáh time for the Lord. 2. King 8. 26. ¶ Aza strength Esra 23. 47 Azaniáh hearkening the Lord. Neh. 10. 9. Azaréel the helpe of God 1. Chro. 12. 6. Azariáh helpe of the Lord. 4. King 14. 21. Azarikám helpe rising vp Neh. 11. 14. Azmáueth strength of death 2. Sam. 23. 30 Azubáh forsaken 1. King 22. 43. Azùr holpen or helper Ierem. 28. 1. B BAal Bealim lord lords the name of the idole of the Sydonians or a general name to all idoles because they were as the lords and owners of all that worshiped them Baaliada a master of knowledge 1. Chr. 14. 7 Báal-meōn the Lord or master ōf the mansion or the house as also Báalzibul signifieth the same Luk. 11. 15 Báal-zebûb the master of flies Baanāh in affliction 2. Sam. 4. 2. Babél confusion Gen. 10. 11. 9. Bacchides one that holdeth of Bacchus or a dronkard 1. Macc. 7. 8. Bacchenor and bacenor the same 2. Mac. 12. 15. Badaiáh the Lord alone Ezr. 10. 31 Baladán ancient in iudgement 2. King 20. 12. Baldád olde loue or without loue Iob 8. 1 Barachél blessing God Iob 32. 2. Barachiáh blessing the Lord. Zech. 1. 1. Bar-ionáh sonne of a doue Mat. 16. 17 Barnabas the sonne of consolation Act. 4. 36. Barabbas sonne of confusion Mat. 27 16 Barûch blessed Iere. 32. 10 Bathséba the seuēth daughter or the daughter of an othe 1. Sam. 11. 3. Bathshûa the daughter of saluation 1. Chro. 3. 5 ¶ Belshatsár without treasure or searcher of treasure Dan. 5. 1. Benaiáh the Lords buylding 1. Chro. 4. 36 Beniamin sonne of the right hand who was first called Benoni the sonne of sorow Ge. 35. 18 Beraiáh the Lords creature 1. Chro. 8. 20 Berák lightening Iud. 4. 6 Béred hail 1. Chron. 7. 21 Bethiáh the Lords daughter 1. Chro. 4. 18 Bezaleél in the shadow of God Exod. 31. 2 ¶ Bileâm the ancient of the people Nom. 22. 5. Bilháh olde or fading Gen. 29. 29 ¶ Boas in powre or strength Ruth 2. 2 C CAiap has a searcher Mat. 26. 57 Calcôl nourishing
here he speaketh as man iudgeth by his eye for els the moone is les se then the planete Saturnus o To giue it sufficient light as in 〈◊〉 appoin ted for the same to serue to mans vse Iere. 31. 35. () I he 4 day p As fish and wormes which slide swimme or crepe †Ebr the soule of life †Ebr face of the 〈◊〉 q The fish fou les had both 〈◊〉 beginning whe rein we se that nature 〈◊〉 place to Gods wil forasmuche as the one sorte is made to flie aboue in the ayre the other to swimme 〈◊〉 in the water r That is by the vertue of his worde he gaue power to his creatures to ingendre () The 5 day Chap. 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 6. 1. Cor. 〈◊〉 7. †Ebr. soule of lif Colos. 3. 10. s God commanded the water and the earth to bring forthe other creatures but of man he saith Let vs make signifying that God taketh counsel with his wisdome vertue purposing to make an excel lent worke aboue all the rest of his creation t This image licknes of God in man is expounded Ephes. 4. 24. Where it is writen that man was created after God in righteousnes ād true holines meaning by these two wordes all perfection as wisdo me trueth innocentie 〈◊〉 c. wisdo 2. 〈◊〉 Eccles. 17 1. u The propagacion of man is the blessing of God 〈◊〉 128. Chap. 8. 17 91. Marth 19. 4. x Gods great liberalitie to man taketh away all excuse of his ingratitude Chap. 9 〈◊〉 Exod. 3. 17. Ecel es 39. 21. () The 6. day Mar. 7. 37. Chap. 11. a That is the in numerable abun dance of creaturesin heauen earth Exod. 20. 11. 31. 17. Eb. 4. 4 b For he had now finished his creacion but his prouidence stil watched ouer his creatures and gouerneth them c Appointed it to be kepe holy that man might therein consider the excellencie of his workes Gods goodnes towards him “ Or the original and beginning Chap. 21 15 “ Or tre as d God onely openeth the heauens 〈◊〉 them he sendeth drought and raine according to his good pleasure e He sheweth whereof mans bodye was created to the intent that man shulde not glorie in the 〈◊〉 of his owne nature f This was the name of a 〈◊〉 as some thinke in 〈◊〉 moste pleasant and abundant in all things g Which was a signe 〈◊〉 the life receaued of God h That is of miserable experien ce which came by 〈◊〉 God Eccle 24 35. i Which 〈◊〉 is a countrey 〈◊〉 ning to Persia Estwarde and enclineth towarde the west “ Or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ne or perle 〈◊〉 sayth it is the name of a tre “ Or Ethiopia “ Or 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 k God wolde not haue man ydle thogh as 〈◊〉 there was no nede to labour l So that man might 〈◊〉 there was a 〈◊〉 reigne 〈◊〉 to w omehe owed obedience †Ebr in the day m By this 〈◊〉 he meaneth the separaciō of man from God 〈◊〉 is our life and chief felicitie 〈◊〉 also that our disobedience is the cause thereof †Ebr. before him n By mouing them to come 〈◊〉 submit them selues to Adám †Ebr 〈◊〉 o Signifying that mankinde was perfit 〈◊〉 the woman 〈◊〉 created which before 〈◊〉 like an vnpersit buylding 1. Cor. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Mat. 〈◊〉 5. Mar. 10 〈◊〉 Cor. 6. 16. * Ephes 5. 3. “ Or. Man nes be cause she cōmeth of man for in Ebr Ish. is man and Ishah the woman p So that maria ge requireth a greater 〈◊〉 of vs towarde our wiues then otherwise we are bounde to shewe to our parents q For before sinne entred all things were honest 〈◊〉 * Wisdo 2. 25. a As 〈◊〉 can change himselfe into an Angel of light so did he abuse the wisdome of the 〈◊〉 to deceaue man b God suffered 〈◊〉 to make the 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 and to speakein him c In douting of Gods 〈◊〉 earning she yelded to Satan * 2. Cor. 11. 3. d This is Satans 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to cause ye 〈◊〉 to feare Gods threatenings e As though he f hulde say God doeth not forbid you to eat of the fru e saue that he knoweth that if you shulde eat thereof you 〈◊〉 be like to him g They began to fele their miserie but they soght not to God for redemie 〈◊〉 25. 〈◊〉 1 Timo 〈◊〉 14. †Ebr. things to girdeabout them to hide their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Not 〈◊〉 muche to please his wife as moued by am bicion at her per suasion “ Or winde h The sinful con sci nce 〈◊〉 Gods presence i His hypocrisie appearethin that he hid the cause of his nakednes which was the 〈◊〉 of Gods commandement k His wickedues and lacke of true repentance appearethin this that he burdeneth God with his faute because he had giuen him a wife l In stead of con fessing her sinne she increaseth it by accusing the serpent m He arked the reason of Adam and his wife be cause he wolde 〈◊〉 not the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 him 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 r The Lord comfor 〈◊〉 Adam by the promes of the 〈◊〉 sed sede and also 〈◊〉 the body for 〈◊〉 sinne which the soule shulde 〈◊〉 bene 〈◊〉 for that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hauing 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 might 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 s The 〈◊〉 of Gods co 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the cause 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 mankinde and all other creatures were subiect to the curse 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not ouercome hem t These are 〈◊〉 the natural frutes of the earth but procede of the corruption of sinne u Or gaue 〈◊〉 knowledge to make them selues 〈◊〉 x By this 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 Adams 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was fallen by ambition y Adam depriued of life lost also the signe thereof 1. Cor. 4. 4. a Mans 〈◊〉 state of 〈◊〉 and Gods blessing were not 〈◊〉 abolished through 〈◊〉 but the 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 thereof was chan ged b That is 〈◊〉 to the Lords promes as Chap. 3. 15. some read To the Lord as reioycing for the sonne which she had bor ne whome she wolde offer to the Lord as the first 〈◊〉 of her birth c This declareth that the father instructed his childiē in the knowledge of God and also how god gaue thē sacrifices to signifie their saluacion albeit they were 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 of the tre of life d Because he was an hypocrite and 〈◊〉 onely for an ourwarde shew without 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 e Bothe thou thy sacrificeshalbe 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ebr. 11. 4. f Sinne shal 〈◊〉 torment thy 〈◊〉 g The 〈◊〉 of the first 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to Kain ouer Habel VVisdo 10. 3. 〈◊〉 23 35 1 〈◊〉 3. 12. Iud 21 h This is the nature of the 〈◊〉 When thei are reproued of their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to neglect God and despite him i God reuengeth the Wrongs of his Saints thogh none 〈◊〉 for the iniquitie it selfe 〈◊〉 for vengeance k The earth
pla gue g For the Egyptiās W rshipped 〈◊〉 beasts as the 〈◊〉 the shepe such like whiche the 〈◊〉 offred 〈◊〉 h So that wicked prescribe vnto Gods messengers how farre they shal go i He colde not iudge his bea rt but yet he charged him to do this vnfainedly k Where God gi meth not faith no miracles can pre 〈◊〉 () The fift plague a He shal declare his 〈◊〉 iudgement against his ennemies hie fauour towards his children b Into the land of Goshē where the Israelites dwelled Or imbere () The sixt plague Chap. 4. 21. c So that thine owne 〈◊〉 shall cōdēne thee of ingratitude malice “ Or set thee vp Rom. 9. 17. “ Or to shewe thee d That is that all the worlde may magnifie my power 〈◊〉 comming thee e Here we se thogh Gods wrath be kindeled yet there is a cer tein mercie shewed euen to his ennemies †Ebr. set not his heart to f The worde of the minister is called the worde of God () The seuenth plague †〈◊〉 fire walked “ Or since it was inhabited g The wicked confesse their sin nes to their condemnation but they 〈◊〉 not beleue to obteine remission †Ebr voices of God h Meaning that when they haue their request thei are neuer the bet 〈◊〉 “ Or lare sowen †Ebr. by the hād of 〈◊〉 Chap. 4. 24. “ Or in his presence a The 〈◊〉 shuld be so great that they shulde he spoken of for euer where also we se the 〈◊〉 of parēts toward their children b The end of afflictions is to hūble our selues with the true repentance vnder the hand of God “ Or locustes “ Or snare c Meanyng the occasion of all these euils so are the godlie euer charged as Elias was by Acháb d That is I wolde the Lorde were no more affectio ned toward you thē I am minded to let you go e 〈◊〉 is prepared for you Some read 〈◊〉 entēd some mischief () The eight pla gue Or he caused them to remaine f The wicked in 〈◊〉 seke to 〈◊〉 for helpe albeit they hate and de test them g The water semeth red because the sand or grauel is red the Ebrewes calit the Sea of bulrusshes h Because it was so thicke () The ninth pla gue Wisd. 17. 2. Wisd 〈◊〉 1. i The ministers of God 〈◊〉 not to yelde one 〈◊〉 to the wicked as touching there charge k That is with 〈◊〉 beastes or how many l Thogh before he confessed Mo ses iust yet 〈◊〉 his owne conscience he threateneth to put him to death a 〈◊〉 any condition but with haste and violence “ Or borrowe Chap 3. 22. Eccl. 45. 1. b From the 〈◊〉 to the lowest c That is vnder thy power and gouernement d God hardeneth the heartes of the reprobat that his glorie thereby might be the more see for the. Rom. 9. 17. a Called Nisan conteining 〈◊〉 of Marche and parte of April b As 〈◊〉 the obseruation of feastes as 〈◊〉 other policies theirekened frō Septembre c As the fathers of the hous holde had great or smale families d He shal take so many as are suficient to eat the lambe e Euerie one in his house †Ebr betwene the two euenings or 〈◊〉 f That is al that may be 〈◊〉 g The 〈◊〉 be was not the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signified it as sacrements are not the thing itselfe which 〈◊〉 do represent but signifie it “ Or princes or idoles h Of the benefite receiued for your deliuerance i That is vntil 〈◊〉 cōming for then ceremonies had an end “ 〈◊〉 calling together of the 〈◊〉 ple to serue God k 〈◊〉 in olde ti me so thei compted beginning the day at sunne set til the next day at the same time Eb. 〈◊〉 28. “ Or transome or vpper dore poste “ Or two side postes l The Angelsent of God to kil the first borne m The land of 〈◊〉 “ Or ceremonie Iosh 4. 6. n Thei 〈◊〉 God thankes for so great a benefite () The tenth plague Chap. 11. 4. Wisd 18. 5. o Of these houses whèrein any first borne was ether of men or 〈◊〉 p Pray for me Chap. 3. 22. 11. 2. Iosh. 24. 6. “ Or lent them Nomb. 33. 3. q Which was a citie in Gos hen Gen. 47. 11. r Which were strangers and not borne of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 15. 16. 〈◊〉 7. 6. Galat. 3. 17. s From Abrahās departing from Vr in 〈◊〉 vnto the departing of the children of Israel from 〈◊〉 are 430. yere t Except he be circumcised and onely professe your religion Nomb. 9. 22. Iohn 9. 36. u Thei that are of the hous holde of God must be al ioyned in one faith religion Chap. 22. 29. 34. 19. Leu. 27. 26. Nom. 3. 13. 8. 16. Luk. 2. 23. Exod. 23. 3. †Ebr. house of seruants a Where thei were in moste cruel slauerie b To signifie that thei had not leasure to leauin their bread c 〈◊〉 par te of Marche parte of April when 〈◊〉 began to ripe 〈◊〉 that countrey d Bothe the seuēth and the first day were holy as chap. 12. 16. e Whē thou doest 〈◊〉 the feast of vnleauened bread f Thou shalt haue continual remembrance thereof as 〈◊〉 Voldest of a thing that is in thing hand of before thine eies Chap. 22 29. 〈◊〉 19. Ezech. 44. 〈◊〉 g This is also vn 〈◊〉 of the horse and other beastes which were not offred in sacrifice h By offring a cleane beast in sa 〈◊〉 Leui. 12 6. “ Or here afterwardes “ Or signes of re membrance “ Or because i VVhich the Phi 〈◊〉 wolde haue made againste them by 〈◊〉 them the passable k That is not priuely 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and as the worde doeth signifie 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ordre by 〈◊〉 and fiue Gene. 50 25. Iosh 24. 32. Nom. 14. 14. Deut. 〈◊〉 13. l To 〈◊〉 them from the heat of the sunne Psal. 78 14. 1. Cor. 10. 1. Nehe. 9. 19. a From 〈◊〉 the countrey of the 〈◊〉 b So the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 before thē moū 〈◊〉 on ether side and the ennemie at their backe yet they obeyed God and were deliuered c By punishyng hys 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 d Iosephus writeth that besides these charetes there were 50000 horsemen and 200000 〈◊〉 e VVith greate ioye and boldenes Iosh. 24. 6. 1. Mac. 4. 9. f They whyche a 〈◊〉 before in their deliuerance 〈◊〉 being now in dā ger are 〈◊〉 and murmure g Such is the impaciencie of the 〈◊〉 that it can not abide Gods appointed time “ Or deliuerāce h Only put your 〈◊〉 in GOD 〈◊〉 grudging or douting i Thus intentations faith 〈◊〉 againste the flesh and 〈◊〉 wyth inwarde gronyngs 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 k The cloude sheweth lyght to the Israelites but to the Egyptiās it was darck nes so that their two hostes colde not ioyne 〈◊〉 Iosh. 4 23. Psal. 114. 3. Psal. 78. 13. 1. Cor. 10. 1. Ebr. 11. 29. l VVhiche was about the
strange sight “ Or hel n Or depe and darcke places of the earth Chap. 27. 3. Deut. 11. 6. Psal. 106. 17. o which were the occasion of their owne death p Of Gods iudgements against rebelle q VVho presumed aboue hys vocacion “ Or fled to wit Moses and 〈◊〉 For it was not lauful to 〈◊〉 anie other fire but of the Altar of burnt offring Leuit. 10. 1. s God had begon ne to punishe them t GOD drewe backe his hande and ceased to pu nis he them a VVhile he was in the doute of the Tabernacle Exod. 〈◊〉 22. b To be the chief Priest c Thogh Iosephs 〈◊〉 was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the 〈◊〉 of thē lande yet here it is but one and Leui maketh 〈◊〉 d To declare that God did chose the houses of Leui to serue hym in the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 nacie Ebr. 9. 4. e Grudging that Aaron shuld be hie Priest f The Chalde text describeth thus their 〈◊〉 VVe dye by the sword the earth swalloweth vs vp the 〈◊〉 doeth cōsume vs. a If you trespas in anie thing cō cerning the ceremonies of the Sā 〈◊〉 or your office 〈◊〉 halbe punished b That is the thyngs whiche are committed to 〈◊〉 whiche thou doest enioyne them c VVhiche was not of the 〈◊〉 of Leui. Chap. 3. 〈◊〉 “ Or a gift d As the firste frute first borne and the tenthes e That whiche was not burned shulde be the Priests f That is in the Sanctuarie betwene the 〈◊〉 and the Holiest of all g Read Leuite 10. 14. h That is thy chiefest or the best Leuit. 27. 28. Exod. 13. 2. and 22. 29. Leuit. 27. 26. Chap. 3. 13. Exod. 30. 13. Leuit. 27. 25. Chap. 3. 17. Ezek. 45. 12. i Because they are appointed for sacrifice Exod. 29. 〈◊〉 Leuit. 7. 〈◊〉 k That is sure stable and 〈◊〉 l Of Canaam Deut. 10. 9. and 〈◊〉 8 2. Ios g. 13. 14. 〈◊〉 44. 28. m To ser ue ther 〈◊〉 in for the Leuites are put in their place n If they faile in their office they shal be punished o As acceptable as the 〈◊〉 of youre 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or vineyarde p VVhiche ye 〈◊〉 ue 〈◊〉 of the children of Israel q Read vers 12. r As is in the. 11. vers s Ye shal not be punished therefore t The offringes which the Israelites haue offred to God a Accordyng 〈◊〉 this lawe and ce remonie ye shal sacrifice the red kowe Ebr. 〈◊〉 11. b By another Priest Ebr. 9. 13. Exod. 29. 13. Leuit. 4. 11. c Meaning Eleazár d The 〈◊〉 Priest who killed her and burned her e Or the water of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that they that were 〈◊〉 for their vn clennes were sprinkled therewith and made cleane Chap 8. 7. It is also called holy water because it was ordeined to an ho ly vse Chap. 〈◊〉 17. f with the sprin kling water g So that he shulde not be estemed to be of the 〈◊〉 people but as a 〈◊〉 and excommuni cate persone †Ebr a couering of cloth h Of the red kowe burnt for sinne i Water of the 〈◊〉 or riuer k One of the Priest whiche is cleane l Because he had bene among thē that were vncleane or elshad touched the water as vers 〈◊〉 m That is vhcleane a This was four tie yeres after their departure from 〈◊〉 b Mosés and A 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sister c Another rebel 〈◊〉 was in 〈◊〉 phidim Exod. 17 and this was in Kadésh Chap. 11 33. Exod. 17. 〈◊〉 d Where with thou didest mira cles in Egypt didest deuide the Sea e The punishmēt which followed hereof declared that Mosés and Aaron beleued not the Lords promes as appea reth vers 12. f That the children of Israél shulde beleue acknowledgemy power and so honour me g Or strife and contencion h By shewyng him self almigh tie maint eyning his 〈◊〉 i Because Iaakob or Israél was Esaus brother who was called Edom. “ Or bie way “ Or come not Or the Erke mites k To passe by another way Chap. 33. 37. l Read Gen. 25. 28. “ Or 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 Chap. 33. 38. Deut. 〈◊〉 50. 〈◊〉 10. 6. and 31. 50. “ Or 〈◊〉 Chap 33. 43. a By that way which their 〈◊〉 that searched the dangers 〈◊〉 to be moste safe “ Or 〈◊〉 b For they were forbidden to destroie Deut. 2. 5. Chap. 11. 7. c Meaning Man̄ na which they thoght did not 〈◊〉 d For 〈◊〉 that were 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with were so inflamed with the heat thereof that they dyed Wisd. 16. 1. 1. 〈◊〉 10. 9. “ Or vpon a 〈◊〉 2. king 18. 4. Ioh. 3. 14. “ Or recouered Chap. 33. 47. “ Or in the Lead pes of Abarim or 〈◊〉 e Which 〈◊〉 to be the boke of the Iudges or as some thinke abo ke which is lost “ Or How God destroyed Vaheb the citie with a whirle winde and the vallies of Arken “ Or Spring f Ye that receiue the commoditie thereof giue prai se for it g Mosés and Aa ron heades of the people onely smote the rocke with the rod or 〈◊〉 which gaue water as a well that where depe digged 〈◊〉 2 26. Iudg. 11. 19. Deut. 29. 7. Iosh. 12. 2. Psal. 134. 11. Amos 29. h The riuer i For the people were talle and 〈◊〉 like gyāts Deut. 2 20. †Ebr. daughters k For 〈◊〉 it had be ne the Moabites the Israelites might not haue possessed it 〈◊〉 2. 9. l Meaning war te m 〈◊〉 was the Idole of the 〈◊〉 1. king 11. 33 who was not able to defende his wor shippers which toke 〈◊〉 idole for their father †Ebr. light Deut. 3. 1. 29. 3. Psal. 〈◊〉 12. a Being at 〈◊〉 it was beyonde Iorddén but 〈◊〉 re the 〈◊〉 were it was on this side “ Or was vexed b Which were the heades and gouerners Iosh. 24. 9. c To wit 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 tes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 this citie Pethor d Thinking 〈◊〉 bribe him which giftes to curse the Israelites e Whome before he called 〈◊〉 meaning the go oerners and after calleth them seruants that is subiectes to their king f He warned him by a dreame that he shulde not consent to the kings wicked request g 〈◊〉 he shewed him selfe willing couerousnes had so blinded his heart h The wicked seke by al means to forther their naughty enterprises thogh thei knowe that God is against them Chap. 24. 13. i Because he tem pted God to require him contra ry to his cōmandement his petition was granted but it turned to his owne condemnation k Moued rather with couetousnes then to obey God 2. Pet. 2 16. Iude. 11 l The second time “ Or fel. m Gaue her power to speake n Since thon hast bene my master o For whose eyes the Lord doeth not open they can nether se his angre nor his loue p Bothe thy heart is corrupt thine 〈◊〉 wicked “ Or before me or to 〈◊〉 me †Eb. 〈◊〉 wil 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ne to me q Because
yeres or as so me write more 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 yeres in other places 〈◊〉 the tēple was buylt i As God hathe 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ee power and 〈◊〉 k 〈◊〉 one might 〈◊〉 at home aswel the 〈◊〉 appointed 〈◊〉 sacrifice as the 〈◊〉 l Meaning what soeuer was 〈◊〉 to the Lord might not be 〈◊〉 but where he had appointed Ecclesia 7. 32. 〈◊〉 28. 14. Chap. 19. 9. †Ebr. be strong or constant m Because the life of beasts is in their blood n That which thou wilt offer is in 〈◊〉 o God by 〈◊〉 bindeth himselfe to do good to then that obey his worde p By following their superstitiôs and idolatries thinking to serue me thereby q They thoght nothing to deare to offer to their idoles Chap. 4. 2. ios h. 1. 7. prouer 36. 6. 〈◊〉 22. 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 saith that he hathe things reueiled vnto him in 〈◊〉 mes b He sheueth whereunto 〈◊〉 false prophet 〈◊〉 tend c God ordeineth all these things that his may be knowen d Being conuict by testimonies and condemned by the iudge e Al natural affections must giue place to Gods honour f Whome thou louest asthy life g Asthe witnes is charged Chap. 11. 7. Chap. 17. 13. †Ebr. childrē of 〈◊〉 h Which art appointed to se fautes punished i Signifying that no idolatrie isso execrable nor more 〈◊〉 to be punished then of thē whiche once 〈◊〉 God k Of the spoyle of that idolatrous and cursed citie Read Chap. 7. 26. 〈◊〉 19. 28. Chap. 7. 6 26. 18 a Therfore thou oughtest not to 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of the Gentils b This ceremonial 〈◊〉 instru cted the Iewes to seke a spiritual purenes euen in their meat drinke Leuit. 11. 20. “ Or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 11. 20. c Because their blood was not shed but 〈◊〉 neth in them d Whiche is not of thy religion Exo. 23. 〈◊〉 34 〈◊〉 e The tithes were ordeined for the maintenance of the Leuites whi che had none inheritance f When he shall giue the abilitie Or binde vp g After the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 receiued the Lords parte h Besides the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that were giuē to the 〈◊〉 these were laide vp in store for the poore a He shall onely release his 〈◊〉 whiche are not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for that 〈◊〉 b 〈◊〉 if thy 〈◊〉 be riche he may be 〈◊〉 to pay Chap. 28. 12. “ Or 〈◊〉 of thy ' cities 〈◊〉 5. 42. Luk. 〈◊〉 34. †Ebr. thyne 〈◊〉 is euill †Ebr let not thine heart be euil c To 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 26. 11. d Thoushalt be liberal Exod. 21. 2. 〈◊〉 34. 14. e In token that 〈◊〉 doest acknowledge the 〈◊〉 whiche God hathe giuen thee by his labours Exod. 21. 6 f To the 〈◊〉 of Iubile Leuit. 25. 40. g For the hired seruāt serued but thre yeres and he six Exod. 34. 19. h For they are the Lords 〈◊〉 22. 〈◊〉 Chap. 17 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 14. i Thou shalt aswel eat them as the 〈◊〉 ād other wilde 〈◊〉 a Read Exod. 〈◊〉 4. b Thou shalt eat the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Exod. 12. 14. c VVhiche signified that 〈◊〉 which thou had dest in Egypt d This was chief ly 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the temple was buylt e VVhiche was 〈◊〉 to put them in remembrance of their deliuerance out of Egypt and to continue them in the hope of 〈◊〉 sus Christe of whome this 〈◊〉 was a figure f Begynnyng at the next 〈◊〉 after the 〈◊〉 Leui. 23. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 13. 4. “ Or as thou art able willingly g That is the 〈◊〉 day of the seuēth moūth Leu. 21. 14 Exod. 23. 〈◊〉 and 34. 20. Eccles. 16. 6. h Accordyng to the abilite that God hathe giuen hym i He gaue autoritie to that people for a tyme to chuse them selues 〈◊〉 k The 〈◊〉 muste constantly followe the 〈◊〉 of the Lawe and in nothynge decline from 〈◊〉 “ Or image a Thou shalt not serue God for facions sake as hypocrites do b Shewinge 〈◊〉 the crime cā not be excused by the 〈◊〉 of the persone c VVhereby he condemneth all 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 of God whi che he hathe 〈◊〉 commanded Nomb. 35. 30. Chap. 19 〈◊〉 Mat. 18. 16. 2. Cor. 13. 1. d VVhereby they 〈◊〉 that thei testified the truth e To 〈◊〉 a cō 〈◊〉 consent to mainteine Gods honour and true 〈◊〉 f VVho shal giue 〈◊〉 as the Priestes counsell him by the Law of God g Thou shalte obey their sentence that the 〈◊〉 maye haue an end h So long as he is the true minister of God and pronounceth according to his word i VVho is not of thy nacion leste he change true re ligion into 〈◊〉 and bring thee to 〈◊〉 k To reuenge their 〈◊〉 ād to take them of their best horses 1. King 10. 〈◊〉 l From the Law of God m Meaning the Deuteronomie n He shall 〈◊〉 it to be writ by them or he shal write it by their example o VVhereby 〈◊〉 mēt that kynges ought so to loue their subiects as nature byndeth one brother 〈◊〉 loue another Nomb. 18. 〈◊〉 Chap. 10. 9. 1. Cor. 9. 13. a That is the Lords parte of his inheritance b The 〈◊〉 shulder Nomb. 18. 18. c Meaning to 〈◊〉 ue God vnfained lye and not to seke ease d Not 〈◊〉 to lyue of him selfe e 〈◊〉 they were purged by thys 〈◊〉 of passyng betwe ne two fires Leuit. 20. 27. 1. Sam. 28. 7. f VVithout 〈◊〉 crisie or mixture of false religion “ Ebr. but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Act. 7. 37. g Meanyng a continual succession of Prophets til Christ the end of all Prophetes come Exod 20. 19. 〈◊〉 1. 〈◊〉 Acte 3. 21. h Which promes is not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to Christ but to all 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his Names Isa. 59. 21. i By executyng punishment vpō him k Vnder this 〈◊〉 note he 〈◊〉 all the other 〈◊〉 Chap. 12. 29. Exod 21. 〈◊〉 Nomb 〈◊〉 29. 〈◊〉 20. 2. a Make an open and readie way b Which 〈◊〉 against his will 〈◊〉 no 〈◊〉 in his 〈◊〉 c That murther be not once committed vpon 〈◊〉 Nomb. 35 12. “ Or can not be iudgeth to death d 〈◊〉 goest ouer 〈◊〉 to possesse the who le lād of 〈◊〉 Iosh. 20. 7. e Lest thou be punished for innocent blood f The 〈◊〉 g Then whosoeuer pardoneth murther 〈◊〉 against the worde of God Chap. 17. 6. Mat. 18 16. Ioh. 8. 17. 2. Cor. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ebr. 10. 28. h Gods presence is where 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 are assembled Prou. 19. 5. Dan. 13. 〈◊〉 Exod. 21. 〈◊〉 Leuit 〈◊〉 20. 〈◊〉 5. 〈◊〉 a Meaning vpon iuste 〈◊〉 for God 〈◊〉 not his people to sight whē it 〈◊〉 good to thē Chap. 〈◊〉 7. b Is present to 〈◊〉 you with his 〈◊〉 and power c For when they 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 in an house they gaue thankes to God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 had that 〈◊〉 by his grace d The 〈◊〉 worde 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ne 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 19. 〈◊〉 Iudg. 7 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 22. Chap 2. 26. e If it accept peace Ios. 〈◊〉 2. f For
Law conteined 〈◊〉 signified 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his people h Called A 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 parte of Marche 〈◊〉 of April Exod. 14. 11. i Gods 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for 〈◊〉 condemnatiō to the wicked and 〈◊〉 vp his to 〈◊〉 hym and obey him a The Amorites were on both sides 〈◊〉 wherof two kings were 〈◊〉 already on the side to ward 〈◊〉 b For now théy had left it of about 40. yeres Exod. 4. 25. c Gilgál was so called because 〈◊〉 were there circumcised d For they loked daily to remoue at the Lords 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which 〈◊〉 they that were newe 〈◊〉 colde not do without great danger 〈◊〉 14 21. e For their 〈◊〉 was so grieuous that they were not able to remoue f By bringing you into this pro mised land contrary to the wicked opiniō of the Egyptians or the foreskin whereby you were like to the Egyptians Exod 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 g In that 〈◊〉 Ioshua worshipeth him he acknollageth hym to be God and in that that he calleth himselfe the Lords captaine he declareth him selfe to be Christ Exod. 3. 5. Ruth 4. 7. Act. 7. 33. a That none colde go out b That none colde come in c For feare of the Israelites d Euerie day e That the conquest might not be assigned to manspower but to the mercie of God which with most weake thyngs can ouer come that whichesemeth moste strong f This is chiefely ment by the Reubenites 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the tribe of 〈◊〉 g Meaning 〈◊〉 rewarde Wherein was the standerd of the tribe of Dan. Nomb. 10. 〈◊〉 h For that day i The tribe of Dā was so called be cause it 〈◊〉 last ād gathered vp whatsoeuer was 〈◊〉 of others k Besides 〈◊〉 day once for the space of six dayes l That is appoin ted wholly to be 〈◊〉 Chap. 2. 4. Leu. 27. 21. Nomb. 21. 2. Deut. 13. 15. m And therefo re can not be put to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vse but must be first molten and then serue for the Tabernacle Ebr. 11. 30. 1. Mac. 12. 〈◊〉 Chap. 2. 14. Ebr. 11. 31. n For it was not 〈◊〉 for strangers to dwel among the 〈◊〉 til they 〈◊〉 purged o Meaning Tabernacle p For she was maried to 〈◊〉 prince of the 〈◊〉 of Iudáh Mat. 1. 5. q He shal builde it to the 〈◊〉 of all his stocke which thing was fulfilled in 〈◊〉 of Bethél 1. King 16. 34. a In taking the which was commanded to be de stroied Chap. 22. 20. 1. Chro. 2. 7. b This was a citie of the Amori tes 〈◊〉 there was another so called among the Ammonites Ierem. 49 3. The first Ai iscal led Aiah Isa. 10. 28. c God wolde by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 make thē more earnest to search out punish the sinne committed d This infirmitie of his faith sheweth how we are inclined of 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 e When thyne enemie shal blaspheme thee and say that thou wast not able to defend vs 〈◊〉 them f Then to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vnpunished is to re 〈◊〉 God willingly g Meaning the man that 〈◊〉 of the thing 〈◊〉 h That is 〈◊〉 gyltie ether by lottes or by the iudgement of 〈◊〉 Nomb. 27. 21. i By declaring the trueth for God is 〈◊〉 when the 〈◊〉 is confessed k Suche a riche garment as the stares of Babylon did weare “ Or neuewe l Some read a plate others a rod and some 〈◊〉 tongue m This iudgement onely apperteineth to God and to who me he 〈◊〉 it to man he hathe commanded not to punis he the childe for the fathers 〈◊〉 Deut. 24. 16. n He declareth that this is Gods iudgement because he had offended and caused others to be staine Deut. 7. 18. and 21. 23. Chap. 6. 21. Deute 20. 14. a Meaning on the 〈◊〉 as vers 9. b God woldenot destroye Ai by miracle as 〈◊〉 to the 〈◊〉 that other natiōs mighte 〈◊〉 the power and policie of his people “ Or driue out the inhabitants of the citie c 〈◊〉 the rest of the 〈◊〉 d That is vewed them and set thē in a ray e He sent 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that the other whiche lay in ambush might not be discouered f To the intent that they in the citie mighte the better discouer his armie g As they which 〈◊〉 to flee for 〈◊〉 h Or 〈◊〉 vp the baner to signifie when they shall inuade the citie “ Or toward the heauen “ Or place i VVhiche came out of the ābushe Deute 7. 2. k For the fire whiche they had before set in the citie was not to consume it but to signifie vnto Ioshua that they were entred Nomb. 30. 22. l That it coldene uer be 〈◊〉 againe m According as it was commanded Deut. 21. 23. Chap. 7. 〈◊〉 Exod. 20. 25. Deute 27. 5. n Meaning the ten commandements which are the summe of the whole Law Deut. 11. 29. 27. 12. Deut. 〈◊〉 12. o So 〈◊〉 yong nor olde man nor woman were exempted frome hearing the word of the Lord. a In respect of the plaine of Moab b The maigne 〈◊〉 called 〈◊〉 †Ebr. one mouth 2. Sam. 〈◊〉 1. c Because they were all worne d For the Gibeonites and the Hiuites 〈◊〉 people e Euen the idolaters for feare of death wil 〈◊〉 to honor the true God and receiue his reli ion †Ebr. in 〈◊〉 hand f The 〈◊〉 lacke no arte nor spare no lies 〈◊〉 set forth their policie when they wil deceiue the seruants of God g Some thinke that the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of their 〈◊〉 and so made a league with them h From Gilgal i Fearing 〈◊〉 for their faute the plague of GOD shulde haue light vpon them all k This doeth not establishe 〈◊〉 othes but sheweth Gods mercye toward his whiche 〈◊〉 not punish them for this faute l For the vses of the Tabernacle of the temple when it shal be buylt Deut. 17. 1. m VVho were minded to put them to death for feare of Gods wrath n That is for the sacrifices Chap. 6. 〈◊〉 Chap. 8. 〈◊〉 a That is Lord of iustice so tyrants take to them selues glorious names 〈◊〉 in dede theibe verie enemies against God and all iustice b So enuious the wicked are 〈◊〉 any departe from their hande c Lest Ioshua 〈◊〉 haue thoght that God had sent this great power againste hym for his vnlawful league with the 〈◊〉 the Lord here 〈◊〉 him d So we se that all thinges serue to execute Gods vēgeance againste the wicked Isa. 28. 21. Eccles. 46. 5. e Some read in the boke of the righteous meaning Mosés The Chalde texte readeth in the boke of the Lawe 〈◊〉 it is like that it was a boke thus named whiche is now lost f By taking away the ennemies hearts destroying them with hailestones †Ebr. cut of all their traine or 〈◊〉 g Or in safetie so that none gaue them as much 〈◊〉 an euil worde h Signifying What shulde become of the rest of Gods enemies seing that Kyngs them selues Were not spared Deute 21. 23. Chap. 8. 29. () 〈◊〉
c Meaning the wonders and mi racles d Héres by turnyng the 〈◊〉 backward is 〈◊〉 as Iosh 24. 30. e 〈◊〉 is al maner of idoles f These were idoles which had the forme of an eweor shepe among the Sidonians Psal. 44. 〈◊〉 Isa. 50. 1. g In all their enterprises h The vengeance “ Or Magistrates †Ebr. saued i Meaning from the true religion †Ebr. repented k Seing their crueltie Chap. 3. 〈◊〉 †Ebr. corrupte them selues l As the 〈◊〉 Iebusites Amorites c. m So that bothe outwarde enemies and false Prophets are but a tryal to proue our 〈◊〉 Deut. 13. 3. a Which were acheued by the handof God and not by the power of man b For thei trusted in God and hefought for thē c Contrary to Gods commandement d Trees or woods erected for idolatrie Or Mesoporamia e He was stirred vp by the Spirit of the Lord. “ Or Syria f That is 32. vnder Ioshua 8. vnder Othnièl g So that the ene mies of Gods people haue no power ouer thē but by Gods appointement “ Or 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 handed “ Or caused a dagger to be ma de h Or as some read from the places of idoles i Til all be depar ted “ Or 〈◊〉 †Ebr. he couereth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 “ Or caused the trumpet to be blowen Nomb. 20. 2. “ Or strong and big bodied †Ebr. humbled k Meaning the Israelites l So that it is not the nomber not the meanes that God regardeth when he wil get the victorie †Ebr. added or 〈◊〉 to do euil a There was an 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 who 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 killed and 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 Hazor Iosh 〈◊〉 13. b That is in a wood or strong place c By the Spirit of prophecie resoluing of controuersies and de claring the wil of God d And reueiled vnto me by the Spirit 〈◊〉 prophe 〈◊〉 “ 〈◊〉 valiey 〈◊〉 83. 10. e 〈◊〉 his owne weakenes and his enemies power he desireth the Prophetesse to go with himto 〈◊〉 him of Gods wil 〈◊〉 time to time “ Or he led after him 10000. men “ Or posteritie Nomb 10. 20. 〈◊〉 from kain f Meanin g that he 〈◊〉 a great parte of that countrey g She stil encou rageth him to this entreprise by assuring him of Gods 〈◊〉 and aide Psal. 83. 10. h Whose 〈◊〉 were strangers but 〈◊〉 the true God and therefo re were ioyned with 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 Chap. 5. 〈◊〉 i To wit Siserá k That is the pin ne or stake whereby it was faste ned to the 〈◊〉 l So he sawe the a womā had the honour as Debo ráh prophecied †Ebr. 〈◊〉 and was strong a To 〈◊〉 the two tribes of zebulun and Naph 〈◊〉 Deut. 4. 11. Deut. 2. 1. Psal. 97. 5. Exod. 19. 18. Chap. 3 〈◊〉 Chap. 4. 18. b Forfeare of the enemies c Miraculously 〈◊〉 vp of God to 〈◊〉 deliuer them d They had no heart to resist their enemies e Ye gouerners f As in dāger of your enemies g For now you may drawe water without feare of your enemies h To wit them that kept thy people in captiuitie i Ioshua first fought against Amalék Saul destroyed him k Euen the learned did helpe to fight l Euē the whole 〈◊〉 m They merueiled that they came not ouer Iordén to helpe them n She reproueth althē that came not to helpe their brethren in their 〈◊〉 o Ether by beating of thesea or by mining p They wanne nothing but lost 〈◊〉 q As a besome doeth thesil the of the house r It was a 〈◊〉 nere Tabor where they 〈◊〉 s Some read churned milke in a great cup. †Ebr. destroyed “ Or fere t That is she com 〈◊〉 her selfe u Because he was chief of the armie x Shal growe daily more and more in Gods fa 〈◊〉 a For feare of the Midianites thei fled into the 〈◊〉 of themo 〈◊〉 “ Or of kedém b Euen almost the whole countrey c This is the end of Gods punishe ments to call his to repentance that they may seke for helpe of him 2. king 17. 39. Iere. 10. 2. “ Or to prepare his flight d This came not of distrust but of weakenes of faith which is in the moste perfect for no man in this life can haue aperfect faith but the children of God haue a true faith whereby they be iustified e That is Christ appearing 〈◊〉 visible forme f Whiche I haue giuen thee “ Or familie g So that we se how the 〈◊〉 is enemie vnto Gods vocation whiche can not be persuaded without signes h Of Epháh read Exod 16. 36. i By the power of God 〈◊〉 as in the 〈◊〉 of Helias 1. king 18. 38. 〈◊〉 33 20. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 22. “ Or the Lord 〈◊〉 peace k That is as the Chalde text 〈◊〉 fed 〈◊〉 yeres l Which growed aboue Baals altar m Meaning the fat bul which was kept to be offredvnto 〈◊〉 n Thus we 〈◊〉 to iust 〈◊〉 them that are zelous of Gods cause though all the multitude be against vs. †Ebr. clad 〈◊〉 Nomb. 10. 3. o The familie of Abiézer whereof he was Chap 3. 27. p This 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not of infidelitie but that he might be confirmed in his vocation Gen. 18. 32. q Whereby he was assured that it was a miracle of God Chap. 8. 38. “ Ebr. Enharod “ Ebr. Hammoréb a God wil not that anie creature depriue him of his glorie Deut. 20. 5. 1. Mac. 〈◊〉 56. b I wil giue thee a proose to knowe thē that shal go with thee c 〈◊〉 thē departe as 〈◊〉 for this enterprise d That is the one and thirtie thou sand and 700 †Ebr. in their hands Or incouraged e Thus the Lord by diuers meanes doth strengthen him that he faint not in so great an enterprise Chap. 6. 〈◊〉 f Some read 〈◊〉 trembling 〈◊〉 of barley 〈◊〉 meaning that one of no repura cion shulde make their great ar mie to tremble g Or gaue God thankes as it is in the Chalde text “ Or 〈◊〉 brands h These weake meanes God vsed to signifie that the 〈◊〉 victorie came of him i That is the victorie shal be the Lords Gideōs his seruant k Shal destroy the enemies “ Or broke their 〈◊〉 Isa. 9 4. l The Lord 〈◊〉 sed the Midianites to kil one another m Meaning the passages or the foordes that thei shulde not escape Psal. 83. 12. Isa. 10. 26. n These places had their names of the actes that were done there a They began to 〈◊〉 because he had the glorie of the victorie b Which haue 〈◊〉 two prin ces Oréb and zeéb c This Iast act of the whole tribe is more famous then the whole enterprise of one man of one fami lie d Or some 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 †Ebr. that are at my fete e Because 〈◊〉 hast 〈◊〉 an handful 〈◊〉 thou to haue ouercome the whole †〈◊〉 beat in pieces f 〈◊〉 gotten 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 g A 〈◊〉
iudgemet for after they brake it in shew ing secretly the meanes to mary wyth certaine of their daughters b Accordyng to their custome when they wold consult with the Lorde c Or repented that they had de stroyed their 〈◊〉 thren as appeareth vers 15. d Condemnyng them to be fauters of vice whiche wolde not 〈◊〉 their hande to punish it †Ebr. children of strength Nomb. 31. 17. e To wit 〈◊〉 foure monethes after the discomfiture Chap. 20. 47 “ Or friendly f For there lacked two hundreth g Beniamin must be reserued to haue the twelfe 〈◊〉 in the inheritance of 〈◊〉 h He describeth the place where the maides vsed yerely to dance as the maner thē was and to syng psalmes ād songs of Gods workes emongs them i Thogh they thoght hereby to persuade men that they kepte their othe yet before GOD it was broken k Meanyng two hundreth Chap. 17. 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 1. and 〈◊〉 1. †Ebr. iudged a In the land of Canaan b In the tribe of 〈◊〉 whiche was also called Bethlehem 〈◊〉 because there was another citie so called in the tribe of zebulun c By this wonderful prouidence of God Ruth became one of Gods houshold of whome Christ same d By sending thē 〈◊〉 againe e Hereby it appea reth that Naomi by dwellyng among idolaters was waxē colde in the true zeale of God which ra ther hath respect to the 〈◊〉 of the body then to the comforte of the soule “ Or more 〈◊〉 you f VVhen 〈◊〉 leaue departed g No 〈◊〉 can preuaile 〈◊〉 turne thē backe from God whom he hathe 〈◊〉 to be his h VVhereby appeareth that 〈◊〉 was of a 〈◊〉 familie and of good 〈◊〉 “ Or beautifull “ Or bitter i VVhich was 〈◊〉 the moneth 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 parte of March and parte of April a Bothe for vertue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 riches b This her humi litiedeclareth her great affection to wardher mother in lawe for as muche as she spa reth no painful diligence to get bothe their liuings “ Or certaine handefuls c That is Take hede in 〈◊〉 field thei doreape d Euen of the Moabites which are enemies to Gods people e 〈◊〉 that she shal neuer want 〈◊〉 thing if she put her trust in God and liue vnder his protection f whiche she broght home to her mother in lawe Exod. 16 〈◊〉 g To wit of 〈◊〉 bagg as is in the Chalde h To my 〈◊〉 band and 〈◊〉 when they were aliue and now to vs. “ Or fall vpon thee “ Or returned to her mother in lawe a Meaning 〈◊〉 she Wolde prouide her of an housband with whome she might 〈◊〉 “ Or in the barne b Boaz not yet anie other c That is had re freshed himselfe among his 〈◊〉 uants “ Or turned him 〈◊〉 from one side to another d Thou she 〈◊〉 thyselfe 〈◊〉 time to time more vertuous e If he wil take thee to be his wife by the title of affinitie accor ding to Gods law Deut. 25 5. “ Or mantel f Perceyuing by her cominghome that he had not taken her to his 〈◊〉 she was astonied a Which was the place of iudgement b The Ebrewes here vse two wordes which haue no propre signification but serue to note a certaine persone as we say ho syrray or ho suche one “ Or inhabitāts c For thou art the next of the kinne d That his inheritance might beare his name that is dead e That he had re signed his right Deut. 25. 9. f Or of the 〈◊〉 where he remai ned g Ephráthah and 〈◊〉 are bothe one Gen. 38. 29. h He shal leaue a continnal 〈◊〉 i Meaning manie sonnes 2. Chro. 2. 4. k This generalo gie is broght is to proue that Dauid by succession came of the house of 〈◊〉 Matth. 1. 3. a There were two Ramaths so that in this citie in mount Ephraim were zophī that is the learned men ād Pro phets Deut. 16 16. b For ' the Arke was there at that times c Some read a porcion with an 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 d Let this suffice thee that I loue thee no lesse thē if thou hadest many children e That is of the house where the Arke was Nomb. 6. 5. Iudg. 13. 5. †Ebr. thy wine †Ebr. of an hard spirit Psal. 42. 5. †Ebr. for a daughter of Belial f That is praye vnto the Lorde for me g According to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 on h This Elkanah was a Leuite 1. Chro. 6. 27. and as some write once a yeré they accustomed to appea re before the Lord with 〈◊〉 familie i Because her prayer toke effect therefore it fwas 〈◊〉 the Lords promes Exod. 16 36. “ Ebr. a childe k That is moste certeinly †Ebr. lente l Meanyng Eli gaue thankes to God for her a After that she had obteined a sonne by praier she gaue thākes b I haue recouered strength and glorie by the benefit of the Lord c I can answere them that reproue my barrennes d In that ye condemne my 〈◊〉 ye shewe your pride against God e They sel their labours for necessarie 〈◊〉 “ Or many Deut. 32. 39. VVisd 16. 13. Tob 13. 2. Psal 113. 70 f He preferreth to honour and putteth downe according to his owne 〈◊〉 mans iudgemet be 〈◊〉 g Therefore he may dispose all things according to his will Chap 7. 10. h She grounded her prayer on le sus Christ which was to come i In all that Eli commāded him k That is they neglected his ordinance “ Or sonne l Transgressinge the ordre appoin ted in the Law Leuit. 7. 31. for their bellies sake m VVhiche was commanded first to haue bene offred to God “ Or Lawe n Not passinge for their owne profite so GOD might be serued aryght o Seing the 〈◊〉 ble abuse therof Exod. 28. 4 “ Or for the thig that she 〈◊〉 lent to the Lord to wit Samuel p VVhiche 〈◊〉 as the Ebrewes write after their trauel when 〈◊〉 came to be purified read Exod. 38. 8. Leui. 12. 6. q Because thei 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their due tie to God ver 17 r So that to obey good admonitions is Gods mercie and to disobey them is 〈◊〉 iuste iudgement for sinne 〈◊〉 wit 〈◊〉 Leuit. 10. 14. t Why haue you 〈◊〉 my sacrifices and as it were trod them vnder fete u Godg promises are onely effectual to suche as he giueth constā cie vnto to feare and obey him x Thy power and autoritie y Thy posteritie shal se the glorie of the chief Priest translated to ano ther whome they shall 〈◊〉 1. kyng 2. 27. “ Or when they come to meanes age z Meaning zadok 〈◊〉 succeded 〈◊〉 was 〈◊〉 figure of Christ. a That it shal be inferior vnto him a The Chalde text readeth whiles Eli liued b Because there were very fewe Prophetes to declare it c In the court next to the Tabernacle d That is the 〈◊〉 pes which burnt in the night e Iosephus writeth that Samuél was twelue
yere olde when the Lorde appeared to him f By vision g Suche was the corruption of those times that the chief Priest was become 〈◊〉 and negligent to vnderstand the Lords appearing h God declareth what soden feare shal come vpon men when they shal heare that the Arke is 〈◊〉 and also the Elis house destroyed i Meaning that his 〈◊〉 shulde neuer en ioye the chief Priests office k God punishe thee after this that sort except thoutel metrueth Ruth 1. 17. l The Lord accomplished what soeuer he had said “ Or that Samuél was the faithful Prophet of the Lord. †Ebr. by the wor de of the Lord. () 〈◊〉 the departure of the Israelites out of Egipt vnto the time of Samuél are about 390. yere “ Or stone of helpe Chap. 7. 12. a For it may 〈◊〉 that this warre was vnder taken by Samuéls commandement b For he vsed to appeare to 〈◊〉 betwene the 〈◊〉 ouer the Arke of the couenant Exod 25 vers 17. c Before we fought against men now God is come to fight against vs. d For in the red Sea in the wilder nes the Egyptiās were destroyed whiche was the last of all his plagues Iudg 13. 1. e Dauid alluding to this place Psal. 77 63. saieth they were consumed with fire meaning they were sodēly destroyed f In token of sorrow mourning g Lest it shulde be taken of the enemies Chap. 3. 2. h According as God had a 〈◊〉 said “ Or gouerned “ Or to 〈◊〉 out i And setled her body toward her traúel Or No glorie or where is the glorie k She vttered her great sorrowe by repeting her wordes a Which was one of the fiue principal cities of the Philistims b Which was their chief idole as some write from the nauil downwarde was like a fishe and vpwarde like a man c Thus in steade of acknowledging the true God by this 〈◊〉 they fall to a farther supersticion Psal. 78. 66 d Thogh they had felt Gods power and were affraied thereof yet they wolde farthert ie him whiche thyng God turned to their destruction and his glorie e The wicked when they fele 〈◊〉 hand of God grudge reiecte him where the godli humble thē selues and crye for mercie a Thei thoght by continuance of time the plague wolde haue ceased and so wolde haue kept the Arke stil. b The idolaters confesse there is a true God who punisheth sinne iustely c This is 〈◊〉 iudgement vpon the 〈◊〉 that knowig the true God they worship him not a right Exod. 12. 31. d Meaning the goldē emerods the golden mice e The God of Israél f The wicked attribute almost 〈◊〉 thing to fortune and chance whereasin dede there is nothyng done without Gods 〈◊〉 uidence decree g For the triall of the 〈◊〉 h To wit themê of Bethshémesh whiche were Israelites i These were the fiue principal cities of the Philistims which were not al conquered vnto the time of Dauid Or the plaine or lamentacion k For it was not lauful to 〈◊〉 ether to touch or to se it saue onely to Aaron and his sonnes Nomb. 4. 15. 〈◊〉 a A citie in the tribe of Iudáh called also 〈◊〉 báal Iosh. 15. 60. b Lamented for their sinnes and followed the Lord. Iosh. 24. 15. Iudg. 2. 13. Deut. 6. 4. Mat. 4. 10. Iudg. 2 11 c For Shiloh was now desolate because the Philistims had taken thence the 〈◊〉 d The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hathe that they drewe water out of their heart that is wept abū dantly for their sinnes e Signifying that iu the prayers of the godlie there ought to be a vehement zeale f According to the prophecie of Hannáh San. uels mother Chap. 2. 10. g Whiche was a great rocke ouer against Mizpéh h Meaning the Philistims i Which was 〈◊〉 contrarie to the Lawe for as yet a certeine place was not 〈◊〉 ted a Because he was not able to 〈◊〉 the charge b Who was also called Vashni 1. Chro. 6. 28. Deut. 16. 19. c For there his house was Chap. 7. 17. Ose. 13. 10. Act. 13. 21. d Because they were not 〈◊〉 with the ordre that God had ap pointed but wolde be gouer ned as were the Gentiles e To proue if they wil forsake their wicked purpose f Not the kings haue this autoritie by their office but that suche as reigne in Gods wrath shulde vsurpe this ouer their brethren contrary to the Law Deut. 17. 〈◊〉 “ Or chief officers g Because ye repet not for vour sinnes but because ye smart for your afflictions where into ye cast your selues willingly “ Or grant their request a That is bothe valiant and riche Chap. 14. 51. 〈◊〉 Chro. 8. 23. b So that it might semè that God approued their request ī appointing 〈◊〉 suche a persone c Al these circūstāces were meās to serue vnto Gods prouidēce whereby Saul thogh not approued of God was made king d 〈◊〉 was Ramath zophim the citie of Samuél “ Or vitailes e Which is 〈◊〉 fiue pence read Gen. 23. 15. f So called becau se he foresawe 〈◊〉 to come g That is a feast 〈◊〉 thē offring which shulde be kepe in an hie place of the 〈◊〉 appointed for that vse h That is giue thankes and distribute the meat according to their custome †Ebr. in his care Chap. 15. 1. Act. 13. 21. i Not withstanding their wickednes yet God was euer mindful of his 〈◊〉 tance k Meaning all that thou desirest to knowe l Whome doeth Israél desire to be their King but thee m Where the feast was n That is the shoulder with the breast which the Priest had for his familie in all peace offrings Leui 10. 14. o That bothe by the assembling of the people and by the meat pro pared for thee thou mighest vnderstande that I knewe of thy comming p To speake with him secretly for the houses were flat aboue q Gods comman dement as concerning thee a In the Lawe this anointing 〈◊〉 the gifts of the holy Gost whiche were ne cessarie for them that shulde rule Gen 35 20. b Samuél confir meth him by the signes that God hathe appointed him king Or oke †Ebr. of peace c Which was an hieplace in the citie kiriathiearim where the 〈◊〉 was Chap. 7. 1. 〈◊〉 13. 8. †Ebr. shoulder d He gaue him suche vertues as were mete for a king †Or sang 〈◊〉 Chap. 19. 24. e Meaning that prophecie commeth not by succession but is given 〈◊〉 whome it pleaseth God f Noting thereby him that frome lowe degre commeth sodenly to honour g Both to 〈◊〉 vnto then their faute in asking a king and also to shew Gods sentence therein h That is by 〈◊〉 of lot i As thogh he were vnworthy and vn willing †Ebr let the King liue k As it is writen in 〈◊〉 Chap. 17. 15. l Bothe to 〈◊〉 sedition and also to winne them by pacience a After that Saul
doctrine more commendable †Ebr. mouthe m This is the cōmune argument of the wicked who thinke that none shulde speake against a thing if the greater parte approue it be they neuer so vngodlie n He speaketh this in derision because the king attributed so 〈◊〉 to the false prophetes meaning that by experiēce he shulde trye that thei were but flatters o It is better thei returne home thē to be punished 〈◊〉 because thei take warre in hand without Gods counsel and approbacion p meaning his Angels “ Or persuade deceiue q Here wese that thogh the deuil he euer readie to bring vs 〈◊〉 destru ction yet he hathe no further power then God giueth him r I wil cause all his prophetes to 〈◊〉 2. Chro. 18. 23. s Thus the wicked wolde seme that none were in the fauour of God but they that God hathe 〈◊〉 uen his graces to none so muche as to them t Let him hepyned away 〈◊〉 hungre and 〈◊〉 ied with a small portion of bread and 〈◊〉 u That when ye shal se these things come to passe ye may giue God the 〈◊〉 knowe that I am his true prophet x That is to the Lord for helpe “ Or in his 〈◊〉 and ignorantly †Ebr. 〈◊〉 betwe ne the brig ādine †Ebr. sicke y To 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 king 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 z O the 〈◊〉 “ Or the 〈◊〉 washed it Chap. 21. 19. 2. Chro. 20. 31. a Meaning that he was led with an error thinking that they might 〈◊〉 sacrifice to the Lord in those pla ces as wel as hei did before the Tē ple was buylt b In the time of this king Idumea was subiect to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was gouer ned by whome 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 appointed c By 〈◊〉 the Scripture mea neth 〈◊〉 all the Sea called Me 〈◊〉 errancum d Iosephus writeth that 〈◊〉 is in 〈◊〉 where the 〈◊〉 Arabiēs 〈◊〉 for golde Cr in all pointes as his father did a So that he was punished for his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 two 〈◊〉 for the Moabites which 〈◊〉 to pay him 〈◊〉 rebelled ād he fel downe at a great which was vpō his house to giue 〈◊〉 b The 〈◊〉 which dwelt at Ekron worship ped this idole which signifieth the god of flies thinking that he colde preserue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the biting of 〈◊〉 or els he was so called because flies were 〈◊〉 ingreat 〈◊〉 of the blood of the 〈◊〉 that were offred to that idole c He sheweth that idolaters haue not the true God for els they wold seke to none but to him alone d Ignorance is the mother of er ror and idolatrie e Some thinke that this is ment of his garments whiche were tough and made of 〈◊〉 f To wit Carmel g He declareth what power Gods worde hath in the mouthe of his seruants whē they threaten Gods iudgemēts against the wicked h He spake this in mockery and therefore prouoked Gods wrath so muche the more i Meaning that God wolde shewe by effect whether he was a true Pro phet or not k Which humble my selfe before God his seruāt l That is spare my life let me not dye as the other two m Thus the Lord giueth boldenes to his that they feare not the threatnings of ty rants whiche otherwise of them selues are afraide to do Gods message n Iehoshaphát going to battel against the Syriās made his sonne Iehorám king in the 17 yere of his reigne and in the 18 yere 〈◊〉 was the seconde yere of his sonne 〈◊〉 the sonne of 〈◊〉 reigned in 〈◊〉 in the 〈◊〉 the yere of this Iehorám Iehoshap 〈◊〉 the kingdome of Iudáh was con 〈◊〉 to his son ne a Which was that place where the 〈◊〉 of Israél were 〈◊〉 after they came ouer Iordén and had 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 veres in 〈◊〉 wil 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 5 9 b So called because they are be gotten as it were a newe by the heauēlie doctrine c That is from being any more thine head for to be as the head is to be the master as to be at the fete is to be a 〈◊〉 d For the Lord had reueiled it vnto him e Not onely at Bethél but at Iericho and other places were there Prophetes which had scholars whome they instructed broght vp in the true feate of God f To wit of Iordén g Let thy Spirit haue double force in me because of these dangerous times or let me haue twise so muche as the rest of the Prophetes or thy spirit 〈◊〉 deuided into thre partes 〈◊〉 me haue two Eccles. 48 13. h Thus God hath left a testimonie in all ages bothe before the Lawe in the time of the Gospel of resurrection 1. Mac 2 58. i The Spirit of prophecie is giuē to him as it was to Eliiáh k Meaning Eliiáh for thy thoght his 〈◊〉 had bene cast in some mountaine l Because the fact was extraordina rie thei douted where he was become but 〈◊〉 was assured that he was takē vp to God “ Or killeth the inhabitants m Thus God gaue him power euen 〈◊〉 to nature to make that water profitable for mans vse which before was hurt ful n Perceiuing their malicious heart against the Lord and his worde he desireth God to take vengeāce of that 〈◊〉 done vnto him a Read the annotacion in the 〈◊〉 Chap. 17. verse b He sacrificed to the goldē calues that Ieroboám had made c This was done after that Dauid had made the Mo abites tributaries to his successers d Read 〈◊〉 king 22 4. e Meaning the Viceroy or Lieutenāt of the king of Iudáh read 1. king 22 48. †Ebr. that were at their fete f That is who was his seruant g He is able to in struct vs what is Gods wil in this point h He knewe that this wicked king wolde haue but vsed his coūsel to serue his turne therefore he disdained to answer him i The wicked este me not the seruants of God but whē they are driuen by very necessitie and feare of the present dā ger k God suffreth his worde to be declared to the wic ked because of the godlie that are among them l He singeth sōgs to gods glori so stirred vp the Pro phetes heart to prophecie m He wil not onely miraculous ly giue you waters but your ene mies also into your hand n Thogh God be stowe his benefites for a time vpō his enemies yet he hathe his seasons when he wil take them away to the iutēt thei might se his vengeāce which is prepared against them †Ebr. to 〈◊〉 him selfe with a girdle o The 〈◊〉 ioye of the wicked is but a preparacion to their destructiō which is at hand p Meaning they followed them in to the townes q Which was one of the principal cities of the Móabites wherein they left nothing but the walles Some referre it to the King of Edoms sonne whome they say he had taken in that 〈◊〉 but rather it semed to be
place was in the Temple “ Or out of the Temple o To take his parte p That bothe the king and the peo ple shulde main teine the true 〈◊〉 of God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 all 〈◊〉 q That 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 gouerne 〈◊〉 they obey in the feare of God r Euen in the place where he had blasphemed God and thoght to haue 〈◊〉 by his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God powred his vengeance vpon him s To wit Iehoiadá t Which by 〈◊〉 crueltie and persecucion had vexed the whole land before 2 〈◊〉 14. a So long as 〈◊〉 giue 〈◊〉 to the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of God they 〈◊〉 b So hard a thing it is for them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be broght to the perfit obe dience of God c That is the mo ney of redēptiō Exod. 30. 〈◊〉 also the money which the Priest valued the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 27 2 and their 〈◊〉 liberalitie d For the Temple which was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 fiftie and 〈◊〉 yeres before had many things decaied in it bothe by the negligence 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and also by the wickednes of the idolaters e He taketh from them the ordering of the money because of their 〈◊〉 f That is on the Southside “ Or vessel g For the Kynge had 〈◊〉 other which were 〈◊〉 for that purpose Chap. 21. 5. h For these men had onelye the charge of the reparacion of the Temple and the reste of the money was broght to the King who caused these afterwarde to be made 2. Chron. 24. 14. i After the death of Iehoiada Ioash fel to idolatrie therfore god reiecteth him ād stirreth vp hys enemie agaynste him whome be pacified with the treasures of the Temple for God wolde not be serued with those gifts seing the Kings heart was wicked k Because he had put zacharie the sonne of 〈◊〉 to death 2. Chro 24. 25. l Read 2. Sam. 〈◊〉 9. “ 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a By worshipping the calues whiche 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Israel b 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 liued c To wit Ioash the sonne of Iehoahaz d Safely ād with out danger †〈◊〉 as yesterdaye and before yesterday e VVherein they did 〈◊〉 their 〈◊〉 and which the Lord had 〈◊〉 to be destroyed f That is 〈◊〉 and Benhadad his sonne as 〈◊〉 3. read of Hazaél Chap. 8. 12. Deut. 16. 20. g His chief purpose is to 〈◊〉 the kingdome of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God 〈◊〉 his promes made to the house of Dauid but by the way he sheweth how 〈◊〉 was afflicted and punished for their greate 〈◊〉 who thogh they had now degene rat yet God both by sending 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and diuers punishements did cal them vnto hym againe h Thus they vsed to call the Prophetes and seruants of God by whome God bles sed his people as chap. 2. 12. 〈◊〉 that by their 〈◊〉 thei did 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 theyr countrey then by force of armes i That is toward Syria so that he did not only pro phecie with wor des but also confirmed hym by these signes that he 〈◊〉 haue the victorie k Because he semed content to haue victorie againste the enemies of God for 〈◊〉 or thrise 〈◊〉 had not a zeale to ouercome them 〈◊〉 and to destroy them vtterly l By this miracle God confirmed the autoritie of Elisha whose do ctrine in his lyfe they contem ned that at this sight they myght returne and imbra ce the same doctrine Eccles. 48. 14. m That is vntill their sinnes were come to a full measure there was no more hope of amende ment 2. Chap. 25. 1. a In the beginning of his reigne he 〈◊〉 to haue an outward shewe of godlines but afterward he became an idolater and worshipped the idoles of the 〈◊〉 means Chap. 12. 20. b Because theine 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not were 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their fathers in that act Deut. 24. 16. Ezek 18. 20. c For the 〈◊〉 ans whome Dauid had broght to subiection did rebelle in the time of 〈◊〉 sonne of 〈◊〉 “ Or the to wre or tocke d Let vs fight hād 〈◊〉 hand and 〈◊〉 it by battel and not destroye one anothers cities e By 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Iohoash 〈◊〉 him selfe to a cedre to because of hys greate kingdome ouer ten tribes ād Amaziah to a thist le because he ruled but ouer two tribes and the wilde beasts are Iehoashs soudiers that spoiled the cities of Iudah f Brag of the victorie so that thou 〈◊〉 at home ād 〈◊〉 me not “ Or broght him g That is which the Israelites had giuen to them of Iudah for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 tance of peace h VVhiche citie Roboam built in Iudah for a forte resse 1. Chro. 11. 9 i VVho is also called Vzziah 2. Chro. 26. 1. k VVhich is also called Elanon or Eloth l Because this ido latrie was so vile and almost incre dible that men shuld forsake the lyuing GOD to worship calues the worke of mans hande ther fore the Scripture doeth 〈◊〉 rimes repeat it in the reproche of all idolaters †Ebr. by the hand of m Read 1. King 14 10. †Ebr. had not spoken n Which was also called 〈◊〉 of Syria or 〈◊〉 †Ebr. in thetwen 〈◊〉 yere and se uenth yere a So long she gaue 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 the Prophet b His father and grād father were 〈◊〉 by their subiects seruāts he because he wolde 〈◊〉 the Priests office 〈◊〉 co Gods ordinance was smitē 〈◊〉 by the hand of God with the leprosie 2 〈◊〉 26 21. c As viceroy or deputie to his father d He was the 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 from Iehu who reigned according to Gods pro mes but in him God began to execute 〈◊〉 against the house of 〈◊〉 e 〈◊〉 was the last in Israél that had the king dome by succession saue onely 〈◊〉 the son ne of 〈◊〉 who reigned but two yeres Chap. 10 10. f VVhiche was a citie of Israél that wolde not receiue him to be King g That is of Israél h In steade of seking helpe of God he went about by 〈◊〉 to purchase the fauour of this King being an in fidele therefore God for 〈◊〉 him Phulsone after warde brake pro mes destroyed his countrey 〈◊〉 led his people away captiue i Which were of the same conspiracie k For God 〈◊〉 vp 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 against Israél for their sinnes 〈◊〉 Chro. 5 26. 〈◊〉 Chro 27 1. “ Or 〈◊〉 l He sheweth that his 〈◊〉 Was not suche but that he had many and great fautes m After the death of 〈◊〉 n VVhich slewe of 〈◊〉 in one day six score 〈◊〉 fighting men 2 Chro. 28 6 because they had forsaken the true God a This Was a Wicked sonne of a 〈◊〉 father as of him againe came godlie 〈◊〉 and of him Wicked 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that God in the end shewed him 〈◊〉 thus We sehow vrcer 〈◊〉 it is to depend on the dignitie of our fathers b That is offred him to 〈◊〉 or madehim to passe betwene two fyres as the maner of the 〈◊〉 Was Leu. 21 18. Deu. 18 〈◊〉 Isa. 7 〈◊〉 c For the
as yet Ierusalém had not bene taken by the enemie therefore he calleth her virgine o God counteth that iniurie done to him and Will reuenge it Which is done to 〈◊〉 of his Saintes p Meaning 〈◊〉 Which Isaiáh calleth the hight of his borders to Wit of Iudáh Isa. 37 24. “ Or pleasant countrey “ Or the Waters of cities besieged q He declareth that for asmuche as he is the autor and beginning of 〈◊〉 Church he Wil neuer suffer it vtterly to be de stroyed as other cities and kingdomes r Thus he describeth the Wicked Which for a time florish and afterWarde fade and decay like flowres s I Wil bridel thy rage and turne thee to frō as pleaseth me t God did not onely promes him the victorie but giueth him 〈◊〉 signe to confirme his faith u The Lord Wil multiplie 〈◊〉 nōber that small 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 that is escaped x The loue that God beareth toWard his Church shal ouercome the counsels and 〈◊〉 of men Isa. 37 36. Tobi 1 〈◊〉 Eccl. 〈◊〉 24. 1. Mac. 7 41. 2. Mac 8 19. y This Was the iuste iudgemēt of God for his blasphemie that he shulde be slaine before that idole Whome he preferred to the liuing God and by them by Whome he ought by natu re to haue bene defended 2. Chro. 32 24. Isa. 38. 〈◊〉 Eccles. 48. 46. a That his minde might not be troubled b Meaning With out al hypocrisie c Not so muche for his owne death as for feare that idolatrie shulde be restored Which he had destroyed so Gods Name be dis honored d Because of his vnfained repentance and prayer God turned away his Wrath. e To giue thankes for thy deliuerance f He declareth that 〈◊〉 God can heale Without other medecenes yet he 〈◊〉 that he Wil not haue these in ferior meanes cōremned g Let the sunne go so manie degrees backe that the houres may be so manie the fewer in the Kings dial h Which dial Was set in thetop of the 〈◊〉 that Aház had made i Moued With the fauour that God shewed to Hezekiák and also because he had declared him selfe enemie to 〈◊〉 his enemie Which Was now destroied k Being moued With ambition and vaine glorie and also because he semed 〈◊〉 ce in the 〈◊〉 of him that Was Gods enemie and an insidele 2. King 24 1. ād 〈◊〉 13. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 27. 19. l He acknowled geth Isaiáh to be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Prophet of God and ther 〈◊〉 humbleth him selfe to his Worde m Seing that God hathe shewed me this fauour to grant me quiet nes during my life for he Was afraied lest the enemies shulde haue had occasion to reioyce if the Church had decaied in his time because he had restored religion 2. Chro. 33. 〈◊〉 Deut. 18. 9. Chap. 18. 4. Iere. 32. 34. 2. Sam. 7. 〈◊〉 a Read Chap. 16. 3 1. King 8. 29. 9. 3. 2. King 7. 10. b Therefore seing thei obeyed not the comman dement of God they Were iustly cast for the of that land Which thei had but on condicion 〈◊〉 15. 4. c Meaning that whosoeuer shall heare of this great plague shal be astonis hed d As I haue destroyed Samaria and the house of Aháb so wil destroye Iudáh e Meaning Iudáh and 〈◊〉 which were one ly left of the rest of the tribes f The Ebrewes write that he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Prophet who was his fatherin Lawe 2. Chro. 33. 20. g That is according to his commandements “ Or he buryed him to wit Iosiáh his sonne 2. Chro. 34. 〈◊〉 a His zeale was prophecied of his name mencioned by Iaddo the Prophet more then thre hun dreth yeres before 1. King 13. 2. being but eight yere olde he soght the God of his father Dauid 2. Chro. 34. 3. “ Or coyne as vers 9 “ Or vessel b Certeine of the Priests were appointed to this of fice as Chap. 12 9. c From the time of 〈◊〉 for the space of 224. yeres the Temple remained without reparation through the 〈◊〉 of the Priests this decla reth that they that haue a charge and execute it not ought to haue it taken from them d So God prouided him of faith ful seruāts seing he went about so zealously to set forthe the worke of God e This was the copie that Mosés left them as appeareth 2. Chro. 34. 14. Which ether by the negligence of the Priests had be ne lost or els by the Wickednes of idolatrous Kings had bene abolished †Ebr. melted f Meaning to some Prophet whome God reueleth the know ledge of things vnto as 〈◊〉 21. 〈◊〉 thogh at other times they inqui red the Lord by Vrim and Thum mim g Or the 〈◊〉 of doctrine which was 〈◊〉 to the Temple where the 〈◊〉 assembled to intreat the Scuptures the doctrine of the Prophetes h The workes of mans hād here si gnifie all that mā muenteth beside the word of God which are 〈◊〉 in Gods seruice i Meaning that he 〈◊〉 repent as they that do not repent are said to hardē their heart Psal. 5. 8. k VVhereupon we may gather that the angre of God is ready agaīst the wicked whē God taketh his seruants out of this worlde a Because he sawe the great plagues of God that were 〈◊〉 he knewe no more spedie waye to auoide thē then to turne to God by repentance whiche can not come but of faith and faith by hearing of the 〈◊〉 of God 〈◊〉 Chro. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 b Where the king had his place Chap. 〈◊〉 4. c As Ioshua did 〈◊〉 24 22. d Meaning then which were next in dignitie to the hie Priests e In contempt of that altar which 〈◊〉 had there buylt to sacrifice to his calues f Meaning the priests of Báal which were called Chemirims ether because thei weare black garments or els were smoked with burning in cense to idoles g He remoued that groue which idolaters for deuotion had planted nere vnto the Temple contrarie to the cōmandement of the Lord 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 20 or as some read the similitude of a groue which was 〈◊〉 in the Temple h Bothe in contempt of the idoles and reproche of them which had worshiped them in their liues i Because that those that had forsakē the Lord to serue idoles were not mete to minister in the seruice of the Lord for the instructiō of others k Which was a valley nere to Ierusalém signifieth a 〈◊〉 because they 〈◊〉 on the 〈◊〉 while their children were burning that their crye shulde not be heard where after Iosiáh commanded carious to be cast l The idolatrous Kings had dedica te horses and cha rets to the sunne ether to carie the image thereof about as the heathen did or els to sacrifice then as a sacrifice moste agreable “ Or valley m That was the mount of oliues su called because it was ful of 〈◊〉 1. King 11. 7. n Which Ie obo am had buylt in Israél 1. King 12. 28. o According
concerning 〈◊〉 therefore seing God fauored Da uid he spake what he thoght d After that Nathán had spoken to Dauid e That is in a 〈◊〉 which remoued to and fro f Meanig where soeuer his Arke went which was a signe of his pre sence g Of a shepherd of shepe I made thee a shepherd of men so that thou camest not to this dignitie through thine owne merites but by my pure grace “ Or gotten thee fame h 〈◊〉 themsure that they shal not remoue †Ebr. sonnes of 〈◊〉 “ Or consume i VVil giue thee great posteritie k That is ' vnto the comming of Christ for then these figures shulde cease l Which was Saul m He went into the tent where the 〈◊〉 was she wing what we ought to do when we receiue anie benefites of the Lord. “ Or 〈◊〉 n Meaning to this 〈◊〉 estate o Thou hast promised a kingdome that shal continue to me and my 〈◊〉 and that Christ shal procede of me p Frely and accor ding to the purpose of thy wil without anie deseruing q That is he she weth him selfe in dedeto be their God by deliuering them frō dangers preser uing them r Thou hast decla red vnto me by Nathán the Prophet †Ebr. hathe foūde s And canst not brake promes a VVhich 2. Sam. 8 1. is called the bridle of bōdage because it was a strong towne kept the countrey tounde about in subiection “ Or payed tribute “ Or 〈◊〉 “ Or Euphrates “ Or 〈◊〉 b That is in all things that he en terprised c VVhich 2. Sam. 8 8. are called 〈◊〉 Berothái 1. King 7. 23. Iere. 52 20. d Called also 〈◊〉 2 Sam. 8 10. e Because the Edo mices and the Sy rians ioyned their power together it is said 2. Sam. 8 12 that the 〈◊〉 were spoiled f VVhich is vnder stand that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 twelue thousand as is in the title of the threscore psal 〈◊〉 the rest “ Or Saiāh 2. Sam. 8 17. g Read 2 Sam. 8 18. 2 Sam 10. 2. a Because Nahásh receiued Da uid and his companie whē 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 him he wolde now shewe pleasure to his sonne for the same b Thus the malicious ouer inter 〈◊〉 the purpose of the godlie in the worst sense c They shaued of the halfe of their beardes d To put them to shame and vilanie where as the 〈◊〉 ought to haue be ne honored and because the Iewes vsed to weare sidegarments and beards they thus 〈◊〉 them to make them 〈◊〉 to others 2. Samu. 10. 4. “ Or had made them selues to be abhorred of Dauid e Which were fiue in all 2. Sam. 10. 8. f Which was a citie of the tribe of Reubēbeyonde Iordén g He declareth that 〈◊〉 the cause is euil the 〈◊〉 can not be 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 in good cau ses men ought to be 〈◊〉 commit the successe to God h That is Euphrates i For this place read 2 Sam 10. 18. 2. Sam. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a Which was the chief citie of the Ammonites 2. Sam. 12. 29. b Which moun teth about the vallue of seuen thousand and seuentie crownes which is about threscore poūde weight 2. Sam. 21. 18. “ Or Gob. 2. Sam. 〈◊〉 8. “ Or 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 or the gyants c Read 2. Sam. 〈◊〉 19. d Meaning 〈◊〉 he had six a picce on hands and fere He tempted Dauid in setting be fore his eyes his excellencie and glo tie his power victories read b That is from Southe to North. 2. Sam. 24. 1. c It was a thing indifferent and vsual to nomber the people but because he did it of an ambitious minde as thogh his strength stode in his people God punished him d Ioáb partely for grief partly through negligen ce gathered not the whole 〈◊〉 me as it is here declared e In Samuél is menrion of thirtie thousand mo te which was ether by ioyning to them some of the Beniamites which were mixed with sudáh or as the Ebrewes write here the chief and princes are left out “ Or Prophet Or 〈◊〉 thee f Read 2. Sam. 24. 16. g Whē God draueth backe his flagues he semeth to 〈◊〉 read Gene. 6. 6. “ Or Araunáb h Thus he bothe sheweth a true repentance and a fatherlie care toward his people which desireth God to spare them and to punish him and his i If man hide him selfe at the sight of an Angel which is a creature how muche lesse is a sinnerable to ap peare before the face of God k Thus he did 〈◊〉 the commandement of God as vers 18. for els it had bene abominable except he had ether Gods worde or reuelacion l That is as muche as it is worthe for hauing ynough of his owne and yet to haue taken of another mans goods to offer vnto the Lord it had bene theft and not acceptable to God m Read 2. Sam. 24. 24. n God declared that he heard his requestin that he sent downe fire from heauen for els thei might vse no fire in sacrifice but of that whith was reser ued stil vpon the altar Leui 6. 13. came downe frō heauen Leui. 9. 24 as appeared by the punishement of Nadà b and 〈◊〉 Leu. 10. 1. a That is the place where in he wil be worshiped b Meaning cunning mē of other nations whiche dwele among the Iewes c To wit which weighed fiftie shekels of golde 2. Chro. 3 9. 2. Sam. 7. 13. d This declareth how greatly God 〈◊〉 the sheding of blood seing Dauid for this cause is staied to buylde the 〈◊〉 of the Lord albeit he enterprised no warre buthy Gods commādemēt and against his enemies Chap. 28 5. 2. Sam. 7 11. 1 King 5 5. e He sheweth that there can be no prospetitie but when the Lord is with vs. f These are onely the meanes whereby Kings gouerne their subiectes a right whereby the realmes do prosper and 〈◊〉 g For Dauid was poore in respect of Salomon “ Or masons and carpenters h That is go about it quickely i The nations round about k For els he knewe that God wolde plague them and not prosper their labours except they soght with all their hearts to set forthe his glorie 1. King 1. 〈◊〉 “ Or to haue care ouer “ Ebr. I made meaning Dauid Chap. 6. 1. Exod. 6. 17. †Or 〈◊〉 Chap. 6. 17. “ Or zina Exod. 2. 2. and 6. 20. Ebr. 5. 5 a That is to serue in the 〈◊〉 holy place and to consecrate the holy things b Thei were but of the ordre of the Deuites and not of the Priests as Aarons sonnes Exod. 2 〈◊〉 18 c The Scripture vseth to call 〈◊〉 or the first borne althogh he be alone there be noneborne after Matt 1 25. d Meaning their cousins e 〈◊〉 did chose the Leuits 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 at the age of 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 3 againe afterWarde at 〈◊〉 as the necessitie of the office did require at the be
26. it is cal led also Epha but Epha is to measured 〈◊〉 thyngs as bath is a measure for licours c The very heathē confessed that it was a singular gift of God when hegaue to any na tion a King that was wise and of vnderstanding albeit it appeareth that this Hirā had the true knowled ge of God f It is also writē that she was of the tribe of Naph tali 1. King 7. 14. which may be vn 〈◊〉 that by reason of the con fusion of tribes which then begā to be thei maried in diuers tribes so that by her father she might be of Dan and by her mother of 〈◊〉 “ Or shippes “ Or Ioppe 1. King 7. 23. a Whiche is the mountaine where Abraham thoght to haue sacrificed his sonne Gene 22. 2. 2 Sam. 24. 16. b Accordynge to the whole length of the Temple cō prehending the 〈◊〉 holye place 〈◊〉 the rest c 〈◊〉 conteined as muche as did the breadth of the peo ple 1 King 6. 3. d From the 〈◊〉 to the 〈◊〉 lot in the 〈◊〉 of Kings mencion is made from the fundation to the first stage e Some thinke it is that place whiche is called 〈◊〉 1. King 6. 19. f Which separated the Temple from the moste holy place g Enerie one was eightene cubites long but the halfe cubite colde not be sene for it was hid in the roundenes of the chapiter and therefore he giueth to euerie one but 17. an halfe h For euerie 〈◊〉 an hundreth read 1. King 7. 20. Leu. 6. 9. a A great vessel of brasse so called be cause of the great quantitie of was ter whiche it cōteined 1. King 7. 23 b Meaning vnder the brim of the vessel as 1. King 7. 24. c In the length of euery cubice were tene heades or knoppes which in all are 〈◊〉 “ Or floure delyner d In the first boke of Kings chap. 7. 26. mēcion is onelye made of two thousand but the lesse nomber was taken there and here accordynge as 〈◊〉 measures proued afterward is declared “ Euen as they hulde be made f Called also the porche of Salomō Act. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 It is also taken for the Tēple where Christ preached Mat 21. 27. “ Or caldrons g whome Salomō reueiēced for the gifts that GOD had giuen him as a father he had the same name also that Huram the King of Tyrus had his mother was alewesh and his lather a Tyriā Some read for his father the autour of this worke h In Ebrewe the bread of the faces 〈◊〉 they wereser before the Arke where the Lord shewed his presence “ Or instrumet is of Musique i That is couered 〈◊〉 places of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 King 9. 51. 〈◊〉 a Read 2. Sam. 6. 12. b VVhē the things were dedicate broght into the Temple c Called in Ebrew Ethanin conteining part of September and 〈◊〉 te of October 1. King 8. 2. which moneth the lewes es called the 〈◊〉 moneth because they say that the worlde was created in that moneth and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 came from 〈◊〉 thei began at 〈◊〉 but because this opinion is vncer 〈◊〉 we make 〈◊〉 euer the 〈◊〉 as best writers do “ Or without the Oracle d For Aarors rod and Mana were taken thence before it was broght to this place e VVere prepared to serue the Lord f They agreed all in one turne g This was the effect of their songs a After that he had senetheglorie of the Lord in the cloude 1. King 8. 12. “ Or power “ Or Temple 〈◊〉 Sam. 7. 9. “ Ebr. that it was in thine heart b ' Meaning the two Tables wherein is conteined the effect of the couenant that God made with our fathers c On a skaffolde that was made for that purpo se that hepraying for the whole peo 〈◊〉 might be heard d Bothe to 〈◊〉 thankes for the great 〈◊〉 of God bestowed vpon him and also to pray for the 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 his people 2. Mac 2 8. Or in effect or by thy power †Ebr. a man shal not be 〈◊〉 of 1. King 8. 17. e That 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in effect that thou hast a continual care ouer this a place f By 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thing from him 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by deniyng that which hehathe left to him to kepe or do him any wrong 1 King 8 31. †Ebr. othe g Meaning to him that which he hath deserued †Or praise “ Ot toward this place Chap. 20. 9. †Ebr. in the land of their gates h He declareth that 〈◊〉 prayers of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 can not be heard 〈◊〉 of any but of thē 〈◊〉 pray vnto God with an vnfained faith and in true repentance i He sheweth that before God there is no acception of persone but all people that feat 〈◊〉 Worketh righteousnes is ac cepted Act 10. 35. k Meaning that none oght to enrer prise anyware but at the Lords commandement that is Which is lawful by his Worde “ Or according to the maner of this citie 1. King 8. 46. eccles 7 21. 1. Iohn 1. 8. “ Or repent “ Or mainteine their right Psal. 132 8. l That is into thy Temple m Let 〈◊〉 be preserued by thy power and made vertuous and holy n Heare my prayer Which am thine anointed King 9. Mac. 2. 10. a Hereby God declared that hewas pleased with Salomons prayer 1. King 8. 65. †Ebr. by 〈◊〉 hands b The feast of the Tabernacles Which Was kept in the seuent mo neth c They assembled to heare the Word of God after that they had remained seuen dayes in the bouthes of the Tabernacles d They hadleaue to departe the two and twentieth day 1. King 8. 〈◊〉 but they went not away til the next day 1. King 9. 1. Nom. 12. 6. “ I Wil cause the pestilence to cease and destroy the beasts that hurt the frutes of the earth and sendrai ne in due season Chap. 6. 16. f VVhich thing declareth that God had more respect to their saluation then to the aduancement ofhis owne glotie and Whereas men abuse those things Which Godhathe appoin ted to set forthe his praise he doethwith drawe 〈◊〉 graces thence a Signifying that he was twentie yere in buylding them 1. King 9. 10. b That is Which Hirā gaue 〈◊〉 to Salomon because they pleased him not and ther fore called them 〈◊〉 that is dirt or filth 1. King 9. 13. c Meaning of mu nitions an 〈◊〉 for the Ware d That is he repaired and 〈◊〉 them for they Were buylt long before by Seerah a noble woman of the tribe of Ephraim 1. e Read 1. King 7. 2 Chro. 6. 24. †Ebr. to come vp to 〈◊〉 f For in all 〈◊〉 Were 3300 but here hè 〈◊〉 of them that had the principal char ge read 1. King 9. 23. Chap. 4. 1. Exod. 29 39 “ Or 〈◊〉 the maner of euerie day g Read Leuit 23. 1. Chao 24. 1. h Bothe for the matter and also the Workemanship i Meaning thered Sea
of the Lord q That is concer ning his sonnes c. r That is the 〈◊〉 2. King 14. 2. a Meaning in re spect of his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he had his imper 〈◊〉 Deut. 24. 16. b That is for the faute Wherefore the childe is punished except he be culpable of 〈◊〉 fame 2. King 14. 6. Iere. 〈◊〉 30. Ezek. 18. 20. c So many as Were able men to beare 〈◊〉 aud go to the 〈◊〉 d That is out of the ten tribes which had separated them selues before bothe frō God and their true King e And therefore to thinke to haue helpe of them whome the Lord fauoreth not is to cast of the helpe of the Lord. f If thou wilt not giue credit to my wordes g He sheweth that if we depēd onely vpon God we shal not nede to be troubled with these worldlie respects for he wil giue at all times that which shal be necessarie if we obey his worde h For the 〈◊〉 whome Dauid had broght to subiectiō rebelled vnder Iehorā Ieho shaphats sonne i In the 2. King 14. 7. this rocke is called the citie Selá k That is the hū dreth thousand of Israél l Thus where he shulde haue giueth the praise to God for his be nefites and great victorie he fel from God and did most vilely dishonour him m He proueth that whatsoeuer can not saue him selfe nor his wor shipers is no God but an idole n Meaning the King o So 〈◊〉 it is for the carnal mā to be admonished for his faute that he contēneth mocketh and threateneth him that 〈◊〉 him yea im prisoneth him and 〈◊〉 him to death 2. Chro. 6 10 18 26. and 24. 21 p That is let vs 〈◊〉 the matter hand to hand for he was offended that the armie of the Israelires whome he had in wages and di missed by the counsel of the Prophet had destroyed certeine of the cities of Iudáh 2. King 14 9. q Thus God oft times plagueth by those meanes wherein men moste trust to teache them to haue theirrecour se onely to him and to shewe his iudgements moueth their hearts to followe that which shal be their destruction r Meaning the sucessers of Obéd Edom for the house bare the name of the chief father 2. King 14. 19. 2. King 14. 21 a Called allo 〈◊〉 riáh b He fortified it made it 〈◊〉 this citie was also called Eláth and Elanon nere to the red Sea 2. King 15. 2. c This was not that zechariáh that was the son ne of 〈◊〉 but some other Prophet of that name d For God neuer forsaketh any that seketh vnto him therefore man is the cause of his owne destruction e That is thei payed 〈◊〉 in signe of subiectiō f 〈◊〉 as the walle or towre turneth Nehem. 3 〈◊〉 24 “ Or 〈◊〉 g That is in moū 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 the worde signifieth 〈◊〉 the fruteful field it is also taken for a grene 〈◊〉 of corne when it is sul as Lem 2 4. h Of the chief officers of the Kings house or of the captaines and 〈◊〉 geants for warre †Ebr. engins by the inuention of an 〈◊〉 man i Thus prosperi ie causeth men to trust in them selues by forgetting him whiche is the autor there of procure their owne 〈◊〉 Nomb. 18 7. k Thogh his zeale semed to be good also his intencion yet because they were not go uerned by the word of God he did wickedly was therefore bothe iustely resi sted also punished 2. King 15. 5. l According to the commandement of the Lord Leui. 13. 46. m And therefore was buryed aparte in the same field but not in the same 〈◊〉 with his predecessers 2. King 15. 13. a To wit to offer incēse against the worde of GOD whiche thing is spoken in the commendacion of Iothā b They were not cleane purged from idolatrie c Which was six score cubites 〈◊〉 was for the height called Ophel it was at the East gate mention is made of it chap. 3 4. †Ebr. Corim. “ Or yerely d He sheweth that all prosperitie cometh of God who 〈◊〉 faileth when we put our trust 〈◊〉 him 2. King 16 2. 〈◊〉 Or 〈◊〉 sour a He was an 〈◊〉 latte like 〈◊〉 b As the 〈◊〉 haue certeine chief idoles who are as pations as were these Baalim so haue they others which are 〈◊〉 do represent the great idoles Or made them passe through the 〈◊〉 as Chap. 33 6. Lt u. 18 21. †Ebr. a great captiuitie e 〈◊〉 was Kīg of Israél †Ebr. sonnes of 〈◊〉 “ Or tyrant 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they thoght they had ouercome them by their owne 〈◊〉 and did not consider that God had deliuered them into their hands because 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 offended him f May not GOD 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 you for your sinnes as he hathe done these men for theirs 〈◊〉 are greater g VVhiche tribe 〈◊〉 now greatest had mosle 〈◊〉 h God wil not suffre this 〈◊〉 which we 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 him to be 〈◊〉 i VVhose names were rehearsed be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2. k Ether for 〈◊〉 woundes or wea 〈◊〉 l To them of the tribe of Iudáh m To Tilgath Pilneéser and those Kings that were vnder his 〈◊〉 n He meaneth 〈◊〉 because 〈◊〉 forsoke the Lord soght helpe of the infideler read of Israél taken for Iudáh Chap. 15. 〈◊〉 †Ebr. diuided 2 King 16. 8. o As he 〈◊〉 supposed p Thus the wicked measure Gods fauour by prosperitie and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for if idolatershprosper they make their idoles gods not considering that God punisheth them oft times whome he loueth and giueth his enemiesgood successe for a time whome afterwarde he wil destroye “ Or Iudáh and Beniamin “ Or in Ierusalém q They buryed him not in the citie of Dauid where were the sepulchres of the Kings 2 King 18. 1. “ Or Abi. a Whiche Ahaz had shut vp Cha. 28. 24. b This is a notable example for all princes first to establish the pure religion of God to procure that the Lord may be honored and serued a right c Meaning all the idoles altars groues whatsoeuer was occupied in their seruice and wherewith the Temple was polluted d He sheweth that the cōtempt of religion is the cause of all Gods plagues “ Or a nodding of the head and mockerie †Ebr. it is in mine heart e He proueth by the iudgemēts of God vppon those that haue cōtemned his word that there is no waye to auoide his plagues but by conforming them sel nes to his wil Nomb. 18. 6. Or 〈◊〉 the thinges of the Lord. f From the pollucions filth that Ahaz had broght in g Which cōteined 〈◊〉 of Marche parte of April “ Or table where the bread was 〈◊〉 inordre h By this maner of speache the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and spede to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thing and when there is no delay 〈◊〉 4. 14. i For 〈◊〉 sprinkling 〈◊〉 blood
were deceiued thinking it nothing to kepe the 〈◊〉 so that they worshiped 〈◊〉 but it is idolatrie to worship God anye otherwise then he hath appointed i Whiche 〈◊〉 that it is not conteined in the Ebrew yet because it is here mencioned and is writen in the Greke we 〈◊〉 placed it in the end of thys boke †Or Hozai k Because he had so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 agaynste the 〈◊〉 thei did not 〈◊〉 him in the sepulchres of the Kings but in the garden of the Kings house 2 King 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2. King 22. 1. a He followed Da 〈◊〉 in all pointes that he followed the Lord. b When he was but 〈◊〉 yere 〈◊〉 be shewed him selfe zealous of Gods glorie at twentie yere olde he abolished idolatrie and reslored the 〈◊〉 religion c Which 〈◊〉 that he wolde se the reformacion whiche his owne eies d Read 2 King 23. 16. e This great Zeale of this godly King the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for the as 〈◊〉 example and paterne to other Kings and rulers to teach thē 〈◊〉 God requireth 〈◊〉 them “ Or they 〈◊〉 ned to Ierusalèm meaning Shaphan c. f For there were many porcions pieces annexed to the Temple g Meaning that they were in such credite for 〈◊〉 fidelitie that they made none accōptes of that whiche thei 〈◊〉 2. King 22. 9. h Read 2. King 22. 8. i For the Kynge was commanded to haue cōtinually a copie of thys boke and to read therein daye and night Deut. 17. 18. k For sorow that the worde of God had 〈◊〉 so long suppressed the peoplekept in ignorance con sidering also the 〈◊〉 conteined therein against the 〈◊〉 l Thus the godlie do not only lament their owne sinnes but also that their fathers and predecessours haue offended God “ Or 〈◊〉 †Or Harbas m Meaning 〈◊〉 of the Priests apparel or of the Kings n Read here of a King 22. 15. o That is to the King p This she speaketh in comtempt of the idolaters who contrarie to reason and nature make that a god which they haue made and framed with their owne hands q This declareth what is the end of Gods threatnings to call his to repentance to assure the vnre pontant of their destruction r It may appeare that very fewe were touched with true repen tance seing that God spared them 〈◊〉 time onely for the kings sak f Forasmuch as nether yong 〈◊〉 olde colde be exēpted from the cur ses conteined therein if they did transgresse he 〈◊〉 it appearteined to all and was his duetie to se it red to all sortes that 〈◊〉 one might learne to auoyde those punishements by serning GOD 〈◊〉 t Because 〈◊〉 had charge ouer all must answer for euerie one 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he thoght 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to se that all 〈◊〉 make prosession to 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of God 1. King 〈◊〉 21 a The 〈◊〉 vseth in send 〈◊〉 places to call the lambe the Passeouer which was but the signe of the Passeouer because in all sacramen's the 〈◊〉 haue the names of the things which are signified b So that the Letites 〈◊〉 was not onely to minister in the Tem ple but also to 〈◊〉 the people in the worde of God c As it was before the Temple was buylt therefore your office onely is now to teache the people and to 〈◊〉 God “ 〈◊〉 the people I 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 8. 23 26 d 〈◊〉 euerie to examine them selues that they be not 〈◊〉 eat of the 〈◊〉 †〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the people e So that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of all sortes gaue of that they had aliberal porcionto the 〈◊〉 of God Meaning of the lābe which was called the 〈◊〉 for onely the 〈◊〉 might sprinkle in necessitie the Leuites might kil the sacrifice g They reserued for the people that which was not expedient to be 〈◊〉 that euerie man might offer peace 〈◊〉 and so haue his porcion Exod. 12. 8. 1 Chro. 25. 1. h Meaning 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Prophet because he appoīted the Psalmes and prophecies which were to be sung †Ebr 〈◊〉 i VVhich was in in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 twen tieth 〈◊〉 of his age 2. King 23. 29. k VVhich was a citie of the 〈◊〉 and Iosiah fearing lest he pas sing through Iudah wolde haue taken his king do me made 〈◊〉 against him and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not the Lord. “ Or euphrates †Ebr. of my battel l That is armed him selfe or disguised him selfe because he might not be knowen m The people so muche lamented the losse of this good King that after when there was anie great lamen tation this was spoken of as a pro 〈◊〉 read zach 12. 11. n VVhich some think leremie ma de wherein lamēteth the state of the Church after this Kings death 2 King 28. 10. a For thre moneths after the death of Iosiah ca me Necho to Ierusalem so the plagues began which Huldah the prophets fore warned shulde come vpom Ierusalém b To pay this as a yerely tribute c Because he and the people turned not to God by his first plague he broght a newe vpon him and at length rooted thē out 2 King 24. 13. d He meaneth 〈◊〉 markes which were 〈◊〉 de vpon his bodie when he was dead which thing declared how depely idolatrie was rooted in his heart seing he bare the markes in his flesh e That is he begā his reigne at eight yere olde reigned ten yeres when his father was aliue and after hys fathers death which was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 e yere of his age he reygned alone 〈◊〉 moneths and ten dayes “ 〈◊〉 vocle 2. King 24. 17. ier 52. 8. Ebr. by the hand of his f By this phrase the scripture mea neth of ten times and diligently as Iere. 11. 7. 25. 3. and 4. 265. 32 33. g Thy God colde no longer suffer their sinnes but muste nedes punish them h VVhether thei fled thinking to haue bene saued for the holines thereof i VVhich is not be cause God approueth him which yet is the minister of his iustice but God wolde by his 〈◊〉 iudgement punish this 〈◊〉 for this King was led with am bicion and vaine 〈◊〉 whereunto were ioyned furie and 〈◊〉 therefore his worke was cordēnable 〈◊〉 standing it was iustr and holy 〈◊〉 Gods 〈◊〉 who vsed this wicked instrument to declare his iustice k VVhen Cyrus King of 〈◊〉 had 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 l VVho 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 God and 70 ye 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or rest of 〈◊〉 land Iere 25 〈◊〉 29. 30. 3 Esdr. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 m In the 〈◊〉 yere 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 ouer the 〈◊〉 n God had so pro phecied aboue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 before 〈◊〉 was borne Isa. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that Ierusalem the Temple shulde be buylt againe by 〈◊〉 his anointed so called because God vsed his seruice for a time to 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 This 〈◊〉 is not in the 〈◊〉 but is 〈◊〉 out of the 〈◊〉 a Thou hast 〈◊〉 that repen tance shal 〈◊〉 the way for thē retur
respect to 〈◊〉 glo rie 〈◊〉 for any 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 “ Or halfe height †〈◊〉 make to stay meaning the people f That is often times g Thei which broght the 〈◊〉 said thus when you leaue your worke and go ether to eat 〈◊〉 to rest your enemies wil 〈◊〉 you h Who is euer at hand to deliuer his 〈◊〉 of danger and therefore seing thei shulde fight for the main 〈◊〉 of Gods glorie and for the 〈◊〉 of their 〈◊〉 liues and of theirs he 〈◊〉 them to play the valiantmen i To ouersee 〈◊〉 and to incourage them to their worke k Meaning to 〈◊〉 sist their 〈◊〉 if nede 〈◊〉 quired l That is when they 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 selues or els 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 wasshed their 〈◊〉 a Against the 〈◊〉 which oppressed them b This is the cōplaint of the peo ple shewing to what extremitie thei were broght vnto c To pay our tri bute to the King of the Persians which was exacted yerety of vs d By nature the riche is no better then the poore e VVe are not able to redeme thē but for pouer tie are constrayned to hier them to others f You presse them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 how to 〈◊〉 all things into your hands g Bothe because they saulde be 〈◊〉 with pitie seing how manie were by them op prest and also heare the 〈◊〉 of others which 〈◊〉 be as it were witnesses of their dealing toward their brethren h Seing God hath once deliuered thē from the bon 〈◊〉 of the heathen shal we make them out slanes i Meaning Nehe 〈◊〉 k 〈◊〉 by this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 wil blaspheme the Name of God seing that our actes are no better then theirs “ Or vsurie l Which ye take of them 〈◊〉 the lone m I receiued not that 〈◊〉 diet whiche the gouernours that were before me exacted wherein he 〈◊〉 that he rather soght the wealth of the people then his 〈◊〉 commodi 〈◊〉 “ Or once in ten dayes n Where as at other times they had by measure at this time they had most liberally a That is that they were ioined 〈◊〉 as Chap. 4. 6. b Meaning that if he shulde obei their 〈◊〉 the worke which God had appoin ted shulde ceaset shewing hereby that we shulde not commit our selues to the hād of the wicked “ Or Gés hem c As the fame goeth d Thou hast bribed and set vp false Prophetes to make thy selfe King and so to desraude the King of Persia of that 〈◊〉 which you ough vnto him †Ebr. strengthen thou 〈◊〉 hand e As thogh he wolde be secret to the 〈◊〉 that he might pray vnto God with greater libertie and 〈◊〉 some 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which in him was but 〈◊〉 f He douted not but God was able to preserue him and knewe that if he had obeyed this counsel he shulde haue discouraged all the people thus GOD giueth power to his to resist false prophe cies thogh they seme to haue neuer so great 〈◊〉 g Very grief caused him to pray against suche which vnder the 〈◊〉 of being the ministers of God were aduer 〈◊〉 to his glorie and went about to ouerthrow his Church declaring also hereby that where there is one 〈◊〉 of God the deuil hath a great sorte of hierlings h Which was the sixt moneth and conteined 〈◊〉 of August parte of Sept. i After that I had sent Sanballát his answere k Thus the Church of GOD hathe euermore enemies within itselfe which are more dangerous thē the outwarde and professed enemie Eccles. 49 15. a To wit thei that are mencioned ver 2. †Ebr. holde thē meaning til the 〈◊〉 were put in Ezr. 2 2. b That is the inhabitants of 〈◊〉 c Azariáh in Ezrá is called Se raiá and Raamiáh Reeliáh Chap. 2 2. “ 〈◊〉 the captaine of 〈◊〉 d That is the inhabitants of Gibeon e For therewere two cities of this name “ Or 〈◊〉 f Read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 g Meaning Nehemiáh for Titshatha in 〈◊〉 Chalde tongue si 〈◊〉 a butler Exod. 28 30. h Read Ezrá 2 69 “ Or 〈◊〉 i VVhich 〈◊〉 parte of September 〈◊〉 of October “ Ebr. as one man a 〈◊〉 Ezrá 7 〈◊〉 b Which had age and discretion to vnderstand c This 〈◊〉 the great zeale that the people had to heare the worde of God d To the intente that his voyce might be the 〈◊〉 heard e In consideryng their offenses againste the Lawe Therefore the Leuites do not reproue them for mourning but assure them of Gods 〈◊〉 for 〈◊〉 as they are 〈◊〉 f That is 〈◊〉 the poore g Reioyce in the Lord and he will giue you strēgth 〈◊〉 23. 34. “ Or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as Leu. 23. 40. h For 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 8. i Whiche was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a Meaning the 〈◊〉 3. 〈◊〉 9. 4. †〈◊〉 strange 〈◊〉 b Thei made 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 sinnes and vsed praiers Gen. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gen. 17. 5. Gen. 15. 〈◊〉 Exod. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Exod 14. 22. Exod 13. 〈◊〉 Exod 20 〈◊〉 Exod 16. 15. Exod. 17. 6. Deute 1. 〈◊〉 Exod. 13. 20. Nomb. 〈◊〉 14. 1 Cor. 10. 9. Deut. 8. 4. c Thogh the way was 〈◊〉 and long d Meaning the heathen whome he 〈◊〉 out Nom. 21. 26. e Taking 〈◊〉 and earth to witnes that GOD wold destroy thē except thei returned as 2. Ch. 24. 19. f He declareth how Gods mercies 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with the wickednes of the people who euer in their 〈◊〉 forgate God 〈◊〉 18. 5. g Which is a 〈◊〉 litude taken of oxē that 〈◊〉 at the yok or 〈◊〉 as zach 7. 11. Ezek. 20. 11. Rom. 10. 5. h when 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 admonish thē by thy 〈◊〉 Gal. 3. 12. †Ebr. thou didest prolong vpon thē many yeres Exod. 〈◊〉 6. Psal. 143. 2. i By whome we were led awaye into 〈◊〉 haue bene appoin ted to be staine as Ester 3. 13. k He confesseth that al these thinges came to them 〈◊〉 for theyr sinnes but her appealeth frō Gods oustice to his mercies l That thou woldest destroy them except thei wolde 〈◊〉 to thee m That is to be the lords thereof n Thus by afflictiō they promes to kepe Gods commādemēts where unto they colde not be broght by Gods great benefites “ Or butler a Whiche subseribed to kepe the promes “ Or captaine of Moab b Read Ezra 2. 41 c which being ido laters sorsoke their wickednes gaue thē selues to 〈◊〉 God d They made 〈◊〉 othe in the 〈◊〉 of the whole 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 e Wher unto the gaue them 〈◊〉 if they brake 〈◊〉 Lawe as 〈◊〉 28. 〈◊〉 f which notwithstāding thei brake sone after as Nehem 13. 〈◊〉 Leu. 25 4. †Ebr. hand Deut. 15. 〈◊〉 g This 〈◊〉 wherefore they gaue this 〈◊〉 part of the shekel whiche was besides the halfe shekal that thei 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to pay Exod. 30 13. “ Or into 〈◊〉 house of h By this rehearsall is ment that there was no part nor ceremonie in the Lawe whereunto 〈◊〉 did
them selues to all Wantornes and dssolution o VVhich declared their 〈◊〉 p As a signe that they Were not chaste q VVnich shewed their Wantonnes r Thei delited thē in slippers that did creake or had litle plates sowed vpō them Which tynckled as they Wēr s In rehearsing all these things particuliarly he sheweth the lightnes and vanitie of suche as cannot be content With 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 according to their 〈◊〉 t Meaning that God Wil not onely punish that Women but their housbādes Which haue suffred this 〈◊〉 and also that commune Weale Which hathnot remedied it Chap. IIII. a VVhen God shal execute this vengeance there shal not be one man founde to be the 〈◊〉 to manie Wo men and 〈◊〉 con 〈◊〉 to Womanly shamefastnes shal seke vnto mē and offer themsel ues to anie condition b Be 〈◊〉 our houshand and let vs be called thy Wines c For so they thoght it to be Without an head and housband d He comforteth the Church in this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shal spring vp like abud signifying that Gods graces shulde be as plentiful towarde the faithful as thogh they sprang out of the earth as Chap 45. 8. Some by the bud of the Lord meane Christ e He alludeth to the boke of like Whereof read Exod. 32. 32. meaning Gods secret counsel Wherein his elect are predestinate to life euerlasting f That is the crueltie extortion anarice and all Wickednes g VVhen thingeshalbe redressed that Were amisse h He alludeth to the piller of the cloude Exod. 13. 21. meaning that Gods fauour and protection shulde appeare in euerie place i The faithful are called the glorie of God because his image and tokens of his grace shine in thē k God promiseth to be the defense of his Church against all troubles and dangers a This prophet by this song 〈◊〉 set before the peoples eyes their in gratitude Gods mercie b That is to God 〈◊〉 2. 21. c Meaning that he had planted his Church in a place 〈◊〉 moste plentiful and abūdant 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 d He spared no di 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 cost e In the seuenth verse he declareth What thei Were f He maketh them iudges in their owne cause forasmuche as it Was 〈◊〉 that they Were the cause of their owne ruine g I Wil take no more care for its meaning that he Wolde take from them his 〈◊〉 ministers and all other comfortes and send them cōtrarie plagues h Iudgement and righteousnes are true frutes of the feare of God and therefore in the cruel oppressers there is no religion i Of them that are oppressed k To Wit for the poore to dwellin l I haue heard the complaint 〈◊〉 of the poore m VVhich 〈◊〉 about ten pottels so that eue rie acre shulde but yelde one pottel n VVhich conteineth and hundreth pottels o An Ephah conteineth tē pottels and is in 〈◊〉 things as muche as bath is in licours p That spare no peine not diligen 〈◊〉 followe their lastes q VVhich are neuer weary of their rioting and excessiue pleasures but vse all meanes to prouoke to the same r They regar de not the prouident care of God ouer them 〈◊〉 for What end 〈◊〉 hathe 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 s 〈◊〉 shal certeinely go for so the Prophetes vse to speake as thogh the thing Which shal come to passe Were done already t Because thei 〈◊〉 de not obev the Worde of God u Meaning the graue shal swallowe vpthem that shal dye for hungre and thirst and yet for 〈◊〉 this great destruction it shal neuer be sa ciate x God comforteth the poore lambes of his Church Which had bene strangers in other countries promising that they shal de dwel in those places againe Whereof thei had 〈◊〉 depriued by thesat and cruel tyrants y VVhich vse all allurements occasions and excuses to 〈◊〉 their consciēce in sinne z He sheweth What are the Wor des of the Wicked When they are menaced With Gods iudgements 2 Pet. 3. 4. a VVhich are not ashamed of sinne not care for hone stie but are growē to a desperate impietie b VVhich are con temners of all doctrine and admoni nitions c VVhich are neuer Weary but shew their strēgth bragge in glot 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 d Sothe they and 〈◊〉 posteritie so that 〈◊〉 shal be lest e He sheweth that God had sosore pu nished this people that the dumme creatures if 〈◊〉 had beneso plagued Wolde haue bene more 〈◊〉 and therefore his plagues must continue til they begin to fele them f He Wil make the Babylonians to come against thē at his 〈◊〉 and to fight vnder his standerd g Thei shal be and 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 Gods vengeā ce h The enemie shal haue none impediment i VVhereby is declared the crueltie of the enemie k The Iewes shal finde no succour k In the land of Iu dah a God sheweth not him self 〈◊〉 man in his 〈◊〉 but according osmans capaci 〈◊〉 is able to comprehend 〈◊〉 that is is by visible signes as Iohn 〈◊〉 sawe the holie Gost in the forme of a dooue b As a iudgeready to giue sentence c Of 〈◊〉 garment or of his throne d They Were Angels so 〈◊〉 because they Were of a fyrie colour to signifie that they burnt in the loue of God or Were light as fyre to execuce his Wil. e Signifying that they Were not able to endure the brightnes of Godglorie f VVhereby Was declared that man Was not able to se the brightnes of God in them g VVhich thing de clareth the 〈◊〉 obedience of the gels to execute Gods commandement h 〈◊〉 oft repetition signifieth that the holy Angels can not satisfie them selues in praising God to teache vs that in all our liues We shulde giue out selues to the 〈◊〉 nual praise of God i His glorie doeth not onely appeare in the heauēs but through all thē Worlde and therefore all creatures are bounde to prai se him k VVhich things Were to confirme the Prophet that it Was not the voyce of man and by the smoke Was signified the blindenes that shulde come vpon the Iewes l He speaketh this for two causes 〈◊〉 one because he that Was a mortal creature and therefore had more nede to glorifie God then the Angels didit not the other because the more nere hat mā approcheth to God the more doeth he knowe his owne 〈◊〉 and corruption m Of the 〈◊〉 offrings Where the fyre neuer Went out n This declareth that man can not rendre true obedience to God til he haue purget vs. o VVhereby is declared that for the malice of man God Wil not immediatly take away his Worde but he Wil cause it to be preached to their condemnation when as they wil not learne thereby to obey his Wil and be saued hereby he exhorteth the ministers to do their duetie answereth to the Wicked murmurers that through their owne malice their 〈◊〉 is hardened Mat. 13. 14. act 28. 16. rom 〈◊〉 8. p As
h They that are 〈◊〉 come shall thinke that all the powers of heauen ād earth are 〈◊〉 them Ezek. 〈◊〉 7. i He compareth Babylon to the whole world because they so este med them selues by reason of their great empire k He 〈◊〉 the principal vice whereunto they were most giuen as are all that abunde in welth l He 〈◊〉 the great slaughter that shal be seing the enemie shall nether for golde or siluer spare a mās lif as 〈◊〉 17 Ioel. 3 15. m Meaning the power of Babylon with their hi red souldiers Psal. 〈◊〉 7. 9. Mat. 24. 29. n This was not accōplished whē Cyrus toke Baby lon but after the death of 〈◊〉 dre the Great o VVho vseth to go frome countrey to countrey to sinde pasture for their beastes but there shall they finde none Gene. 19. 25. Iere. 50. 40. p VVhiche were ether wilde beastes or foules or wicked Spirits where by Satan 〈◊〉 man as by the fairics goblins and suche lyke fan tasies a He she weth why God will hast to destroye his enemies to wit because he will 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 chu 〈◊〉 b Meaning that the 〈◊〉 shal be 〈◊〉 with the Churche and Worship God c 〈◊〉 that the Iewes shulde be superiours to the Gentles and that they shulde be broght vnder the seruice of christ by the prea ching of the Apo stles whereby all are 〈◊〉 to the subiection of Christ 2. Cor. 10 5 d Tha is 〈◊〉 fred all violence and iniuries to be done e Meaning that when tyrants rei gne there can be no rest nor quiet nes and also how detestable a thīg tyrānie is seyng the insēsible cre atures haue occa sion to reioyce at their destruction f As thogh they feared lest thou shuldest trouble the dead as thou didest the lyuing and here he derideth the proude tyrannie of the wycked Which knowe not that all creatures wish their destruction that theimaie reioyce g In stead of thy costly carpets couerings h Thou that thoghrest thy self most glorious as it were placed in the heauen for the morning star re that goeth before the sonne is called lucifer to whome Nebuchadnezzar is compared i Meaning Ierusalém whereof the Temple was on the North side as psal 48 2. whereby he meanech that 〈◊〉 fight against God whē thei persecute his Church wolde set them selues in his place k In marueling at thee l To set them at 〈◊〉 nothing his crueltie m Thou wast not buryed in the sepulchre of thy fa ther 's thy tyrānie was so abhorred n He calleth to the Medes Persians and all those that shulde execu te Gods vengeāce “ Or 〈◊〉 o 〈◊〉 I haue begō 〈◊〉 destroy the Assyrians in Saneherib so wil I continue and de 〈◊〉 wholy when I shal deli 〈◊〉 you from Ba bylon p Frō the Iewes q Read Chap. 13 1 r He willeth the Philistims not to 〈◊〉 because the 〈◊〉 are diminished in their power for their strength shal be streater then euer it was s The Israelites which were broght to moste extreme 〈◊〉 t To wit my peo ple. u That is 〈◊〉 the Iewes or Assyrians for they were both North from Palestina x But they shal be all ready and ioy ne together y VVhich shal come to enquire of the state of the Church z They shal answer that the Lord doeth 〈◊〉 his Church thē that ioyne then selues thereunto a Read Chap. 13 1. b The chief citie whereby the whole countrey wasment c The Moabites shal flee to their idolesfor succour but it shal be to late d Which were ci ties of Moáb e For as in the VVest partes the people vsed to let their heere growelong 〈◊〉 they mourned so in the Last partes they cut it of f The Prophet speaketh this in the persone of the Moabites or as one that felt the great iudgement of God that shuld come vpon thē g Meaning that it was a citie that euer liued 〈◊〉 sure neuer felt sordwe h He describeth the mise able idis sipation slight of the Moabites i To hide thē selues and their goods there k Of thē that are slaine l So that by no meanes they shulde escape the hand of God thus wil God punish the enemies of his Church a That is offer a sacrifice whereby he derideth their long delay which wolde not repent when the 〈◊〉 called thē shewing thē that it is now to late seing the vē geance of God is vpon them b There is no remedie but you must flie c He sheweth what 〈◊〉 shu de haue done when Israél their neighbour was in affliction to whome because they wolde giue no snodo we nor 〈◊〉 they are now left comfor tles d The Assyrians shal 〈◊〉 the Israelites but for a while f 〈◊〉 vaine con 〈◊〉 proude bragges 〈◊〉 deceiue them is let 48 〈◊〉 e Meaning Christ g For all your mourning yet the citie shal be de st oyed euen vnto the fundatiōs h That i the Assy 〈◊〉 and other enemies i Meaning that the 〈◊〉 of Moáb was now destroyed and all the precous things thereof were caried into the 〈◊〉 yea into other countreys and ouer the sea k He sheweth that their plague was so great that it wolde haue moued anie man to lament with 〈◊〉 as Psal 14 5. m For verie sorow cōpalsion I The enemies are comevpon thee and snowre for ioye when t ey carie thy commo 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thee as 〈◊〉 48 33. n They shal vse all meanesto seke helpe of their ido les all in vaine for Chemoz their great God snal not be 〈◊〉 to helpe them o He appointed a 〈◊〉 time to punish the enemies in p Wo wil cōserue iustely the 〈◊〉 for the which he is hyred serue no longer but wil euer long for it a Read Chap. 13 1 b The chief citie of Syria c It was a countrey of 〈◊〉 by the riuer Arnon d It semeth that the Prophet 〈◊〉 cōfort 〈◊〉 Church in 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of these two Kings of Syria Israél when as they had conspired the ouerthrowe of Iudáh e The ten tribes glorified in their multitude and al liāce with other nacrōs therefore he saith that they shal be broght downe and the Syrians also f Meaning of the ten tribes which boasted them selnes of their nobi litie prosperitie strength and mul 〈◊〉 g As the abūdan ce of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not feare the har uest men that shulde cut it downe no more shal the multitude of Israél make the enemies to shrinke Whome God shal appoint to destroye them h VVhich valley was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 i Because GOD wolde haue his couenāt stable he promiseth to reseruesome of this people and to bring them to re pentance k He sheweth that Gods corrections euer bring forthe some frute and cause his to turne from their sinnes and to hū ble them selues to him l As the Canaani tes left their cities 〈◊〉 God did pla
Because 〈◊〉 shewed him self as a deuouring fish 〈◊〉 beast he 〈◊〉 these similitudes to teache how hewil take him and gui de him x Thou shalt 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 labour y God giueth signes after two 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 go before the thing as the signes that Mo ses 〈◊〉 in Egypt which were for the 〈◊〉 of their faith and some go after the thing as the sacrifice which they were cōmanded to make thre daies after their departure these later are to kepe the benefits of God in our remembrāce of the which 〈◊〉 this here is z He promiseth that for two yeres the grounde of 〈◊〉 self shulde fede them a They whome God had deliuered out of the hands of the 〈◊〉 sytians shal 〈◊〉 and this properly 〈◊〉 to the Church b For my promes sakmade to Dauid * 2. King 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 * 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 21 * 〈◊〉 1 21. * eccles 48 24. 1. * mac 7. 41 2 * mac 8. 19 c Whiche was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 “ Or Armenia d Who was also called 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ten 〈◊〉 after 〈◊〉 death the Chaldeans 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 by Merodach their King Chap. XXXVII 2. King 20 1. a Sone after that the Assyrians we re slaine so that God wil haue the exercise of his children cōtinual that thei may learne onely to depend vpon God and aspire to the heauens 2. 〈◊〉 2. 〈◊〉 b For his he art was touched with feare of Gods iudgement seing he had appointed him to dye so quickely after his deliuerā ce from so great calamitie as one 〈◊〉 to remaine in that estate also fore seing the great change 〈◊〉 shuld come in the Church 〈◊〉 che as helest no sonne to reigne af ter him for as yet Manasséh was not borne and when he reigned we se what a tyrant he was c He 〈◊〉 not onely promise to prolong his life but to giue him rest and 〈◊〉 from the Assyriās who might haue renued their armie to 〈◊〉 ue 〈◊〉 their formed 〈◊〉 d For Hezekiah had asked for the confirmacion of his faith a 〈◊〉 as vers 22 and. 2. King 20 8. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he was moued by 〈◊〉 singular 〈◊〉 of Gods 〈◊〉 e Read 2. King 20 10. f Helefr this song of his 〈◊〉 and than kesgiuing to 〈◊〉 as a 〈◊〉 of his 〈◊〉 and thankeful heart for Gods benefites as Dauid did Psal. 5. g At what time it was tolde me that I shulde dye h I shal no more praise the Lord here in his Temple 〈◊〉 the faithful thus God 〈◊〉 his dearest 〈◊〉 to want his 〈◊〉 for a time that his grace afterward ma 〈◊〉 more appeare when 〈◊〉 fele their owne weakene i By my sinne I haue prouoked God to take my 〈◊〉 from me k That is noneday or 〈◊〉 l Ouer night I thoght that I shulde liue til morning 〈◊〉 my pangs in the night persuided me the contra rie he sheweth the horrou 〈◊〉 the faithful haue when they 〈◊〉 Gods iudgement against their 〈◊〉 m I was so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 forowe that I was not able 〈◊〉 my wor des but onely o grone 〈◊〉 n To wit sorow and 〈◊〉 of bodie and 〈◊〉 o God ha the declared by his Prophes that I shal dye and therefore 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vnto him p I shal haue no release but continual sorowes while I liue q They that shal ouer liue the men that are now aliue and they that are nowaliue and all they that are in these yeres shal acknowledge this 〈◊〉 r That after that thou hadest Condē ned me to death thou 〈◊〉 to life s Where as I thoght to haue liued in rest ease being deliuered from mine enemie I had grief vpon grief t He estemed mo re the remission of his sinnes and Gods fauour then a thousand liues u For 〈◊〉 he as God hathe placed man in this Worlde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 him the Godlie take it as a signe of his 〈◊〉 when their dayes were shortened ether because 〈◊〉 they semed vn worthie for thei sinnes to liue longer in his seruice or for their zeale to Gods 〈◊〉 seing 〈◊〉 there is so fewe in earth that do regarde it as Psal. 6. 3. and. 〈◊〉 7 x All 〈◊〉 shal acknowledge and according to their duetie toward their children 〈◊〉 instruct them in thy graces and me 〈◊〉 toward me y He sheweth what is the vse of the Congregacion and 〈◊〉 to wit to giue the Lord thankes for his benefites z Read 〈◊〉 Kyng 20. 7. a As vers 7. a This was the first King of Baby lon which ouerca methe Assyrians in the tenth yere of his reigne 2. King 20. 12. b Partely moued with the greatnes of the 〈◊〉 par tely 〈◊〉 he shewed him self enemie to his ene mies but chiefly because he 〈◊〉 ioine with them whome God 〈◊〉 and haue thei helpe if occasion serued c Read 2. King 20 33. 2. Chr. 32. 25. d He asketh him of the particulers to make him vnderstand the craft of the wicked Which he before being ouercome with their 〈◊〉 and blinded with ambition colde not se. e By the grieuous nes of the punish ment is declared how greatly God 〈◊〉 ambi 〈◊〉 and waine glorie f That is officers and seruants g Read 2. King 20 19. a This is 〈◊〉 for the Churche assuring 〈◊〉 that thei shal be ne uer 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 where by he 〈◊〉 the true ministers of God that then were 〈◊〉 also that shulde come after him to comfort the poore afflicted and to as sure them of their deliurāce bothe of body and soule b The time of her affliction c Meaning sufficient as chap. 1. 7 ful correction or double grace where as she deserued double punishement d To wit of the Propheres e That is in Baby 〈◊〉 other laces where they were keptin 〈◊〉 and miserie f Meaning Cyrus and Darius which shulde deliuer Gods people out of captiuitie ma ke them a ready 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 this was fully accōplished whē Iohn the Baptist broght ridings of Iesus Christs comming who was the true 〈◊〉 of his Church frō sinne and 〈◊〉 Mat. 3. 3. g VVhat soeuer mayle or hinder this deliuerance shal be remoued h This miracle shal be so great that it shal be knowen through all the Worlde i Tevoyce of God wich spake to the Prophete Isaiah k Meaning all mans wisdome natural powers 1 10. 1. pet 〈◊〉 24. l The Spirit of God shal discouer the vanitie in all that seme to haue anie excellētie of them selues n To publish this benefite through all the worlde o He sheweth at one worde the perfectiō of ail 〈◊〉 felicitie which is to haue Gods presence p His power shal be 〈◊〉 without helpe of anie other and shal haue all meanes in him self to bring his wil to 〈◊〉 q He shal shewe his care fauour ouer them that 〈◊〉 and tender r Declaring that as God onely hathe all power so doeth he vsethe same for the defence and maintenance of his Church s He 〈◊〉
fathers in 〈◊〉 past m Meaning Mo sés n That is in Mosés that he might wel gouerne the people some referre this giuing of the Spirit to the people o Peaceably and gently as an horse is led to his pasture p Hauing declared Gods 〈◊〉 shewed to their 〈◊〉 he turneth him self to God by prayer desiring him to continue the same graces toward them q Thy great affection which thou barest towards vs. r Meaning frō the whole bodie of the Church s Thogh Abrahā wolde refuse vs to be his children yet thou 〈◊〉 refuse to be out father t By taking away thy holie Spirit from vs by whome we we egouerned and so for 〈◊〉 ingra titude didest deliuer vs vp to our owne concupiscence and didest punish sinne by sinne according to thy iuste iudgement u Meaning for the couenants sake made to Abráhám Izhák and Iaakob his seruants x That is in respect of the promes which is perpetual albeit thei had now possessed the land of Canáan a thousand and foure hundreth yere and 〈◊〉 they lament to moue God rather to remember his couenant then to punish their sinnes a The Prophet cōtinueth his praier 〈◊〉 God to declare his Ioue toward his Churche by 〈◊〉 mightie power as he did in mount Sinai b Meaning the raine haile fyre thunder lightenings c S. Paul vseth the same kinde of admiration 〈◊〉 Cor. 2. 9. marueling at Gods great benefite shewed to his Churche by the preaching of the Gospel d Thou shewedst fauour towarde our fathers when they trusted in thee and walked after thy commādements e Thei considered thy great mercies f That is in thy mercies which he calleth the waies of the Lord. g Thou wilt haue pitie vpon vs. h VVe are iustely punished broght into 〈◊〉 be cause we haue pro uoked thee to angre thogh we wolde excuse our selues yet our righ teousnes and best vertues are before thee as 〈◊〉 cloutes or as some read like the mēstruous clothes of a woman i Albeit o Lord by thy iuste iudgement thou maiest vtterly destroy vs as the potter may his pot yet we appeale to thy mercies whereby 〈◊〉 hathe pleased thee to adopters to be thy children k For so the flesh iudgeth when God doeth not 〈◊〉 send succor l VVhich w ere dedicat to thy seruice and to call vpon thy Name m VVherein we reioyced and worshiped thee n That is at the contempt of thine owne glorie thogh our sinnes haue deserued this yet thou wilt not suffer thy glorie thus to be diminis hed a Meaning the Gē 〈◊〉 which knew not God shulde seke after him when he had moued their heartes with his holy Spirit Rom. 10. 10 b He sheweth the cause of the reiectiō of the Iewes because theiwold not obey him for anye admonition of his 〈◊〉 by whome he 〈◊〉 thē continually and stretched out his hande to drawe them c He sneweth that to delite in our o wne fantasies is the declining 〈◊〉 God the beginning of all superstition and 〈◊〉 d VVhiche were dedicat to idoles e Meaning 〈◊〉 altars whiche he thus nameth by contempt f To consult with 〈◊〉 and to con iure deuils which was forbidden Deur 18. 11. g VVhich was cō trarie to Gods cōmandement Leu. 11 7. Deut. 14. 8. h Hesheweth that hypocrisie is euer ioyned with pride and contempt of others i Their punishement shall neuer haue end k So that the remembrāce thereof can not be forgotten l Shalbe bc the punished together and this declareth how the children are punished for their fathers 〈◊〉 to wit when the same fautes or like are founde in them m That is it ispro fitable meaning that God wil not destroy the faithful branches of his vineyard whē he 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 stockes that is the 〈◊〉 n VVhiche was a plentiful place in Iudea to fede shepe as Achor was for catted o By the multitude and nomber he meaneth their innumerable idoles of whome they thoght they colde neuer haue ynough p Seing you can not nomber your gods I wil nōber you with the sworde q By my Prophetes whome ye wolde not obey r By these wordes 〈◊〉 and drinke he meaneth the blessed life of the faithfull 〈◊〉 haue alwaies consolacion and 〈◊〉 contentement ef all things in their God thogh some times they lacke these corporal things t Then by the Name of the Iewes u By 〈◊〉 and by swearing is ment 〈◊〉 of GOD for his benefites and the true worshiping of him whiche shal not be onely in Iudea but through all the worlde x I will no more 〈◊〉 fer my Church to be desolate as in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Meaning that he wolde call the Gentiles who shulde 〈◊〉 euen the very name of the Iewes for their infidelities sake y I will so alter and change the 〈◊〉 of my Churche that it shall seme to dwel in a newe worlde z Meaning in this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the Churche there shulde be no weakenes of youth nor infirmities of age but all shulde 〈◊〉 fresh and florishing and this is accomplished in the heauenlye Ierusalém when all sinnes shall cease and the 〈◊〉 shal be wiped away a VVhere by he sheweth that the insideles and 〈◊〉 sinners haue no parte of this benediction b He proposeth to the faithfull the blessings whiche are conteined in the Lawe and so vnder temporal things 〈◊〉 rehendeth the spiritual promises c Read Chap. 11. 6. Act. 7. 48. a My 〈◊〉 is so great that it filleth both heauen and earth therfore cannot be in cluded in a tēple like an idole condemning hereby their vaine confidence which trusted in the Tēple and sacrifices b Seing that bothe the Temple the things therein with the sacrifices were made and done by his appointement he sheweth that he hathe no nede thereof and that he cā be without them Psal. 50. 10. c To him that is humble and pure in heart whiche receiueth my doctrine with reuerence and feare d Because the Iewes thoght them selues holy by offring of their sacrifices and in the meane season had nether faith nor repentance God sheweth that he doeth no lesse 〈◊〉 these ceremonies then he doeth the sacrifices of the heathen who offred men doggs and swine to their idoles whiche things were expressely 〈◊〉 bidden in the Law e I wil 〈◊〉 their wickednes and hypocrisie wherewith thei thinke to blinde mine eies to all the worlde f He incourageth the faithful 〈◊〉 pro mising to destroy their enemies which pretended to be as brethren but were 〈◊〉 tes and 〈◊〉 thē that feared God g The enemies 〈◊〉 shorrely heare a more terrible voyce euen fyre slaughter seing thes wolde not heare the gentle voyce of the Prophets whiche called them to repen tance h Meaning that the restauratiō of the Church shulde be so sudden and contrarie to all mens opinion as when a woman is deliuered before she loke for it that without peine 〈◊〉 i This shall passe the capacitie of man to se
after was taken the Priests 〈◊〉 and the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 serably disconfired 1. 〈◊〉 4. 11. Cha. 26 6. c That is I neuer ceased to warne you as Isa. 〈◊〉 2. pro uer 1. 23. f He sheweth what is the 〈◊〉 to redresse our 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 God to 〈◊〉 vs into the Way and to obey his calling Isa. 66 4. g I wil send you into 〈◊〉 as I haue done Ephrim that is the 〈◊〉 h To assure 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God had determined with him self to punish their wickednes he she weth that the prayers of the golie can nothing 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they remaine in their obstin cie against God wil not vse the meanes that he vseth to call thē to 〈◊〉 tance Chap. 11. 14. 14 11. i That is thei 〈◊〉 fice to the funne mone and starres which thei 〈◊〉 the Quene of heauen Chap. 44 17. 2 king 23. 〈◊〉 k Shewing that 〈◊〉 was not his chief purpose and 〈◊〉 that thei shulde of 〈◊〉 sacrifices but that thei shuld regarde wherefore thei were ordeined to wit to be ioyned to the wor de as seales 〈◊〉 firmatiōs of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ofsins in 〈◊〉 for without 〈◊〉 Worde thei 〈◊〉 vaine and 〈◊〉 table l which was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hun dreth yeres m Read vers 13. n VVhereby he sheweth that the pastours oght not to leaue their 〈◊〉 kes in their 〈◊〉 for the Lord wil vse the meanes of his 〈◊〉 to make the wicked more 〈◊〉 and to proue his o In signe of mour ning as Iob. 1 20. 〈◊〉 1. 16. p Against whome he had iuste occasiō to powre out his wrath q Of Topheth Read 2 King 23. 0. r But commanded the 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 20. 〈◊〉 deu 〈◊〉 20. 〈◊〉 26. 〈◊〉 a The enemie for gredines of gaine shal risie your 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and laye you 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which in your 〈◊〉 you worshiped to 〈◊〉 they can helpe you b Because of the afflictiōs that thei shal fele through Gods iudgements c Is there no hope that thei wil 〈◊〉 re d They are ful of 〈◊〉 and euerye one 〈◊〉 his owne fan 〈◊〉 without any consideration e He accuseth thē in that they 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ignorāt of Gods iudgements then these birdes are of their appointed seasons to discerne the col 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 1. 1. 3. f The Lawe doeth not profite you 〈◊〉 it to ha ue bene writē for ought that you ha ue learned by it g They that seme wise may be asha med of their igno rance for all wisdome cōsisteth in Gods worde Isa. 〈◊〉 11. chap 〈◊〉 31 and 6. 13. h Read Chap. 6. 14 i He speaketh in the pe sone of the people who whē the 〈◊〉 wil runne about to hide them selues acknowled ge that it is Gods hand k That is hathe broght vs into extreme affliction thus they shal not attribute this plague to fortune but to Gods iust iudgement Chap. 9. 15 21. 15. Chap. 14. 19 l Read Chap 4. 15. m God threateneth to send the 〈◊〉 among them who shal vtterly destroye them in su the sorte as by no meanes they shal escape n Read Chap. 4. 19 o 〈◊〉 the Lord speaketh p The people wonder that they haue so long time loked for succour in vaine q The Prophet speaketh this r Meaning that no mans helpe or meanes colde saue them for in Gilead was precious balme Chap. 45. 11. or els deriding the vaine confidence of the people who loked for helpe at their Priests who shulde haue bene the phisitions of their sou les and dwelt at Gilead Hose 6. 8. a The Prophet sheweth the great compassion that he had toward this people seing 〈◊〉 he cold neuer sufficiently lament the 〈◊〉 ction that he saw to hang ouer thē VVhich is a special note to discer ne the true pastours from the 〈◊〉 read chap. 4. 19 b He sheweth that this 〈◊〉 mo requietnes and greater safety for him to dwell among the wilde beastes then amōg this wicked 〈◊〉 saue that God hathe ioyned him this charge c 〈◊〉 turned from God d To belye selā der their neighbours e Meaning the all were corrupt none colde finde an honest man f They haueso practised deceit that thei can not forsake it g They had rather 〈◊〉 God then leaue their wicked trade h VVith the fyre of affliction Psal. 28. 3 120 4 i Signifying that all the places about Ierusalem shulde be destroyed k Meaning that are all without sense and vnderstanding and that God hathe taken his Spirit from them l He sheweth that the children can not excuse them selues by their fathers 〈◊〉 for bothe father and childe if they be wicked shal perish m Read Chap. 8. 14. n Seing you can not 〈◊〉 your owne sinnes call for those foolish women whome of a superstition you haue to lamēt for the dead that they by their fained teares may prouoke you to some sorow o As thogh 〈◊〉 weare 〈◊〉 of vs because of our 〈◊〉 Leu. 18 28. 20. 22. p He derideth the superstition of the women which made an arte of mourning and taught to wepe with fained teares q Signifying that there is no meanes to deliuer the wicked frō Gods iudgements but when thei thinke to be moste sure and moste faire of then are they sonest taken r Forasmuche as nonecan sauehim selfe by his owne labour or 〈◊〉 worldelie 〈◊〉 he sheweth that it is in vaine to put 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 therein but that we trust in the Lord and reioyce in him who onely can deliuer vs. 1. Cor. 1. 31. 2. 〈◊〉 10. 17. s These thre pointes are necessarie to knowe ari 〈◊〉 his mercie 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 our saluation his iudgement which he executeth continually against the wicked and his iustice whereby defendeth and mainteineth 〈◊〉 faithful t Meaning bothe Iewes and 〈◊〉 Is as in the next verse he sheweth the cause read Cl. ap 〈◊〉 a God for biddeth his people to giue creditor feare the constellations coniunctions of 〈◊〉 planets which haue no power of them selues but are gouerned by him their secret motions and influen ces are notknowē to man and there fore there can be no certaine iudge ment thereof 〈◊〉 18 9. b Meaning not onely in the obseruation of the starres but their laws and ceremo nies whereby they confirme their idolatrie which is forbiden Deut. 12. 30. c The prophetes vse thus plainely and simply to set forthe the vile ab surditie of the ido larers that men might learne to beashamed of that whereunto their corrupt nature is moste subiectread Isa. 44 12. d He reacheth the people to life vp their eves to God who hathe all power and there fore ought onely to be feared and herein he shewe them not onely the euil that they ought to eschew but the good which they ought to follow Reuel 15. 4. e Because the peo ple thoght that to haue images was a meane to serue God and to bring them to the knowledge of him he sheweth that nothing
out of Babylon 〈◊〉 beso great that it shulde abolish 〈◊〉 of their deliueran ce from 〈◊〉 but he hathe here chiefly respect to the 〈◊〉 deliuerance vnder 〈◊〉 g 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 who shulde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 suche fort that if 〈◊〉 escaped the 〈◊〉 the other shulde take them h That is their sonnes daughters 〈◊〉 they offred to 〈◊〉 i He wondereth at the great mercie of God in this deliuerāce which shal not onely ex tend to the 〈◊〉 but also the Gentiles k Our fathers were most vile 〈◊〉 therefore it cometh onely of Gods mercie that he performeth his promes and hath not vtterly cast vs of l 〈◊〉 shal once againe fele my power mercie for their 〈◊〉 ce that they 〈◊〉 learne to 〈◊〉 me a The remēbrance of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of God can not passe albeit for a time he deferre the punishment for it shal be manifest to men and Angels b In stead of the Law of God thei haue 〈◊〉 ido 〈◊〉 all abominations in their heart c 〈◊〉 sinnes appeare in all the al tars that you haue 〈◊〉 to ido les d Some read So that their childrē remēber their altars 〈◊〉 is follow 〈◊〉 fathers wic kednes e zion that was my 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as a waste field f Because thou woldest not giue the land 〈◊〉 at such times 〈◊〉 and yeres as I ap pointed thou shalt here after be 〈◊〉 away it 〈◊〉 for lacke of laborers g The Iewes were 〈◊〉 to worlde lie policies 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to make them selues 〈◊〉 by the 〈◊〉 of the Egyptians Isa. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 an gers and in the meane season did not depend on God 〈◊〉 he denounceth Gods plagues agaīst thē shewing that they 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 man to God which is 〈◊〉 Isa. 2 22. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 6. h Read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 i 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 wic ked haue euer some excuse 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their 〈◊〉 he sheweth that their owne 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 de ceiue thē 〈◊〉 them to these in 〈◊〉 but God wil examine their dedes by the malice of their hearts 〈◊〉 Sam. 16 7. 〈◊〉 chro 28. 9 psal 7 10. cha 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 20 12 Reuel 2 13. k As the patriche by 〈◊〉 ga thereth 〈◊〉 whiche 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whiche they so that she is not their dam so the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is forsaken of his ri 〈◊〉 because he cometh by them falsely l She wing that the 〈◊〉 ought to 〈◊〉 in nothing but in God who doeth exalt his and hath left a 〈◊〉 of his fauour in his Tēple m Their names snal not be registred in the boke of life n 〈◊〉 desireth God to preserue him that he fall not into 〈◊〉 considering the great 〈◊〉 of Godsworde and the multitude that fall 〈◊〉 God o The wicked say that my prophecie shal not come to passe because 〈◊〉 the time of thy vengeance p I am assured of my 〈◊〉 and therefore knowe that the thing which thou spea kest by me shal come to passe that I speake not of any worldelie 〈◊〉 q How soeuer the wicked deale 〈◊〉 withme yet let me finde comfort in thee r Read Chap. 11 20. s where as thy doctrine may be best vnderstand both of 〈◊〉 low t By naming the 〈◊〉 day he cōprehendeth the thing that is thereby signified for if they trāsgressed in the ceremonie they 〈◊〉 nedes be culpable of the rest read Exo. 20 8. and by the 〈◊〉 king of this one commandement he maketh them transgressors of the whole Lawe for as muche as the first and seconde table are contei nedherein * Chap 〈◊〉 4. a As the 〈◊〉 hath 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the clay to make what pot he wil or to breake thē when he hathe made them so ha ue I power 〈◊〉 you to do with you as semeth good to me Isa. 45 9. Wisd. 15 7. rom 9 20. b When the Scrip ture attribureth repentance vnto God it isnot that he doeth contrary to that which he hath ordeined in his secret 〈◊〉 sel but when he threatneth it is a calling to repentance and when he giueth māgra ce to repent the threatening whi che euer 〈◊〉 a condition in it taketh no place and this the Scripture calleth 〈◊〉 in God because it so 〈◊〉 to mans iudgement c As mē that had no remorce but were altogether bent to 〈◊〉 and to their own self wil. d As no mā that hathe thirst refuseth fresh cōduit waters which he hathe at home to go seke 〈◊〉 abroad to 〈◊〉 his thirst so theyought not to seke for helpe succour at 〈◊〉 leaue God which was present with them e That is the way of trueth which God had taught by his Law read chap. 6 16. f I wil shewe mine angre and not my fauour toward them g This argument the wicked haue euer vsed against the seruants of God The Church can not erre we are the Church therefore 〈◊〉 euer speaketh against vs they ought to dye 〈◊〉 King 22 24. cha 7 4 20 〈◊〉 mala 2 4 thus the false Church 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 Church whiche standeth not in outward pompe and in multitude but is knowē by the graces of the holie 〈◊〉 h Let vs sclander him and accuse him for we shal be beleued i Seing the 〈◊〉 nace 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 which grewe daiely more and more the Prophet beingmoued with Gods Spirit without my 〈◊〉 affection 〈◊〉 for their destruction becau se he knew that it 〈◊〉 tend to Gods glorie and 〈◊〉 of his Church “ Or gate of the sonne a By Kings here and in other places are ment counsellours and gouernour of 〈◊〉 people which he called the 〈◊〉 vers 〈◊〉 b Read of this 〈◊〉 1. Sam. 3. 11. c Whereby is de 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 what so euer is not 〈◊〉 by Gods word touching his seruice is 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 d Read Chap. 7. 〈◊〉 2 King 23. 10 Isa. 30. 33. Chap. 18. 16. 49. 30. 50. 13. 〈◊〉 28. 〈◊〉 Lament 4 10. e This 〈◊〉 le signe was to confirme them 〈◊〉 the assuran ce of this plague which 〈◊〉 Lord 〈◊〉 by his Prophet f He 〈◊〉 the greatrage of the 〈◊〉 which 〈◊〉 no place 〈◊〉 from their abomi nations inso muche as they 〈◊〉 their owne houses therewith aswe se yet amōg 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 g Read Deut. 22. 8. a Thuswe 〈◊〉 the thing 〈◊〉 nether the King nor the princes nor the people durst 〈◊〉 against the Prophet of God this priest as a chief instrument of Satan first 〈◊〉 read Chap. 18. 18. “ Or feare round 〈◊〉 b Which haue suf fred them selues to be 〈◊〉 by thy false prophecies c Herein appeareth the impacien cie which of tentimes ouercometh 〈◊〉 of God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 se not 〈◊〉 labours to profite and also 〈◊〉 their owne weaknes read chap. 15 18. d Thou didest thrust me forth to this worke against my wil. e He sheweth that he did his office in that he reproued the people of their vices and threatened them with Gods iudgements but because he
q Meaning the Cal deans and other infidels which thoght God had vtterly cast of Iudah and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Beniamin because he did correct them for a time for their amende ment a VVho 〈◊〉 of Ieremiáh was called 〈◊〉 and of others 〈◊〉 2. Chr. 36. 19. Chap. 29. 〈◊〉 and 23. 3. b Not of any violent death c The Iewes shal 〈◊〉 for thee 〈◊〉 lord King d VVhen the enemie was at hand and thei 〈◊〉 we thē selues in danger thei wolde seme holy and so began some kinde of reformation but sone after they 〈◊〉 their hypocrisie e According to the Lawe Exod. 21. 2. 〈◊〉 13. Ebr. returned †Or bondage Deut. 15. 1. f Meaning in the Temple to declare that it was a most solemne and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 made 〈◊〉 the Name of the Lord. g That is I 〈◊〉 the sworde libertie to destroy 〈◊〉 h As touching 〈◊〉 maner of solemne couenant whiche the Ancient vsed by passing betwene 〈◊〉 two partes of abeast to 〈◊〉 that the 〈◊〉 of the same couenāt shul de be so diuided in pieces read 〈◊〉 15. 10. i To 〈◊〉 against the Egyptians 〈◊〉 Chap. 37. 11. a For the 〈◊〉 and order of these prophecies 〈◊〉 Chap. 27. 〈◊〉 b Thei came of Hobà b Moses father in law who was no 〈◊〉 but after 〈◊〉 with them in the seruice of God c That is a Prophete “ 〈◊〉 dore d The Prophet saith not The Lord saith thus for thē thei ought to haue obeyed but he 〈◊〉 to another end that is to declare their obedience toman seing the Iewes wolde not obey God him selfe e Whome Iehu the King of Israel fauored for his zeale 2. King 10. 15. f Teaching thē hereby to flee 〈◊〉 occasion of intempe rancie ambicion and auarice that thei migh knowe that thei were strā gers in the earth and be ready to de part at all occasiōs g Which was now for the space of threhundreth yeres from 〈◊〉 to Iehoiakim h Which declareth that thei were not so bound to their vowe that it colde not be broken for any necessities for where thei we recommanded to dwell in 〈◊〉 thei dwel now at Ieru salém for feare of the warres i Whome I haue chosen to be my children seing the se whiche were the children of an heathen man obei ed the commande 〈◊〉 of their fathers k I haue most 〈◊〉 exhorted warned you 〈◊〉 by my selfe 〈◊〉 Prophetes Chap. 18. 11 〈◊〉 5. l That is by his Prophets and 〈◊〉 which sheweth that it is as muche as though he shulde speake to vs him selfe when he sendeth his ministers to speake in his 〈◊〉 m His posteritie shall continue and be in my fauour for euer a Read Chap. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 b VVhich were twenty and 〈◊〉 yere as Cha 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from the thirtenth yere of 〈◊〉 reigne c As he did 〈◊〉 d Meaning in 〈◊〉 sō through 〈◊〉 lice of the Priestes e VVhich was pro claimed for feare of the Babyloniās as their custome was when thei 〈◊〉 warre or any great plague of God f He sheweth that fasting without 〈◊〉 repentan ce 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 g These fast was then proclaimed and Baruch 〈◊〉 this roole which was a litle before that Ierusalem was first taken then 〈◊〉 and Daniel and his companions were led away ca 〈◊〉 h VVhich is the East ga te of the of the Temple i The 〈◊〉 were afraid seing God so offended and the wicked were 〈◊〉 for the 〈◊〉 of the punishement k Thei that were godlie among the princes gaue this counsel by whose meanes it is like that Ieremiah was 〈◊〉 for thei knewe the rage of the King and of the wicked to besuche that they colde not escape without danger of their liues l VVhich 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 of December m Shewing that the wicked in stead of repenting when thei heare Gods iudgements grow into farther malice against him his worde n Thus wese the continual 〈◊〉 that God hathe euer ouer his to preserue them from the rage of the wicked o Thogh the wicked thinke to haue abolished the worde of God when they haue burnt the boke thereof yet this de clareth that God wil not onely raise it vp 〈◊〉 but also increase it in greater abun dance to their cōdemnation as p These are Iehoiakims wordes q Thogh Iehoiachin his sonne suc ceded him yet because he reigned thre moneths it was estemed as no reigne vers 32. r Read Chap. 〈◊〉 19. 2. King 24. 17. 〈◊〉 2 Chro. 36. 10. Chap 52. 〈◊〉 a VVho was called Iehoiachin or Ieco niah b And called him zedekiah where as before his name was 〈◊〉 2 King 24. 17. †Ebr. hand c Because he was afraied of the Cal deans that came against him d That is was 〈◊〉 of prison and atii 〈◊〉 e To helpe the Iewes †〈◊〉 went vp †Or list not vp 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 mindes f As somethinke to go to Anathoth his owne towne g By the which men went into the countrey of Beniamin †Ebr. fallest h Because it was a vile and 〈◊〉 prison Chap. 28. 4. †Ebr fall i That is so long as there was any bread in the citiethus God 〈◊〉 deth for his that he wil cause their enemies to 〈◊〉 them to that end whereunto he 〈◊〉 appointed them a For 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sent these to Ieremiah to inqui re at the Lord for the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 when Nabuchade 〈◊〉 came as Chap. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 b 〈◊〉 Chap. 21 〈◊〉 “ Or discourageth c 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 when 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 d VVherin he 〈◊〉 uously offended in that that not onely he wolde not heate the 〈◊〉 spoken by the 〈◊〉 but also gaue him to the lusts of the wicked to be cruelly intreated †Ebr. 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 e To heare matters and giue sentence f 〈◊〉 is declared that the Prophet founde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 at this 〈◊〉 gers hands 〈◊〉 did by all them 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 which was to their great 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 †Ebr. vnder thine hand g VVhere the King had set him before to be at more 〈◊〉 as Chap. 37. 〈◊〉 h And yelde thy self vnto them i VVhiche 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 then the 〈◊〉 of God k VVhē 〈◊〉 and his mother with 〈◊〉 were 〈◊〉 away these women of the 〈◊〉 house were 〈◊〉 which 〈◊〉 takē 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and tell 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 zedekiah 〈◊〉 bene seduced by his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whiche haue 〈◊〉 him in the myre l Herein appeareth the 〈◊〉 of the Prophet who did dissemble to saue hys life albeit it was not to the denial of 〈◊〉 doctrine or to the 〈◊〉 of any 2. 〈◊〉 25 〈◊〉 Chap. 53. 4. a The gates and wales were broken dowen b VVhiche was a posterne dore read 2. King 25. 〈◊〉 c VVhiche is called 〈◊〉 in Syria “ Or captaines of the garde d For the riche and the 〈◊〉 which
〈◊〉 their trust in 〈◊〉 shif tes and meanes were by Gods 〈◊〉 iudgements moste 〈◊〉 handeled †Ebr. by the hand of †Ebr. set thine eyes vpon him e Thus God preserued hys Prophet by 〈◊〉 meanes 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 the scourge to punish the King 〈◊〉 them that were his enemies f VVhome the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 had now 〈◊〉 ted 〈◊〉 ouer 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that he 〈◊〉 behinde g Thus God recō 〈◊〉 his zeale and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in his 〈◊〉 a Frō this secōde vers vnto chap. 42. 7. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 as a 〈◊〉 and separated 〈◊〉 and there this 〈◊〉 beginneth againe and this vision is declared what it was b God moued this insidele to 〈◊〉 this to declare the great blindnes and ob 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whiche colde not fele that whiche this heathen man 〈◊〉 †Ebr cease †Or at thy com 〈◊〉 c VVhiche was a citie of 〈◊〉 d VVhiche were 〈◊〉 abroade for feare of 〈◊〉 Caldeans e VVho was of the Kings blood and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 him Chap. 41. 2. 2. King 〈◊〉 24. 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 intreat them for you †Or chosen to dwel in f VVhiche were fled also for feare of the Caldeans g For vnder the 〈◊〉 of intertei ning of Ishmaél he soght onely to make them to de 〈◊〉 one 〈◊〉 h Thus the godlie 〈◊〉 thinke no harme to others are 〈◊〉 deceiued and neuer lacke such as 〈◊〉 their de struction a The 〈◊〉 was destroyed in the fourth 〈◊〉 in the seuēth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 part of September part o October was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gedaliáh 〈◊〉 b Meaning 〈◊〉 kiáh c 〈◊〉 did eat to gether as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 d For thei thoght that the Temple had 〈◊〉 bene 〈◊〉 and there 〈◊〉 came vp to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 way they she 〈◊〉 these signes of sorowe e For his death was kept secret he 〈◊〉 that he lamented for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 but after 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 when they 〈◊〉 fauour 〈◊〉 f Asa fortified Mizpáh for 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 enemie 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 King 15 22 g Which had bene 〈◊〉 vnder Zedekiáh h For Baalis the King of the Ammonites was the cause of this 〈◊〉 ther. i Whiche plague Dauido olde had giuen to Chimhá the sonne of 〈◊〉 the Gileadite 2. Sam. 19 38. †Ebr. let our prayer fall before thee as Chap 36 7 a This declareth the nature of by 〈◊〉 whiche wolde knowe of Gods worde what they 〈◊〉 do but wil not follow it but in as muche as it agreeth with that thing which they haue 〈◊〉 to do b There are none more ready to abuse the Name of God take it in 〈◊〉 thē the 〈◊〉 whiche to colour their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vse it with out all reuerence make it a mea nes for thē to de ceiue the simple and the 〈◊〉 c Here is declared the vision she 〈◊〉 thereof whereof mē 〈◊〉 was made Chap. 40 1. d Read Chap. 18 8 e Because all Kīgs hearts and 〈◊〉 are in his hands he can turne 〈◊〉 dispose them as it pleaseth him therefore they nedenot to feare man but onely obey God 〈◊〉 21 1. Or returne f Thus God 〈◊〉 the policie of the wicked to their own destru ction for they thoght thē selues 〈◊〉 Egypt there 〈◊〉 destroyed them 〈◊〉 the Egyp tians Chap. 46 〈◊〉 g Read Chap. 26 6. 〈◊〉 22. shewīg that this shulde come vpon them for their infidelitie 〈◊〉 h For you were fully minded to go into 〈◊〉 what 〈◊〉 God spake to the con 〈◊〉 i To wit 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a Who was 〈◊〉 called Iezaniah Chap 42 1. b This declareth that pride is the cause of 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 of Gods 〈◊〉 c 〈◊〉 haue 〈◊〉 of the wicked is disceuered they brast for the into open rage for they can 〈◊〉 nothing but 〈◊〉 read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 10. d He 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 what is the 〈◊〉 re of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to faine that they 〈◊〉 de obey God and in brace his word if they were assured that 〈◊〉 messengers spake the trueth thogh in dede they be most farte from all obe dience e Thus the 〈◊〉 do not 〈◊〉 contemne hurt the 〈◊〉 of God but 〈◊〉 and speake wickedly of all thē that support or fauour the god lie f As frō the Moa 〈◊〉 Ammonites and Edomites Chap. 40 11. g VVhome these wicked led away by force h A 〈◊〉 in Egypt nere to Nilus i Which signified that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ár shulde come euen to the gates of Pharach where were 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for his 〈◊〉 k Read Chap. 25 9 l Euerie one shal be 〈◊〉 by that meanes that God 〈◊〉 the appointed Chap. 15 2. m Meaning most easily suddēly shal he cary the 〈◊〉 away “ Or the house 〈◊〉 the sunne a These were all famous ād strong 〈◊〉 in Egypt where the 〈◊〉 that were fled dwelt for their 〈◊〉 but the Prophete 〈◊〉 that there is no holde so stronge that can 〈◊〉 them frome Gods ven geance b Read Chap. 7. 〈◊〉 25. 〈◊〉 26. 5. 〈◊〉 29. 9. 32. 33. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 befo 〈◊〉 their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Iudah and 〈◊〉 for their idolarrie that they myght beware by their example ād not 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 kednes prouoke the Lord for thē they shulde be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 d He sheweth that we ought to kepe in memorie Gods plagues from the 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 them we 〈◊〉 liue in his 〈◊〉 and know if he haue not spared our fathers yea Kings princes and 〈◊〉 also whole 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 for 〈◊〉 sinnes that we 〈◊〉 wormes can not loke to 〈◊〉 punishment 〈◊〉 ours Amos. 9. 4. “ Or beaten downe e VVhiche haue fully 〈◊〉 their mindes and are gone thether on purpose VVhereby he 〈◊〉 the innoceates as 〈◊〉 and Ba 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 were 〈◊〉 therefore the Lorde 〈◊〉 that he will 〈◊〉 his face 〈◊〉 them that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 destroye 〈◊〉 f Read Cha. 26 6. †〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vp their soules g Meaning but a fewe h This 〈◊〉 howe 〈◊〉 ous a thyng 〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 once 〈◊〉 God and to sollowe 〈◊〉 owne fantasies for Satan euer soliciteth suche and doeth not leaue them 〈◊〉 he haue broght them to extreme 〈◊〉 and madnes 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 wickednesag inst God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 i Read hap 7 17 〈◊〉 semeth that that the 〈◊〉 gathered of this place then 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and Regina celi 〈◊〉 calling the virgine Merie Quene of 〈◊〉 and so of the blessed virgine and mother of our Samour Christ made an idole for here the Prophet condemneth their 〈◊〉 †i br we were 〈◊〉 with bread k This is still the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 laters whiche 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the bellie and in stead of acknowledgīg gods wo ke 〈◊〉 deth both plentie 〈◊〉 health and sicknes they 〈◊〉 it to their idoles and so dishonour God “ Or sawe “ Or want “ Or 〈◊〉 appease her l This teacheth vs how great danger 〈◊〉 is for
the housbandes to 〈◊〉 it their wiues 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whereof they be not assured by Gods Worde for 〈◊〉 by they take 〈◊〉 occasion to 〈◊〉 their doings and their housbands shall giue an accompt ther of 〈◊〉 God read Isa. 3. 25. †〈◊〉 it is not come vp into his heart m Youhaue committed double euyll in makyng Wicked vowes and in performing the same n This declareth an horrible plague to Ward idolaters seing that God Wyll not voufchesafe to haue hys Name mencioned by suche as haue pol lured it o VVe se therefore that GOD hath a perpetuall care ouer hys Wheresoeuer thei are scattred for thogh they be but two or thre yet he Will deliuer them When he destroyeth his enemies p He sheweth the meanes wher by they shuld be destroyed to assu re them of the certeintie of the plague and yet they remaine 〈◊〉 in their obstinacie till they perish for Iose phus lib. 10 de Antiq. cap. 11. Writteth that fiue yere after the taking of Ierusalem Nebu chadnezzar the yonger hauyng ouercome the Moabites ād the Ammonites Wēt against Egypte and slewe the Kynge and so broght all these Iewes and other into Babylon a VVhich Was 〈◊〉 disciple and Wrote hys prophccies vnder him b VVhereof read Chap. 26. 9. c Baruch 〈◊〉 With an inconsi derat zeale of le remiahs impriso 〈◊〉 but 〈◊〉 for the dest uction of the people and the Tem ple 〈◊〉 this lamentation as psal 6. 6. d Meaning that God myght 〈◊〉 this people because he had planted them e Thinkest thou to haue honour and credit Wher in he she Weth his infirmitie f Read Chap. 21. 9 a That is nine na tions 〈◊〉 are round about the land of Egypt b Read 2 King 23 29. 24. 7. and. 2. chron 35. 20. c He Warneth the Egyptians to pre pare them selues to 〈◊〉 d The 〈◊〉 had this vision of the Egyptians Which shuldebe put to flight by the Babylonians at Carchemish e The Babylonians shal discomfit them at 〈◊〉 uer Euphrates f He derideth the boastings of the the E yptians Who thoght by their riches and power to 〈◊〉 ouercome all the Worlde alluding to the riuer Nilus Which at cer teine times ouer flow eth the coūtrey of Egypt g For these nations toke parte 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 h He calleth the slaughter of Gods enemies a sacrifice because it is a thing that doeth please him Isa. 34. 6. i That is at Charchemish k For at Gilead did growe most soueraine balme for Woundes l So called because Egypt had not yet bene ouercome by the enemie m He sheweth that no salue or medicine cā preuaile Where as God giueth the Wounde n As they that shuld repent that they helped the Egyptians o He derideth thē 〈◊〉 shal impu re their ouer thro We to Lacke of counsel and policie or to fortune not obseruing of time not considering that it is Gods iust iudgement p Towit that the Egyptians shal be destroyed q They haue abū dance of all thīgs and therefore are 〈◊〉 and proude r As vers 9. s They shal be sear se able to speake for feare of the 〈◊〉 t Meanīg Egypt u That is they shal stay the great 〈◊〉 men of power x To Wit 〈◊〉 armie y Some take the libre We Worde Amon for the Kings name of 〈◊〉 that is of Alexandera z Meaning that after the space of 〈◊〉 yeres Egypt shulde be restored Isa. 19 23 ezek 29 13. a God cōforteth all his that Were in captiuitie but specially the sma le Church of the Iewes Whereof were 〈◊〉 Baruch Which remained among the Egyptiās for the Lord neuer for saketh his Isa. 44 〈◊〉 chap. 〈◊〉 10. b Read Chap. 10 24. a Which was also called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 b Hemeaneth the armie of the Caldeans Isa. 8 8. c The great feare shal take away their natural affe ction d Their heart shal so faile them e For the Caphtorims Which are also called Cappa docians had destroied in olde time the Philistims dwelt in their land euen to Gazá Deut. 〈◊〉 23. f They haue pulled of 〈◊〉 heere for sorowe and heauines g As the heathen vsed 〈◊〉 their mourning Which the Lord to bade his people to do Deut 14. 〈◊〉 h Meaning that it is not possible that the Wicked shulde by any meanes escape or stay the Lord When he Wil take vengeance a These Were 〈◊〉 of the Moabites 〈◊〉 Nebuchadn zzár to ke before he wēt to fight against Necho King of Egypt b Thus shal the Babylonians incourage one another c Read Isa. 25. 10. d 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 Were two places Whereby the 〈◊〉 shul 〈◊〉 Isa. 15. 5. e Hide your selues in 〈◊〉 places Where the enemie wil not 〈◊〉 after you Chap. 7. 6. f That is the ido les Which are the Workes of thine hands Some read in thy possessions for so the Worde may signifie as 1. Sam. 25. 2. g Bothe thy 〈◊〉 idole and his 〈◊〉 shal be led away captiues so that they shal then knowe that it is invaine to loke for helpe at idoles Isa. 15 2. h He sheweth that God wolde punish the Caldeans if they did not destroy the Egyp 〈◊〉 that with a courage and calleth this 〈◊〉 of his 〈◊〉 against his enemies his worke thogh the 〈◊〉 soght another end Isa. 10 12 “ Or 〈◊〉 i 〈◊〉 not bene remoued as the 〈◊〉 haue but hath 〈◊〉 at ease and as a wine that fedeth him self on his lees k At the 〈◊〉 of Bethél was not able to deliuer the 〈◊〉 no more shal Chemosh deliuer the 〈◊〉 †〈◊〉 gone vp or destroyed l How 〈◊〉 thei de stroyed that put 〈◊〉 trust in their strength riches m Thus they that flee shal answer n That is his power 〈◊〉 o He 〈◊〉 the Caldeans to lay afflictiōs vnough vpon them til they be liked 〈◊〉 ken men that fall downe to their shame and are de rided of all “ Or shal be ful or clappe his hands p Thou 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 of his mi serie Isa 16 6. q He shal not exe cute his 〈◊〉 against his neighbours r Read Isa. 16 1. s Whiche citie was in the 〈◊〉 border of 〈◊〉 hereby he signifieth that the whole land 〈◊〉 be de 〈◊〉 the peo ple caried away t Read Isa 15. 5. u Their custome was 〈◊〉 play on flutes or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 tunes at bu ryales and in 〈◊〉 time of 〈◊〉 as Mat 9. 33. Isa. 15. 3. Ezek 7. 18. “ Or shauen x 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as Chap. 〈◊〉 22. y He that escapeth 〈◊〉 ger 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of another Isa 24-17 z Thei 〈◊〉 thether thinking to haue succour of the Amo 〈◊〉 a The 〈◊〉 had destroied the Mo 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 past now because of their power the 〈◊〉 shal 〈◊〉 to them for helpe b Which 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ido eas thogh he colde haue defended them c That is thei shal be restored by the 〈◊〉 a They were separated
destroyed whiche 〈◊〉 did byre 〈◊〉 of Gobria and Gab 〈◊〉 Bel shazzais captaines s When she shal be cut vp thre shed t This is spoken in the persone of the Iewes be way ling their state the 〈◊〉 of the Babylonians u Thus the Lord estemeth the 〈◊〉 rie done to his 〈◊〉 as done to him self becau se their cause it his x When they are 〈◊〉 with 〈◊〉 drinking I wil feast with them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Dan. 5 2. y Meaning Babél as Chap 25 26. z The great armie of the Medes and 〈◊〉 a That is his gifts presents which he had receiued as part of the spoyle of other nacions and which the ido laters broght vnto him from all coun treis b Meanīg that Ba bylon shulde not be destroied all at once but by litle and litle shuld be broght to nothing for the firste yere came the tydings the next yere the siege and in the thirde yere it was 〈◊〉 yet this is not that horrible destruction which the 〈◊〉 threatened in manie places for that was after this when they rebelled and Darius ouercame them by the policie of zopirus and hanged thre thousand gētle men besides the commune peo ple c All creatures in heauen and earth shall reioyce and praise God for the destruction of Babylon the 〈◊〉 ennemie of hys Churche d 〈◊〉 did not onely destroye Israél but many other 〈◊〉 e Ye that are now captiues in Babilō f He 〈◊〉 eweth how they shulde remember 〈◊〉 by lamenting 〈◊〉 miserable 〈◊〉 thereof g For the walles were two hūdreth foote hie h I wil so 〈◊〉 them by afflictiōs that thei shal not know which way to turne them i The thicknes of the walle was 〈◊〉 foote 〈◊〉 k This was not in the time of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but seuen yeres before whē he went ether to gratulat Nabuchadnezzar or to intreat of some matters l S. Iohn in his 〈◊〉 alludeth to this places whē he saith that the Angel toke a millestone and 〈◊〉 into the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thereby the destruction of Babylon Reuel 18 〈◊〉 m Thei 〈◊〉 not be able to 〈◊〉 but shal labour in vaine 2. King 24. 18. 2. Chro. 36. 11. a So the Lord punished sinne by sinne and gaue him vp to his rebellious heart 〈◊〉 he had broght the enemie vpon him to lead him away and his people 2. King 〈◊〉 1. and Chap 〈◊〉 1. b Read Chap. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 c Read 2. King 25. 6 and chap. 39. 5. d In the 2. King 25. 8 it is called the seuenth day 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 began thē and so continued to the 〈◊〉 e That is whiche was his seruant as 2. King 23. 8. f 〈◊〉 these pillers read 〈◊〉 King 7. g VVhiche were a so made of brasse h It was so muche in quantitie i But because 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 more colde be 〈◊〉 but nintye six k VVhich serued in the hie Priests stead if he had any necessarie impediment l In the 2 King 25. 19 is red but of fiue those were the most excellent the other two which were not so noble are not there mentioned with them m VVhich was the latter end of the seuenth yere of his reigne and the beginning of 〈◊〉 eight n In the latter end also of that yere the beginning of the ninetenth †Ebr. 〈◊〉 o That is restored him to libertie honour p And gaue him 〈◊〉 apparel q That is he had allowance in the court and thus at length he had rest and quietnes because he obeyed Ieremiah the Prophet where as the other were cruelly ordered that wolde not obey him a The Prophet wō dereth 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 iudgement of God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was so strong and so full of 〈◊〉 to be now destroyed 〈◊〉 b VVhiche had chief rule ouer ma ny 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 c 〈◊〉 that she taketh no rest d Meaning the Egyptians and Assy 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 promised helpe e For her crueltie toward the poore and oppression of seruants 〈◊〉 34. 11. f As they vsed to come vp 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 Psal. 〈◊〉 2. 4 †Ebr. bitternes g That is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ouer her 〈◊〉 e. 〈◊〉 44. h As men pined away whiche sorow and that haue no courage i In her miserie she considered the great 〈◊〉 commodities that she had lost k At her religion seruing of God whiche was the greatest grief to the god lie †Or driuen away l She is not ashamed of her sinne 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be manifest †Ebr. hath magnified him self m God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that the Ammoni tes and Moabites shulde enter into the Congregacion of the Lord and vnder thēhe comprehēde th all enemies 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 n Thus 〈◊〉 lamē eth mouing others to 〈◊〉 her and to learne 〈◊〉 her 〈◊〉 o This declareth that we 〈◊〉 acknowledge God to be the au or of all our afflictions to the 〈◊〉 that we 〈◊〉 seke vnto him for remedie p Mine heauy sinnes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 before 〈◊〉 as he that 〈◊〉 a thing to his hand 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 q He 〈◊〉 troden hem vnder fote as they that 〈◊〉 grapes in the Wyne presse I. re 14. 17. Chap. 2. 18. r VVhiche because of her 〈◊〉 wassepa at 〈◊〉 her 〈◊〉 Leu. 15. 19 was abhor red for the 〈◊〉 †Ebr. mouth s That is thei dyed for 〈◊〉 t Of 〈◊〉 vengeance against the 〈◊〉 read 〈◊〉 11. 20 18 21 “ Or gather them like grapes a That is 〈◊〉 her from prosperitie to 〈◊〉 b Hathe giuen her a most sore 〈◊〉 c 〈◊〉 to the Temple or to the Arke of the couenant Whiche was called the 〈◊〉 of the Lord becau se they shulde not 〈◊〉 their mindes so lowe but lift vp their hearts 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 d 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as 1 〈◊〉 2 1 e 〈◊〉 is his succour which he was wonte to send vs when our enemies oppressed vs. f Shewing 〈◊〉 there is no remedie but 〈◊〉 where God is the enemie g As the people were 〈◊〉 to praise God in the solemne feasts with a lowde voice so now the ene mies blaspheme him with 〈◊〉 and crying h This is a 〈◊〉 speache as 〈◊〉 was whē he said the wayes did lament Chap. 1. 4. meaning that this sorowe was so great that the 〈◊〉 things had 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 †Or 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 †〈◊〉 wheat and 〈◊〉 †Ebr. powred out the soule i Meaning that her 〈◊〉 was so euident 〈◊〉 it nede to 〈◊〉 k 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 called them selues 〈◊〉 as the other were 〈◊〉 therfore he cheweth that thei saw amisse becau 〈◊〉 thei did not reproue the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but flattered them in their sinnes which 〈◊〉 the cause of theyr 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 Leu. 26. 〈◊〉 Deut. 28. 25. Iere 14. 〈◊〉 Chap. 1. 〈◊〉 “ Or broght vp 〈◊〉 their 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 whome I feared Chap. III. a The Prophet 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 nishments afflictions that he endured by the 〈◊〉 Prophetes 〈◊〉 when he declared the de struction of
d 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ha 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is he shal be 〈◊〉 with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2 Thess 〈◊〉 10. e That is conumce 〈◊〉 by their owne 〈◊〉 “ Or by my 〈◊〉 f The Prophet de 〈◊〉 that God for mans 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 eth vp 〈◊〉 se Prophetes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that de 〈◊〉 lies rather 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of God 〈◊〉 he punis ed 〈◊〉 sinne 1. 〈◊〉 22 20. and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 aswel 〈◊〉 Prophetes as 〈◊〉 peo ple. g Thus Gods 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 against the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 mon 〈◊〉 to the 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 vnto the Lord not to 〈◊〉 thē selues with like 〈◊〉 h Read chap. 4 16 5 7 Isa 〈◊〉 1. i Thogh 〈◊〉 Iob were now 〈◊〉 ue whiche in their 〈◊〉 were moste 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for at this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was in ca 〈◊〉 with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and so these 〈◊〉 together 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 yet 〈◊〉 I 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 them 〈◊〉 Iere. 〈◊〉 k Meaning that a very 〈◊〉 whi 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 ver 〈◊〉 shuld 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 me God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 made 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 so that this righteousnes is a signe that they are the Church of God 〈◊〉 he wolde prescrue so this 〈◊〉 Chap. 5 17. l Read Chap. 5 3. a Which bringeth for the no frute no more then the other 〈◊〉 of the forest do meaning that if 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which bare the name of his Church did not bring forthe fruce it 〈◊〉 be veter ly 〈◊〉 b Thogh they escape one danger yet another shal take them a Thou boastest to be of the sede of Abrahám but thou artdegenerate followest the 〈◊〉 of the wicked Ca 〈◊〉 as children 〈◊〉 the maners of their fathers Isa. 1 4. and 57 3. b when I first broght thee out of Egypt and planted thee in this land to be my Church c Being thus in thy 〈◊〉 and for sakē of all mē I toke thee and gaue thee life whereby is mēt that before God was his Churche giue life there is nothing but sil thines and death d These wordes as blood 〈◊〉 nakednes 〈◊〉 nes are oft times repeted to be are down their pride and to cause thē to consider what they were before God receiued thē to mercie fauoured them couered their shame e That thou shuldest be a 〈◊〉 wife vnto me that 〈◊〉 mam 〈◊〉 and en due thee with all graces f I washed away thy sinnes g I sanctified thee with mine holy Spirit h Herebyhe 〈◊〉 eth how he saued his Church enriched it gaue it power and dorni 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 reigne i He 〈◊〉 wherein the dignitie of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in that the Lord ga ue them of his beautie and excel lencie k In abusing in 〈◊〉 and in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thy 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 we 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 latrie l There was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 so 〈◊〉 where with thou didest not pollute thy 〈◊〉 m This 〈◊〉 how the 〈◊〉 put their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in tho 〈◊〉 whiche please the 〈◊〉 and out warde senses n Thou hast conuerted my vessels and instruments which I gaue thee to seiue me with to the vse of thine idoles o Meaning by 〈◊〉 read Leu. 18 21 2 King 〈◊〉 10 “ Or head p He noteth the great impietie of this people who first falling 〈◊〉 God to seke help at strange 〈◊〉 did also at length imbrace their ido 〈◊〉 thinking thereby to make their 〈◊〉 more strong “ Or 〈◊〉 “ Or that wilbea re 〈◊〉 q Meaning that some 〈◊〉 con 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 rewar des but no louers gaue a rewarde to Israél but they gaue to all others signifying that the 〈◊〉 beslowe all their substance which they receiue of God 〈◊〉 his glorie to serue their vile abominatiōs “ Or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 r Egyptians 〈◊〉 and Caldeans whome 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to be thy louers shal come and destroy thee Chap. 23. 9. s I wil iudge thee to death as the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 King 25. 9. t I wil 〈◊〉 destroy 〈◊〉 and so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shal cease u I haue punished thy 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 woldest not 〈◊〉 x As were the 〈◊〉 and the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and others your predecessors so are you their successors y That is of 〈◊〉 Sodom z That is her 〈◊〉 †Hbr 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thē thou a But done 〈◊〉 worse b He 〈◊〉 these 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 pride excesse idle nes and 〈◊〉 of the poore as foure principal causes of suche 〈◊〉 where 〈◊〉 they were so 〈◊〉 punished 〈◊〉 9 24 c Which worship ped the calues 〈◊〉 Bethel and Dan. d Thou art so wicked that in respect of thee Sodom and 〈◊〉 were 〈◊〉 e This he speaketh in comparison 〈◊〉 that he wolde restore Ierusalém when 〈◊〉 shulde be restored that is neuer and this is ment of the greatest parte of the 〈◊〉 f In that thou hast 〈◊〉 thy self worse thē they and yet thogh rest to esca pe 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 g Meaning that it shulde neuer come to passe †Ebr. was not a rumour in thy mouth h Thou woldest not call her punishement to myn de when thou wast alost to lear ne by her example to feare my iudgements i That is til 〈◊〉 wast broght vnder by the 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 2. Chro. 28. 19. k Which ioyned with the Syrians or 〈◊〉 about 〈◊〉 l When thou 〈◊〉 kest the 〈◊〉 which was made betwene thee me as vers 8. m That 〈◊〉 of mercie and loue I wil pitie thee and so 〈◊〉 to my couenant thogh thou 〈◊〉 deserued the con trary n Whereby he 〈◊〉 that among the moste wicked he had euer some sede of his Church which he wolde cause to 〈◊〉 in due tyme and her he declareth how he wil call the Gentiles o But of my fre 〈◊〉 p This declareth what 〈◊〉 Gods mercies worke in his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sorow and repentance for theis former life a That is 〈◊〉 who hathe great power riches and many countreys vnde him shal come to Ierusalém take away Ieconiáh the King as ver 12. b Meaning to Babylon c That is zedekiáh who was of the Kings blood and was left at Ierusalém and made King in stead of 〈◊〉 2. King 24. 17. Ier. 37. 1. d This was zede Kiahs kingdome e That 〈◊〉 might not haue power to rebell against BAbylon as ver 14. f Meaning the King of Egypt of whome zedekiáh soght succour against Nebuchad nezzár g Thei thogh to be moistned by the waters of Nilus h Shal not Nebu 〈◊〉 destroye it i By this drye wynde he meaneth the Babylonians k That is 〈◊〉 2. King 24. 15. l For his subiection and obedience m Because he toke the Name of God in vaine and brake his othe which he had confirmed by giuing his hād therefore the Prophet declareth that God 〈◊〉 not suffer suche 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 to escape punishment Chap. 12. 13 32. 3. n This promes is made to the Church which shal be as a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and as the top of a tre o I wil trymme it and dresse
make the matter more sensi ble he bringeth in Pharaoh whome the dead shal 〈◊〉 and maiueile at him read Isa. 14. 9. o Meaning the Persians p VVhome in this life all the worlde feared q That is the Cappadocians and Italians or Spanyardes as Iosephus writeth r 〈◊〉 dyed not by 〈◊〉 death but by the course of nature and are ho norably buryed with their 〈◊〉 armour and signes of honour s The Kings of Ba bylon t As the wicked reioyce when they se others partakers of their miseries u I wil make the Egyptians afraid of me as thei caused others to feare them “ Or of their coastes a He sheweth that the people ought to haue cōtinually gouernours teachers which may haue a care ouer them and to warne thē 〈◊〉 of the dangers which are at hand b Signifying that the wicked shal not escape punishement thoght 〈◊〉 watcheman be negligent but if the watcheman blowe the trumped and then he wil not obey he shal deserue double punishement Chap. 3. 17. c VVhich teacheth that he that recei ueth not his charge at the Lords mouth is a spie not a true watche man d The VVatchmē must answer for the blood of all the perish through his negligence e Thus the wicked when they heare Gods iudge ments for their sinnes despaire of his mercies murmur f Read Chap. 18. 23 g Read of this righteousnes 〈◊〉 18. 〈◊〉 h Hereby he condemneth all 〈◊〉 of hypocrisie which pretende to forsake wickednes 〈◊〉 declare not them 〈◊〉 ues suche by their 〈◊〉 that is in obeying Gods cōmandements and by godlie life Chap. 18. 25. i VVhen the Pro phet was led away 〈◊〉 with 〈◊〉 coniah k I was 〈◊〉 with the Spirit of prophecie Chap. 8. 2. l VVhereby is signified that the ministers of God can not speake 〈◊〉 God giue thē 〈◊〉 rage and open their mouth Chap. 24 〈◊〉 29. 21 ephe 6. 19. m Thus 〈◊〉 wicked thinke them selues 〈◊〉 worthie to enioye Gods promes thē the Saints of God to whome they were made and wolde binde God to be subiect to them 〈◊〉 they wolde 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 de to him n Contrary to the Law Leui. 17. 14. o As they that are ready stil to shed blood 〈◊〉 7. 24. 24 〈◊〉 30. 6. p 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 q This declareth 〈◊〉 We 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 Gods worde su he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that We 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 obey it el We 〈◊〉 the worde to our 〈◊〉 con 〈◊〉 and make 〈◊〉 his mini sters as thogh they were 〈◊〉 to serue mens foo lish 〈◊〉 “ Or pleasant loue songs 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Prests 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 riches 〈◊〉 c He 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of a good 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 and succor 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 d 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 e Be destroying the couetous 〈◊〉 lings restoring true shepherdes whereof we haue a signe so oft as God sendeth true preachers who 〈◊〉 the by doctrine life labour to 〈◊〉 his shepe in the pleasant 〈◊〉 of his worde f 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of then 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in all 〈◊〉 g Meaning suche as lift vp them sel ues 〈◊〉 their 〈◊〉 think thei 〈◊〉 no nede to be gouerned by me h 〈◊〉 is by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be twene the good and the 〈◊〉 and so giue to 〈◊〉 as thei 〈◊〉 i By good pasture and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is ment the pure Worde of God the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 Which 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the poore til thei had 〈◊〉 it k Meanīg Christ of Whom Dauid Was a figure Ier. 30. 9. hosea 3. 5. l This declareth that vnde christ the 〈◊〉 shuld be 〈◊〉 deliuered from sinne and hel ād so be safely preserued in the Churche Where thei 〈◊〉 neuer perish m The frutes of Gods graces shal appear in great abundance in his 〈◊〉 n That is the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shall come 〈◊〉 of the roote 〈◊〉 Ishai Isa. 11 1. a VVhere the Idu means 〈◊〉 b VVhen by their 〈◊〉 called them from their 〈◊〉 c Except thou repent thy 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 d To Wir to their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 e Meaning 〈◊〉 and Iudah f And so by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 people 〈◊〉 shuld go about 〈◊〉 put 〈◊〉 out of hys owne possession g As thou haste done 〈◊〉 so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 h Sewing that 〈◊〉 God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 ought to 〈◊〉 that he 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 ouer 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Name and also that the 〈◊〉 rage as 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 Were 〈◊〉 God till 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his hand to their de 〈◊〉 Chap. 6. 2. a That is the Idu mean b That 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for Gods 〈◊〉 Was the 〈◊〉 of all the World c Ye are made a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 all the Worlde d They appointed 〈◊〉 them selues to haue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 therfore came with Nebuched nezzar 〈◊〉 Ie 〈◊〉 for this purpose e Because you ha ue bene a laughing stocke vnto them f By making a so lemne o the read chap 20. 5. g God declareth his mercies and goodnes toward his 〈◊〉 who still 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 whiche he destroyeth his enemies h VVhich was ac complished vnder Christ to whome all 〈◊〉 temporall deliue rances did direct them i That is vppon the mountaines of Ierusalem “ Or thee k Thus the enemies imputed 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of the land whiche God did for the sinnes 〈◊〉 the peo ple accordyng to his 〈◊〉 iudgements 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2. 14. l And therefore wolde not suffre my Name to be had in contempt as the heath n wolde haue reproched me if I had 〈◊〉 my church to perish m This excludeth from man all dignitie and meane to deserue 〈◊〉 thynge by seing that God referreth the whole to hym self and that one ly for the glorie of his holy Name “ Or your n That is his Spi rit whereby he reformeth the heart and regene reth his Isa. 44 3. 〈◊〉 32. 39. Chap. 11. 19. o Vnder 〈◊〉 abūdance of temporal 〈◊〉 he concludeth the spiritual 〈◊〉 p Ye shall come to true repentan ce and thynke your selues vnworthie to be of the 〈◊〉 of Gods c eatures for your ingratitude against him q He declareth that 〈◊〉 ought not to be 〈◊〉 to the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the earth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 countrey is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but 〈◊〉 to Gods 〈◊〉 as hys 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 when he maketh it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a He sheweth 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 GOD hathe power and also wil deliuer his people from their 〈◊〉 in asmuche as he is able 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the dead 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 them vp againe b 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is the 〈◊〉 ful 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 to the same 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they are 〈◊〉 through the worlde c That is when I haue 〈◊〉 you ou of 〈◊〉 places and townes where
14. e He meaneth the seruantes of the ru lers which inuade other mens houses and reioyce and leape for ioy whē they can get any pray to 〈◊〉 their master with all f Signifying that all the corners of the citie of Ierusa lém shulde be 〈◊〉 of trouble g This is ment of the strete of the marchantes which was lower then the rest of the place about it h So that nothing shal escape me i By their 〈◊〉 tie they are barde ned in their wic kednes Deut 28. 30. amoe 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 k They that trusted i their owne strength and contemned the Prophets of God Ier. 30. 7. ioél 2. 11. amos 5 18. Ezek. 7. 19. Chap. 3. 8. a He exhorteth them to repentan ce willeth thē to descend into them selues and gather them selues together lest they be scattered like chasse b That is which haue liued vp righ tly and godly according as he pre 〈◊〉 by his worde c He comforteth the saithful in that that God wolde change his punish ments from them vnto the 〈◊〉 their enemies and other nacions d That is 〈◊〉 by these nations he meaneth the people that 〈◊〉 nere to the Iewes and in stead of friendship were 〈◊〉 enemies ther fore he calleth thē 〈◊〉 whome the Lord appointed to be slaine e He sheweth why God wolde destroy their enemies because their 〈◊〉 might be a 〈◊〉 place for his Church f These nacions 〈◊〉 to take 〈◊〉 the Iewes that countrey which the Lord had giuen them g VVhen he shal deliuer his people and destroy their enemies and idoles his glorie shal shine throughout all the worlde h Read Isa. 34. 11. “ Or 〈◊〉 i Meaning Nine ueh which reioycing so muche of her strength and 〈◊〉 shulde 〈◊〉 made 〈◊〉 and Gods people deliuered a That is 〈◊〉 Ezek. 22. 27. mic 3 11. Habak 1. 8. b They are so 〈◊〉 that they eat vp bones and all c The wicked thus boasted that God was euer among them but the Prophet answereth that that can not excuse their wickednes for God wil not beare with their sinnes yet that he did paciently abide and 〈◊〉 his Prophetes continually to call them to repētance but he profited nothing d By the destruction of other nations he sheweth that the Iewes shulde haue learned to feare God e They were most earnest and ready to do wickedly f Seing ye wil not 〈◊〉 you shal loke for my vengeance aswel as other nations g 〈◊〉 any shulde thinke them that Gods glorie shuld haue perished when Iudah was destroyed he 〈◊〉 that he wil publish his grace through all the worlde Ebr. without 〈◊〉 as Hos. 6. 9 h That is the Iewes shal come aswelas the Gētiles which is to be vnderstād vnder the time of the Gospel i For they shal ha ue ful 〈◊〉 of their sinnes and the hypocrites which boasted of the Temple which was also thy pride in time past shal be taken from thee k That is the punishment for thy sinne l As the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Egyptiās and other nations m To defende 〈◊〉 as by thy sinnes thou hast put him away and left thy selfe naked as Exod. 32 25. n Signifying that God deliteth to shewe his loue great affection to ward his Church o That is thē that were had inhatred reuiled for the Church becà use of their religion p I wil deliuer the church which now is afflicted as Micà h 4 6. q As among the Assyrians Caldeans which did mocke thē and put them to shame a VVho was the sonne of Hystaspis and the third King of the Persians as some thinke b Because the buyl ding of the Temple began to cease by reason that the people were discouraged by their enemies and if he set wonotable mē had nede to bestired vo 〈◊〉 of their dueties what shal we thinke of other go uernours whose doings are ether against God or very colde in his cause c Not that they cō demned the building thereof but thei preferred policie and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to religion being 〈◊〉 with smale beginings d Shewing that they soght not one ly their 〈◊〉 but their very pleasures before Gods honour e Consider the pla gues of God vpon you for preferring your policies to his religion because ye seke not him first of all f Meaning that they shulde leaue of their owne cōmodities and go forwarde in the buylding of Gods Temple and in the setting for the of his religion g That is I wil heare 〈◊〉 praiers according to my promes 1 King 8 21. h That is my glorie shal be set forthe by you i And so bring it to nothing k This declared that god was the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 that he 〈◊〉 but the 〈◊〉 as Exod. 14. 1. iud 7 20. oct 15. 28. l Which declareth that mēare vnapt dul 〈◊〉 serue the Lord 〈◊〉 can thei 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 wor de or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 before God 〈◊〉 forme their 〈◊〉 and giue thē new spirits Ioh. 6. 44. a For the 〈◊〉 according as Isa 32. 11 and ezek 41. 1 had prophecied thoght this Temple shulde haue be ne more excellent 〈◊〉 Salomós Temple whiche was destroied by the 〈◊〉 but the Prophets ment the spiritual Temple the Church of Christ. b That is go 〈◊〉 in buylding the Temple c He exhorteth 〈◊〉 to pacience thogh they se not as yet this Temple so glo rious as the Prophets had declared for this shulde be accomplished in Christ by whome all things shulde be renued d Meaning Christ whome all ought 〈◊〉 loke for and de 〈◊〉 by desire he may 〈◊〉 all 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 and suche 〈◊〉 e Therefore when his time cometh he can make all the 〈◊〉 of the worlde to serue his purpose but the glorie of this seconde Temple 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 stand in material 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 can 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 f Meaning 〈◊〉 spiritual blessings 〈◊〉 felicitie purchased by Christ Phil 4 7. g That is the flesh of the 〈◊〉 whereby he signi 〈◊〉 that that thing which of it self is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not make 〈◊〉 thing so and there fore 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to iustisie 〈◊〉 selues by their sacrifi ces ceremonies but 〈◊〉 he that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and not 〈◊〉 of heart 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 tho se things and make 〈◊〉 detestable vnto God which 〈◊〉 are good and godlie h Consider how God 〈◊〉 plague you with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 you 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 i That is 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 was 〈◊〉 k From the time they began to 〈◊〉 de the Temple he promiseth that God wolde 〈◊〉 them 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 as yet the 〈◊〉 was not come 〈◊〉 yet in 〈◊〉 gathering they 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 l He 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to pacience and to abide til the 〈◊〉 came then they shulde se 〈◊〉 blessings m I wil make a change and 〈◊〉 all 〈◊〉 in Christ of whome zerubbabel 〈◊〉 is a 〈◊〉 n Hereby he sheweth that there shal be no let 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 when God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 tion of his Church o Signifying that his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be most excellent which thing was
〈◊〉 shulde 〈◊〉 into all places where they might 〈◊〉 them among the 〈◊〉 f Read Amos 1. 5. g Because they did not credit the 〈◊〉 wordes he 〈◊〉 to GOD and 〈◊〉 him selfe in that hat he knewe that these things shuld ome and saith 〈◊〉 o God with 〈◊〉 Angels 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to performe his great thing Signifying that here shulde be great troubles in the Chu ch and that the time hereof is in the Lords hands 〈◊〉 at length which is here ment by the euening God wolde send comfort i That s the spiritual graces of God which shulde euer 〈◊〉 in moste 〈◊〉 k All idolatrie and 〈◊〉 shal be 〈◊〉 and there shal be one God one faith 〈◊〉 religion l This newe Ierusalém shal be sene through all the worlde shall 〈◊〉 the first in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and greatnes m God wil not onely raise vp 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 without but se 〈◊〉 at home to 〈◊〉 them n To hurt and oppresse him o The 〈◊〉 arè riche and therefore shal not come for a pray but to destroy sheade blood p As the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 destroyed vers 12. q By the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 were greatest enemies to 〈◊〉 religion he meaneth all the 〈◊〉 r Signifying that to what seruice they were put now whether to 〈◊〉 or to 〈◊〉 in warre 〈◊〉 were now holie because the Lord had sanctified thē s As precious the one as the other because they shal be sanctified t 〈◊〉 all shal be pure and cleane and there shal nether be hypocrite or anie that shal corrupt the true seruice of God a Read 〈◊〉 13. 1. b Which declareth 〈◊〉 great 〈◊〉 tude that did not acknowedge this loue which was so euident in that he chose Abrahám from out of all the worlde and next chose Iaakob the yonger brother of 〈◊〉 they came and left 〈◊〉 the elder c For besides that the signes of mine hatred appeared euen 〈◊〉 he was made seruant vnto his yonger brother being yet 〈◊〉 his mothers belly also afterward in that he was put frō his brith 〈◊〉 yet euen now before your eyes the 〈◊〉 hereof are euident in that that his countrey 〈◊〉 waste and he 〈◊〉 neuer returne 〈◊〉 inhabit it whe re as ye my people whome the enemie hated more them thē are by 〈◊〉 grace and loue towarde you deli uered read Rom. 9. 13. d Besides the rest of the people he condemneth the Priests 〈◊〉 because they shulde haue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for their 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 nacie against God not haue 〈◊〉 dened them by their example to greater 〈◊〉 e He noteth their grosse hypocrisie which wolde not 〈◊〉 their fautes but moste impudently 〈◊〉 them and so were 〈◊〉 guides f Ye 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 maner offrings for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 griedines do not examine whether they 〈◊〉 to my Law or no. g Not that they said thus but by their doings they 〈◊〉 nolesse h You make it no 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he cōdemneth thē that thinke it sufficient to serue God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 mans 〈◊〉 and so come 〈◊〉 to that 〈◊〉 of religion which 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and therefore in 〈◊〉 he shewath 〈◊〉 that a 〈◊〉 man wolde 〈◊〉 be content to be serued i He de 〈◊〉 the Priests who 〈◊〉 the people in 〈◊〉 that they praied for thē sheweth that they were the occasiō that these 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the people k 〈◊〉 God consider 〈◊〉 office state 〈◊〉 you are so 〈◊〉 wicked l 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 who kept the dores did not 〈◊〉 whe har the 〈◊〉 that came in were 〈◊〉 to the Law God 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 wolde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 then to receiue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 were not 〈◊〉 m God 〈◊〉 that their 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 true 〈◊〉 shal be the cause of the calling of the Gentiles and 〈◊〉 the Prophet that was vnder the Law framed his 〈◊〉 the capacitie of the people and by the altar and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 meaneth thes 〈◊〉 seruice of God which shulde be vnder the Gospel when an end shul de be made to all these legal ceremo nies by Christs one ly 〈◊〉 n 〈◊〉 Priests and the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with 〈◊〉 error that they passed not what was offred for they thoght that God was a swel 〈◊〉 with the leane as with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the mea ne season they shewed not that 〈◊〉 to God 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 and so 〈◊〉 bothe 〈◊〉 and also sheweth their contempt of God and 〈◊〉 o The Priests and people were botheweary with 〈◊〉 God and passed not what maner of 〈◊〉 seruice they gaue to God for that which was least 〈◊〉 was thogh good 〈◊〉 for the 〈◊〉 p That is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to serue the Lord according to 〈◊〉 worde and yet wil 〈◊〉 him according to his 〈◊〉 minde a He speaketh vnto thē chiefly but vnder them he cōteineth the people also b To serue me according to my worde c That is the abun dance 〈◊〉 Gods 〈◊〉 d Your seed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 come 〈◊〉 no 〈◊〉 e You boast of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but they shal turne to your shame be as vile as dongue f The Priests obiected against the Prophet that he colde not 〈◊〉 them but he must speake against the priest 〈◊〉 the office established of God by 〈◊〉 but he sheweth that the office is nothing 〈◊〉 whē these 〈◊〉 dongue are called by their owne names g He sheweth what were the two 〈◊〉 of the couenant made with the tribe of 〈◊〉 on Gods parte that he wolde giue thē long life 〈◊〉 and on their parte that they 〈◊〉 faithfully serue him according to his worde h I prescribed 〈◊〉 certeine Law to serue me i He serued me set forthe my glorie 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and submission k He sheweth that the Priest ought to haue knowledge to instruct other in the worde of the Lord. l He is as the treasure house of Gods worde ought to giue to euerie one according to their necessirie and not to reser ue it for 〈◊〉 m Shewing 〈◊〉 whosoeuer doeth not declare Gods wil is not his messenger and Priest n The prophet 〈◊〉 he ingratitude of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God and mā for seing they were all 〈◊〉 of one 〈◊〉 Ab 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and Godhad elected them 〈◊〉 be his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to offend 〈◊〉 nor their 〈◊〉 o VVhereby they had bounde them selues to God to be an 〈◊〉 people p Thei haue 〈◊〉 them selues in ma riage w th them that are of another religion q That is the 〈◊〉 r Ye cause the people to 〈◊〉 because that God doeth not regarde their 〈◊〉 so that they 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 s This 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of mariage t As 〈◊〉 one halfe of 〈◊〉 selfe u She that was ioy ned to thee by a solemne couenāt and 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 tiō of Gods Name x Did not God 〈◊〉 ke man 〈◊〉 womā as one flesh and nor many y By his power 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 made